Climate Intervention: A Government Cover-Up Of Epic Proportions December 3 2016 | From: WND
I recently addressed how CIA Director John Brennan gave a historic speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, confessing something few thought they would ever hear: the federal government’s explicit and intentional climate intervention via operations like stratospheric aerosol spraying or injections, or SAI.
What I didn’t explain is that SAI is a ginormous federal geo-engineering cover up that is now being exposed, and yet not a single mainstream media outlet has reported on it. Let me explain.
“Albedo modification would work by lacing the atmosphere with tiny particles or aerosols that would reflect sunlight and mimic natural processes.
For example, in 1991 the volcano Mount Pinatubo in the Philippines spewed 20 million tons of sulfur dioxide into the stratosphere, which spans altitudes from 10 to 50 kilometers.
There, the sulfur dioxide produced aerosols that reflected enough sunlight to reduce global temperature by an estimated 0.3°C for 3 years.
Albedo modification might also work by using aerosols to seed cloud formation in a lower atmospheric layer called the troposphere.”
The U.S. Senate pushed the DOE to pursue albedo modification action a couple months before CIA Director Brennan gave his blessing to stratospheric spraying as a government operation that “potentially could help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.”
What’s crazy about all that government endorsement is that the February 2015 NAS report, on which the feds base their entire toxic rain operation;
“Warned explicitly that albedo modification shouldn’t be deployed now because the risks and benefits were far too uncertain.”
What are those risks? Here are just three grave consequences that we know about:
Drought: The team under Chien Wang, a co-author of the NAS study and a senior research scientist at MIT’s Center for Global Change Science and the Department of Earth, concluded that albedo modification would lead;
“To dangerous changes in global weather: Precipitation would also decline worldwide, and some parts of the world would be worse off. Europe, the Horn of Africa, and Pakistan may receive less rainfall than they have historically.”
Loss of blue sky: According to a report by the New Scientist, Ben Kravitz of the Carnegie Institution for Science explained, “Releasing sulphate aerosols high in the atmosphere should in theory reduce global temperatures by reflecting a small percentage of the incoming sunlight away from the Earth.
However, the extra particles would also scatter more of the remaining light into the atmosphere. This would reduce by 20 per cent the amount of sunlight that takes a direct route to the ground, and it would increase levels of softer, diffuse scattered light,” making the sky appear hazier.
Hazards to human health and other earth life: The gravest of all consequences of atmospheric aerosol spraying is that, simply put, what’s sprayed above us settles down upon us and in us, as well as other life on earth.
The U.S. government’s own National Center for Biotechnology Information, or NCBI, released a report in January 2016, the goal of which was “Assessing the direct occupational and public health impacts of solar radiation management with stratospheric aerosols.” The NCBI concluded:
“Our analysis suggests that adverse public health impacts may reasonably be expected from SRM via deployment of stratospheric aerosols.
Little is known about the toxicity of some likely candidate aerosols, and there is no consensus regarding acceptable levels for public exposure to these materials.
There is also little infrastructure in place to evaluate potential public health impacts in the event that stratospheric aerosols are deployed for solar radiation management.”
No wonder the co-author of the study on “Climate Intervention,” Dr. James Fleming, called geo-engineering like SAI: “untested and untestable, and dangerous beyond belief.”
Another colleague and co-author, Dr. Raymond T. Pierrehumbert, the Louis Block professor in geophysical sciences at the University of Chicago, and Sweden’s King Carl XVI Gustafn, chairman in environmental science at Stockholm’s Universitet, took it one step further. He warned;
“The nearly two years’ worth of reading and animated discussions that went into this study have convinced me more than ever that the idea of ‘fixing’ the climate by hacking the Earth’s reflection of sunlight is wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad.”
(That is why Dr. Pierrehumbert prefers to call albedo modification by the name “albedo hacking.”)
Dr. Pierrehumber added: “The report describes albedo modification frankly as involving large and partly unknown risks. It states outright that albedo modification ‘should not be deployed.'”
So, why are the U.S. Senate and CIA director disregarding the dire and passionate warnings of scientists like Dr. Pierrehumbert and Dr. Fleming by demanding that the Department of Energy proceed with trials on geo-engineering? In the words of Dr. Pierrehumber, are they “wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad”? Answer: Yes!
Is it a mere coincidence that the very government agencies that are spraying our stratosphere with toxic chemicals were the actual sponsors of the NAS report? The NAS itself confessed:
“The study was sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences, U.S. intelligence community, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and U.S. Department of Energy” (italics mine).
Isn’t that like your right hand quoting your left hand so that your right hand can grab what it’s already holding? Is the NAS report another government push and ploy to collaborate and cite “scientific proof” to justify its clandestine climate agenda?
Why else would the CIA and U.S. Senate be proceeding in climate aerosol spraying when the very scientists preparing the study warned, “Stop! Don’t do it! It’s crazy and dangerous!”
The most colossal and tragic of all government cover-ups is the fact that the feds have been waging climate warfare for more than 30 years, lacing our clouds and stratosphere with dangerous nano-particles, including environmental sulfates, black carbon, metallic aluminum and aluminum oxide aerosols.
The truth is, for decades, the feds have been covertly and overtly running sky criminal operations behind (above!) our backs, leaving humans and the rest of the planet life as lab rats of their toxic cocktail fallout.
Geoengineeringwatch.org reported that a 1978 750-page congressional report was recently discovered with a mountain of information going back decades that “confirms the ongoing extensive involvement of our government in climate modification/weather warfare.
This document also confirms the involvement of foreign governments around the globe, even governments that would otherwise have been considered ‘hostile to US interests.'”
Why hasn’t a single mainstream media outlet reported on the CIA and DOE’s march forward with SAI when the scientific community has explicitly and repeatedly warned against it?
Why are geo-engineering researchers being stonewalled by government and media?
And why in hell are watchdogs on both the left and right dodging the feds’ intentional and hazardous climate intervention, when they seek to uncover government cover-ups and conspiracies with the most scant of evidence?
Dane Wigington, the lead researcher for GeoengineeringWatch.org and a fierce fighter for government geoengineering transparency, was absolutely right when he wrote: “How big does the climate engineering elephant in the room need to be before it can no longer be hidden in plain site?
How much more historical proof do we need of the ongoing climate engineering/weather warfare before the denial of the masses crumbles? When will populations around the globe bring to justice all those responsible for the ongoing and rapidly worsening worldwide weather warfare assault?”
Is it a mere coincidence that, in October 2015, the feds put a universal “gag order” on agency employees in “The National Weather Service,” the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration” and the “U.S. Dept. of Commerce”?
Is it a mere coincidence that the Obama administration has spent more taxpayer monies for legal prosecutions of government whistleblowers than all other U.S. presidents combined, resulting in 31 times the jail sentences?
It’s time to blow the lid off the government’s climate cover-up!
That is why my wife, Gena, and I encourage citizens everywhere to do their own research on geo-engineering and then write their government representatives to demand action. We also encourage the support of the Legal Alliance of pro-bono lawyers now amassed as a united front to fight the geo-engineering government cover-up in court.
To read or learn more immediately, I highly recommend the work and website of Dane Wigington. GeoEngineeringWatch.org is loaded with great research on the many facets of climate intervention.
Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’ December 3 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution Science has recently shed light on the fact that what we used to perceive as ‘human’ aura is actually real. All of our bodies emit an electromagnetic field, and this fact plays a very important role far beyond what is commonly known when it comes to understanding our biology, and the interconnectedness we share with all life.
For example, did you know that the heart emits the largest electromagnetic field of all the body’s major organs?
These fields and the information encoded into them can change based on how we are feeling, what we thinking, and different emotions we take on. The heart even sends signals to the brain through a system of neutrons that have both short-term and long-term memory, and these signals can affect our emotional experiences.
The emotional information that’s modulated and coded into these fields changes their nature, and these fields can impact those around us. As Rollin McCraty, Ph.D, and director of research at The HeartMath institute tell us, “we are fundamentally and deeply connected with each other and the planet itself.”
“Research findings have shown that as we practice heart coherence and radiate love and compassion, our heart generates a coherent electromagnetic wave into the local field environment that facilitates social coherence, whether in the home, workplace, classroom or sitting around a table.
As more individuals radiate heart coherence, it builds an energetic field that makes it easier for others to connect with their heart.
So, theoretically it is possible that enough people building individual and social coherence could actually contribute to an unfolding global coherence."
The quote above comes from Dr. Deborah Rozman, the President of Quantum Intech. We are living in exciting times when it comes to science, and although not emphasized and studied in the mainstream as much as we’d like, science is acknowledging that we are all part of a giant web of connections that, not only encompasses life on this planet, but our entire solar system and what lies beyond it.
So, what exactly is heart coherence? Well, it implies order, structure, and as Dr. Rozman puts it:
An alignment within and amongst systems – whether quantum particle, organisms, human beings, social groups, planets or galaxies.
This harmonious order signifies a coherent system whose optimal functioning is directly related to the ease and flow in its processes.”
Basically, feelings of love, gratitude, appreciation and other ‘positive’ emotions not only have an effect on our nervous system, but they have an affect on those around us, far beyond what we might have previously thought.
It’s similar to the studies that have been conducted regarding mass meditation and prayer. As far as their effects on physical systems, numerous publications have yielded statistically significant results. For a selected list of downloadable peer-reviewed journal articles reporting studies of this type of phenomena, mostly published in the 21st century, you can click here.
Another point that illustrates the importance of coherence is the fact that several organizations around the world have conducted synchronized meditations, prayers, intention experiments, and more. A number of studies have shown that collective meditations, prayer or focused intention directed toward a certain positive outcome can have measurable effects.
For example, one study was done during the Israel-Lebanon war in the 1980s. Two Harvard University professors organized groups of experienced meditators in Jerusalem, Yugoslavia, and the United states with the specific purpose of focusing attention on the area of conflict at various intervals over a 27-month period.
During the course of the study, the levels of violence in Lebanon decreased between 40 and 80 percent each time a meditating group was in place. The average number of people killed during the war each day dropped from 12 to three, and war-related injuries fell by 70 percent. (1)
Another great example is a study that was conducted in 1993 in Washington, D.C., which showed a 25 percent drop in crime rates when 2,500 meditators meditated during a specific periods of time with that intention.
“Every individual’s energy affects the collective field environment. The means each person’s emotions and intentions generate an energy that affects the field. A first step in diffusing societal stress in the global field is for each of us to take personal responsibility for our own energies.
We can do this by increasing our personal coherence and raising our vibratory rate, which helps us become more conscious of the thoughts, feelings, and attitudes that we are feeding the field each day.
We have a choice in every moment to take to heart the significance of intentionally managing our energies. This is the free will or local freedom that can create global cohesion."
– Dr. Rozman
The Global Coherence Initiative (GCI)
The GCI in an international cooperative effort to help activate the heart of humanity and facilitate a shift in global consciousness. It’s primary focuses are to invite people to participate by actively adding more heart-coherent love, care, and compassion into the planetary field.
The second is scientific research on how we are all energetically connected with each other and the planet, and how we can utilize this interconnectivity, which is very real, to raise our personal vibration to assist in creating a better world.
The hypotheses of the researchers and scientists behind this process are as follows:
The Earth’s magnetic fields are a carrier of biologically relevant information that connects all living systems
Every person affects this global information field. Large numbers of people creating heart-coherent states of love, appreciation, care, and compassion can generate a more coherent field environment that benefits others and helps off-set the current planetary discord and incoherence
There is a feedback loop between human beings and Earth’s energetic/magnetic systems
Earth has several sources of magnetic fields that affect us all. Two of them are the geomagnetic field that emanates from the core of the Earth, and the fields that exist between Earth and the ionosphere. These fields surround the entire planet and act as protective shields blocking out the harmful effects of solar radiation, cosmic rays, sand, and other forms of space weather. Without these fields, ice as we know it could not exist on Earth. They are part of the dynamic ecosystem of our planet
Think about the current state of our planet. We are definitely not in coherence, with all of the violence, war, hate, and greed that still plague our planet, we have a lot of work to do.
We do not yet know how these thoughts, emotions, and feelings are affecting the entire planet, and what type of information these experiences are encoding into once electromagnetic fields, and how it is interacting with that of the Earth’s. Things are changing, however. There is definitely a shift within people who are desiring a better experience here on planet Earth.
These energetic fields are known to scientists, but there are still many unknowns. Solar activity and the rhythms taking place on Earth’s magnetic fields have an impact on health and behaviour. This is firmly established in scientific literature. (source)(source)
Scientific literature also firmly establishes that several physiological rhythms and global collective behaviours are not only synchronized with solar and geomagnetic activity, but that disruptions in these fields can create adverse effects on human health and behaviour. (source)(source)(source)
“When the Earth’s magnetic field environment is distributed it can cause sleep problems, mental confusion, usual lack of energy or a feeling of being on edge or overwhelmed for no apparent reason.
At other times, when the Earth’s fields are stable and certain measures of solar activity are increased, people report increased positive feelings and more creativity and inspiration.
This is likely due to a coupling between the human brain, cardiovascular and nervous system with resonating geomagnetic frequencies."
The Earth and ionosphere generate frequencies that range from 0.01 hertz to 300 hertz, some of which are in the exact same frequency range as the one happening in our brain, cardiovascular system, and autonomic nervous system.
This fact is one way to explain how fluctuations in the Earth’s and Sun’s magnetic fields can influence us. Changes in these fields have also been shown to affect our brain waves, heart rhythms, memory, athletics performance, and overall health.
Changes in the Earth’s fields from extreme solar activity have been linked to some of humanity’s greatest creations of art, as well as some of its most tragic events. (source)
We know how these fields affect us, but what about how we affect these fields? That’s the real question here. GCI scientists believe that because brain wave and heart rhythm frequencies overlap the Earth’s field resonance, we are not just receivers of biologically relevant information, but also feed information into the global field, thus creating a feedback loop with the Earth’s magnetic fields.
“Research is indicating that human emotions and consciousness encode information into the geomagnetic field and this encoded information is distributed globally. The Earth’s magnetic fields act as carrier waves for this information which influences all living systems and the collective consciousness."
This research, which is still in its infancy, has great ramifications. It will further push along the fact that our attitudes, emotions, and intentions actually matter, a lot, and that these factors within the realm of non-material science can affect all life on Earth.
Coherent, cooperative intention could impact global events and improve the quality of life on Earth. Practicing love, gratitude, appreciation, and bettering ourselves as individuals is one out of many action steps towards changing our planet for the better.
So What Can You Do?
So, next time you are upset, angry, or frustrated, try observing yourself and how you react. It’s great practice to try and lose your buttons so they cannot be pushed, and work on your personal development.
You have to do whatever you can to feel good, which could include exercise, eating healthy, minimizing electronics time, spending time with friends, animals, and more.
You could practice being less judgemental, and work on your intentions by figuring out if they are coming from a ‘good’ place. You could be more grateful, you could help others, and you can treat others how they want to be treated.
There are a number of tools you could use, like meditation, for example, to assist you with these action steps. Bottom line, if you are at peace with yourself, and have control over your emotions, you are helping the planet and others around you. If you are constantly angry, harming others or have negative intentions, you could be doing the exact opposite.
To further your research on this topic, an excellent place to start is the at the Institute of HeartMath. The Institute of HeartMath is an internationally recognized nonprofit research and education organization dedicated to helping people reduce stress, self-regulate emotions, and build energy and resilience for healthy, happy lives.
Kids Meditate Instead Of Taking ADHD Medications, See Amazing Resuts + Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding December 2 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / TrueActivist
Firmly embedded into our culture now, pharmaceutical companies create so-called cures and treatments for every human condition, and modern psychiatry has become an institution that works to create lifelong dependencies on medications to help people adapt to the stress of modern life and to conform to the rigid corporate/consumer culture that has come to be known as life.
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) has become an industry in and of itself, and it is huge.
“Attention deficit hyperactive disorder is big business. That’s the conclusion of a new report, published by the market research firm IBISWorld, which showed that ADHD medication sales have grown 8 percent each year since 2010 and will grow another 13 percent this year [2015] to $12.9 billion.
Furthermore, it projects this growth will continue over the next five years at an annualized rate of 6 percent, and take in $17.5 billion in the year 2020 - making it one of the top psychopharmaceutical categories on the market.
The pharmaceutical industry profits by changing people’s perceptions of what health is, then training them to believe that pills offer the most practical and convenient solution.
This applies as much to statin drugs, painkillers and diabetic treatments as it does to psychiatric and psychotropic medications. The result is a nation of medication dependent people who have no idea to heal themselves naturally, and an ever-increasing corporate profit stream for pharmaceutical companies.
There is a ton of money being made selling ADHD medications to people of all walks of life, but much of the growth in this industry is in prescribing these drugs to children, sometimes even to toddlers.
The truth about ADHD is that to many prestigious physicians it is nothing more than a fictitious ‘disorder,’ something that describes a varying set of symptoms, contrived by the American Medical Association.
“…after 50 years of practicing medicine and seeing thousands of patients demonstrating symptoms of ADHD, I have reached the conclusion there is no such thing as ADHD.
Over diagnosis is now commonplace even though some are beginning to acknowledge that the medications often prescribed for ADHD are chemically identical to speed, or methamphetamine, a Class I illegal street drug.
In the case of Adderall, Dr. Carl Hart has explained that this is in fact the case, and the explosion in recreational use of these drugs has many agreeing that ADHD medications are the real ‘gateway drug’ to addiction, not cannabis, as popular drug war propaganda would have us believe.
But what if there were a way to improve the behavior, mood, and concentration levels of people with symptoms similar to those described as ADHD? What if this treatment was free and led to many improvements in the patient’s life, including increased happiness, confidence and spiritual wellness?
The following video records the stories of several children who had been struggling with the common symptoms of ADHD and instead of taking prescription speed were given three months training in Transcendental Meditation (TM), with outstanding results.
“It’s working its improving their lives, it’s improving their sense of self, it’s empowering them… I really do see it making a big difference, and I think their futures are going to be so much brighter because of it.
In this video from the David Lynch Foundation, transcendental meditation is used experimentally in Kingsbury Day School in Washington, DC, a school for children with language-based learning disabilities.
Twice a day the regular school program stops and the children meditate, using the TM method for just ten minutes, with incredible results, and without the use of pharmaceutical ADHD medications.
ADHD: Medication or Meditation?
Results like these beg the question: do we have time to teach our children well, or are we so wrapped in our day-to-day lives that we’d rather medicate them into conforming so as to conveniently bring them in line with the standards and expectations of today’s stressful corporate-consumer culture? Meditation works and does wonders for children.
Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding
Since the program started, not a single student has been suspended.
As a conventional method of punishment, most students are sent to detention, subjected to undesirable after-school activities, or even suspended when they do something wrong.
That’s how a Baltimore elementary school, Robert W. Coleman, used to do things before they discovered a new, healthier way to approach “discipline.”
Partnering with the Holistic Life Foundation, the school now employs the Mindful Moment program to instead teach kids to wind down, reflect, and breathe in tough situations. When students are misbehaving, they send them to the Mindful Moment room for “individual assistance with emotional self-regulation.”
The room is equipped with staff that has the necessary training to help students with anxiety, stress, headaches, and more issues that can cause them to act up or feel the need to stop by the room on their own time.
For students that are referred there by teachers, the specialists spend 5 minutes in targeted discussion with them and then 15 minutes doing appropriate mindful exercises to help them; this can range from breathing exercises to simple yoga.
In this troubled neighborhood, the mindful moments help them to not only decompress but to also overcome the trauma they might have faced that’s causing them to act out. Ali Smith, one of the masterminds behind the program, said;
“They see people get murdered, they see violence, they see all types of things and it is all kind of building up inside them never actually had a way to kind of be aware of it and release it, so we are kind of giving them the tools to be aware of it and let it go.”
What’s amazing about the program is that it’s not only helping the students at school but in their home life as well. Many of the children are bringing back what they’re learning by telling their own stressed-out parents to breathe as a way to alleviate their tension.
Since the Mindful Moment room’s inception last year, not a single student has been suspended, proving that the program really works to motivate students to pause before making a bad decision.
Rather than stewing in their own anger or stress in detention, the students are gently pushed to deal with the underlying cause of their behavior and instead turn it into something positive.
In addition to the special room for students in need of assistance, the school also plays a Mindful Moment audio file over the loudspeaker every morning and afternoon to start their day off right and send them off calmly. The 15-minute exercise in breathing, meditation, and focus helps the children to recalibrate.
Studies show that meditation can relieve pain, enhance creativity, relieve stress and boost immune systems. Regular practice can increase left frontal activity in the brain, which is associated with positive mood, and decrease activity in the amygdala, the area related to stress and anxiety.
This practice at the Baltimore elementary school, and other schools employing the program, is groundbreaking and proving to be very effective.
More schools should consider an alternative approach similar to this to promote positivity rather than strict punishment, especially in areas that are high in crime.
The Possibility Of Trump The Great + Donald Trump Said Willing To Consider A Gold Standard December 2 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / BusinessInsider
Liberals, progressives, and the left-wing (to the extent that one still exists) are aligning with the corrupt oligarchy against president-elect Trump and the American people.
They are busy at work trying to generate hysteria over Trump’s “authoritarian personality and followers.” In other words, the message is: here come the fascists.
Liberals and progressives wailed and whined about “an all white male cabinet,” only to be made fools by Trump’s appointment of a black male and two women, one a minority and one a Trump critic.
The oligarchs are organizing their liberal progressive front groups to disrupt Trump’s inauguration in an effort to continue the attempt to delegitimize Trump the way the paid Maidan protesters were used in Kiev to delegitimize the elected Ukrainian government.
To the extent any of the Trump protesters are sincere and not merely paid tools of oligarchs, such as George Soros, military and financial interests, and global capitalists, they should consider that false claims and unjustified criticism can cause Trump and his supporters to close their ears to all criticism and make it easier for neoconservatives to influence Trump by offering support.
At this point we don’t know what a Trump government is going to do. If he sells out the people, he won’t be reelected. If he is defeated by the oligarchy, the people will become more radical.
We do not know how Washington insiders appointed to the government will behave inside a Trump presidency. Unless they are ideologues like the neoconservatives or agents of powerful interests, insiders survive by going along with the current. If the current changes under Trump, so will the insiders.
Trump got elected because flyover America has had all it can take from the self-dealing oligarchy. The vast bullk of America has seen its economic prospects and that of children and grandchildren decline for a quarter century.
The states Hillary carried are limited to the liberal enclaves and oligarchy’s stomping grounds on the NE and West coasts and in Colorado and New Mexico, where effete wealthy liberals have located because of the scenary. If you look at the red/blue electoral map, geographically speaking Hillary’s support is very limited.
We know that Hillary is an agent for the One Percent. The Clintons $120 million personal wealth and $1.6 billion personal foundation are proof that the Clintons are bought-and-paid-for.
We know that Hillary is responsible for the destruction of Libya and of much of Syria and for the overthrow of the democratically elected government in Ukraine.
We know that the Clinton regime’s sanctions on Iraq resulted in the deaths of 500,000 children. These are war crimes and crimes against humanity. We know Hillary used government office for private gain.
We know she violated national security laws without being held accountable. What we don’t know is why groups that allegedly are liberal-progressive-leftwing are such fervent supporters of Hillary.
One possible answer is that these groups are mere fronts for vested interests and are devoid of any sincere motives.
Another possible answer is that these groups believe that the important issues are not jobs for Americans and avoiding war with nuclear powers, but transgender, homosexual and illegal alien rights. Another possible answer is that these groups are uninformed and stupid.
What these protesters see as a threat in Trump’s strong and willful personality is actually a virtue. A cipher like Obama has no more ability to stand up to the oligarchy than a disengaged George W. Bush so easily stage-managed by Dick Cheney.
Nothing less than an authoritarian style and personality is a match for the well-entrenched ruling oligarchy and willful neoconservatives. If Trump were a shrinking violet, the electorate would have ignored him.
Trump did not purchase his presidency with the offer of handouts to blacks, the poor generally, teachers unions, farmers, abortion rights for women, etc. Trump was elected because he said:
“Those who control the levers of power in Washington and the global special interests they partner with, don’t have your good in mind.
It’s a global power structure that is responsible for the economic decisions that have robbed our working class, stripped our country of its wealth and put that money into the pockets of a handful of large corporations and political entities.
The only thing that can stop this corrupt machine is you.”
It has been a long time since the electorate heard this kind of talk from someone seeking public office. Trump’s words are what Americans were waiting to hear.
As willful as Trump is, he is only one person. The oligarchy are many. As impressive as Trump’s billion dollars is, the oligarchs have trillions.
Congress being in Republican hands will spare Trump partisan obstruction, but Congress remains in the hands of interest groups.
As powerful as the office of the president can be, without unity in government changes from the top don’t occur, especially if the president is at odds with the military with regard to the alleged threat posed by Russia and China.
Trump says he wants peace with the nuclear powers. The military/security complex needs an enemy for its budget.
It is absolutely necessary that a lid be put on tensions between nuclear powers and that economic opportunity reappears for the American people. Trump is not positioned to benefit from war and jobs offshoring.
The only sensible strategy is to support him on these issues and to hold his feet to the fire.
As for the immigration issue, the Obama Justice (sic) Department has just worsened the picture with its ruling that American police departments cannot discriminate against non-citizens by only hiring citizens as officers. Now that US citizens face arrest in their own country by non-citizens, the resentment of immigrants will increase.
Clearly it is nonsensical to devalue American citizenship in this way. Clearly it is sensible to put a lid on immigration until the US economy is again able to create jobs capable of sustaining an independent existence.
If Trump can defeat the oligarchy and save America, he can go down in history as Trump the Great.
I think that this prospect appeals to Trump more than more wealth. Instead of trying to tear him down in advance, he should be supported.
With Trump’s determination and the people’s support, change from the top down is possible. Otherwise, change has to come from the bottom up, and that means an awful lot of blood in the streets.
Trump Is Meeting With An Ex-Bank CEO Who Wants To Abolish The US Federal Reserve
Perhaps this is why the Elites were so desperate to prevent a Donald Trump Presidency? As President-elect’s Donald Trump’s transition rolls on, more and more attention is being paid to possible selections for a variety of high ranking positions, and meetings that might help decide these appointments.
On Monday, Trump met with John Allison, the former CEO of the Winston-Salem, NC-based bank BB&T and former CEO of the conservative think tank The Cato Institute.
While it is unclear what Allison is being considered for, there have been reports that he is being considered for the Chair of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Treasury Secretary, or a spot as the Federal Reserve Governor of Oversight.
The last possible appointment is interesting given Trump’s statements on the campaign trail have questioned the future of the Federal Reserve’s political independence. Allison actually takes that rhetoric a step further. While running the The Cato Institute, Allison wrote a paper in support of abolishing the Fed altogether.
“I would get rid of the Federal Reserve because the volatility in the economy is primarily caused by the Fed,” wrote Allison in a 2014 article for the Cato Journal, a publication of the Institute.
Allison said in the article that simply allowing the market to regulate itself would be preferable to the Fed harming the stability of the financial system.
“When the Fed is radically changing the money supply, distorting interest rates, and over-regulating the financial sector, it makes rational economic calculation difficult,” wrote Allison.
“Markets do form bubbles, but the Fed makes them worse.”
Allison, in the same paper, also suggested that the government’s practice of insuring bank deposits up to $250,000 should be abolished and the US should go back to a banking system backed by “a market standard such as gold.”
Allison also argued for higher capital reserves of up to 20% of assets at banks. On the other hand, he also argued that the government should repeal three of the broadest banking regulations.
“We should raise capital standards, but it is even more important to eliminate burdensome regulations - including Dodd-Frank, the Community Reinvestment Act, and Truth in Lending,” wrote Allison.
“About 25% of a bank’s personnel cost relates to regulations. Banks cannot pay the regulatory costs and have high capital standards.”
It is unclear if any of Allison’s policy views will ultimately become a part of Trump’s plan going forward, but given the unconventional nature of his ideas, the meeting is notable.
Donald Trump Weighs in on Marijuana, Hillary Clinton, and Man Buns
As for bringing back the gold standard, the global economy order until World War II, President-elect Trump thinks it will be hard but is open-minded.
“Bringing back the gold standard would be very hard to do, but boy would it be wonderful,” he said. “We’d have a standard on which to base our money.”
Whereabouts Of Julian Assange Remain A Mystery + Want To Know Julian Assange’s Endgame? He Told You A Decade Ago December 1 2016 | From: Infowars / Wired / Various Speculation is exploding about the fate of Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, who’s been out of public spotlight since Hillary Clinton lost the U.S. presidential election.
Wikileaks has responded by asking people to stop requesting proof of life, and that Ecuadorian President Rafael Correa is to blame for controlling Assange’s movement.
Want To Know Julian Assange’s Endgame? He Told You A Decade Ago
[Archical but relevant] Amid a seemingly incessant deluge of leaks and hacks, Washington, DC staffers have learned to imagine how even the most benign email would look a week later on the homepage of a secret-spilling outfit like WikiLeaks or DCLeaks.
After another week of Clinton-related emails roiling this election, the political world has been left to scrub their inboxes, watch their private correspondences be picked over in public, and psychoanalyze WikiLeaks’ inscrutable founder.
Once they’re done sterilizing their online lives, they might want to turn to an essay Assange wrote ten years ago, laying out the endgame of his leaking strategy long before he became one of the most controversial figures on the Internet.
In “Conspiracy as Governance,” which Assange posted to his blog in December 2006, the leader of then-new WikiLeaks describes what he considered to be the most effective way to attack a conspiracy - including, as he puts it, that particular form of conspiracy known as a political party.
“Consider what would happen if one of these parties gave up their mobile phones, fax and email correspondence - let alone the computer systems which manage their [subscribers], donors, budgets, polling, call centres and direct mail campaigns. They would immediately fall into an organisational stupor and lose to the other.”
And how to induce that “organisational stupor?” Foment the fear that any correspondence could leak at any time.
“The more secretive or unjust an organization is, the more leaks induce fear and paranoia in its leadership and planning coterie.
This must result in minimization of efficient internal communications mechanisms (an increase in cognitive ‘secrecy tax’) and consequent system-wide cognitive decline resulting in decreased ability to hold onto power as the environment demands adaptation.”
WikiLeaks would publish its first leak the same month as that blog post, a communication from a Somalian Islamic cleric calling for political assassinations.
Three years later it’d put out the Pentagon and State Department leaks provided by Chelsea Manning, and six years after that, leaked emails from the Democratic National Committee and Clinton advisor John Podesta would lead to the ousting of DNC Chairman Debbie Wasserman Schultz and shake Hillary Clinton’s campaign.
The last decade has shown just how prescient Assange was. Take, for example, the Russian hackers who published private files from the World Anti-Doping Agency after Russia’s athletes got banned from the Olympics for doping.
“Now a group like WADA has to take everything they say to every person into account. They have to think, this could leak,” says Dave Aitel, a former NSA staffer and founder of the security firm Immunity who focuses on cyberwar and information warfare. “The idea is, ‘If we can prevent them from having secrets, they have to operate very differently.'”
That move comes straight from Assange.
“It was a crappy, annoying manifesto,” Aitel says. “And it was ahead of its time by many years.”
- Dave Aitel, Former NSA analyst
A spokesperson for WikiLeaks says Assange’s essay was a “thought experiment” that the organization still believes to be true. “Organizations have two choices:
1. reduce their levels of abuse or dishonesty or
2. pay a heavy ‘secrecy tax’ in order to engage in inefficient but secretive processes,” the spokesperson writes. “As organizations are usually in some form of competitive equilibrium this means that, in the face of WikiLeaks, organizations that are honest will, on average, grow, while those that are dishonest and unjust will decline.”
“The more secretive or unjust an organization is, the more leaks induce fear and paranoia in its leadership and planning coterie."
-
Julian Assange, writing in 2006
Of course, Assange’s claim that a political party leaks in direct proportion to its dishonesty looks almost laughable after the last several months.
WikiLeaks has published leaks exclusively damaging to Clinton and the Democratic Party, while publishing nothing from Donald Trump or his campaign. (Trump has, of course, faced the leaks of his 1995 tax returns and a damning video where he brags about sexual assault.
But mainstream newspapers published both, and neither came from the sort of internal communications Assange wrote about. Trump himself also famously doesn’t use email, as good a security measure as anyone could hope for.)
In fact, the Department of Homeland Security and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence have both said that recent WikiLeaks releases originated with Russian state-sponsored hackers seeking to influence US electoral politics.
Comment:
Horse shit. The Cabal were so hard up for a cover story that they had a tantrum and tried to blame the Russians. Fucking pathetic. These people are inept, worthless scum.
Assange’s essay doesn’t account for the possibility that a government might exploit or collude with a leak platform like WikiLeaks. (WikiLeaks’ spokesperson denied that there has been any “official claim that any documents published by WikiLeaks have come from a state actor,” somehow ignoring last week’s DHS and ODNI announcement.)
The notion in Assange’s essay that only corrupt conspiracies keep secrets is one that Clinton herself has argued against - ironically, something we know because she said it in a speech whose partial transcript WikiLeaks leaked last Friday.
Speaking to the National Multi-Housing Council in 2013, Clinton cited how President Lincoln secretly promised jobs to lame duck Congressmen of the opposing political party if they agreed to vote for the 13th Amendment, which ended slavery.
“If everybody’s watching all of the backroom discussions and the deals, you know, then people get a little nervous, to say the least,” she said. “So, you need both a public and a private position.”
But the other point Assange makes - the “secrecy tax” that organizations pay when they try to avoid leaks - rings true. Any organization that has tried to encrypt all its communications, delete them, or throttle, quarantine, and compartmentalize them in the name of secrecy knows the toll that paranoia takes.
“An authoritarian conspiracy that cannot think efficiently cannot act to preserve itself against the opponents it induces...
When we look at a conspiracy as an organic whole, we can see a system of interacting organs, a body with arteries and veins whose blood may be thickened and slowed till it falls, unable to sufficiently comprehend and control the forces in its environment.”
Let that be a warning to the Democratic Party and any other organization with secrets to keep. If the leaks don’t kill you, the fear of them just might.
The following articles are a cross-section of developments over recent weeks and months, some of which may
provide clues as to what has led to this strange situation:
Google Is Funding A “Ministry Of Truth” With Corporate Media Outlets Known For Deadly Deception + Here’s Why “Fake News” Sites Are Dangerous December 1 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / JonRappoport
While establishment Democrats trumpet all sorts of excuses for Hillary’s loss, few are willing to admit that she represented the alliance of bureaucratic corruption and corporate greed people are sick of.
The most insidious excuse being pushed by the establishment Left (consisting of party leaders and much of the mainstream media) is the so-called “fake news” trope.
No one denies that publishing articles about made-up events, and presenting that as real news, is a terrible thing, which unfortunately gets “shared” without people taking the responsibility of verifying information.
But the censorship crusade being carried out by MSM is about more than actual fake news.
MSM outlets such as NYMag, LA Times and the Independent immediately picked up on a list of “False, Misleading, Clickbait-y, and/or Satirical “News” Sources” produced by a university professor. Without providing reasoning or examples to back up the claim that this list should be taken seriously, it was held up as a blacklist to be avoided.
That may have been only the first salvo, as far greater plans are in the works, represented by something called the First Draft Coalition.
Funded by Google News Lab, this coalition of “over thirty major news and technology organisations” aims to “tackle issues of trust and truth in reporting information that emerges online.” Notable members include the New York Times, Washington Post, CNN and BBC.
They have anointed themselves as a sort of Ministry of Truth, as Robert Parry describes in his examination of the “fake news” subject:
“It has also led to some very real harassment of the people caught up in the theory, including the owner of the Comet Ping Pong pizzeria in the District, James Alefantis.
Alefantis has received hundreds of death threats over the past couple of weeks, he told the New York Times this week, after Pizzagate enthusiasts decided that his restaurant was the secret headquarters of a child sex-trafficking ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle."
We recently reported on five campaigns of deception that mainstream media have happily marched along with, resulting in the suffering of millions and the whitewashing of American foreign policy. The New York Times and Washington Post were particularly irresponsible with their reporting of falsities on nuclear weapons and WMD in Iraq.
They have long pushed the narrative for the foreign policy establishment, from ignoring the Iran-Contra scandal to providing cover for U.S. machinations in Syria.
CNN silenced their own reporter who found evidence of human rights abuses being carried out in Bahrain, a Middle East dictatorship that also happens to host the U.S. Navy Fifth Fleet.
But the irony of the First Draft Coalition goes even further. One of the founders of First Draft Coalition – a “citizen journalism” site called Bellingcat – has published high-profile stories with false information, and, according to Parry, has a close association with NATO through the Atlantic Council.
“Despite Bellingcat’s checkered record and its conflicts of interest through the Atlantic Council, major Western news outlets, including the Times and Post, have embraced Bellingcat, apparently because its articles always seem to mesh neatly with U.S. and European propaganda on Syria and Ukraine.
Two of Bellingcat’s (or its founder Eliot Higgins’s) biggest errors were misplacing the firing location of the suspected Syrian rocket carrying sarin gas on Aug. 21, 2013, and directing an Australian news crew to the wrong site for the so-called getaway Buk video after the July 17, 2014 shoot-down of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17.
But like many news outlets that support establishment “group thinks,” Bellingcat wins widespread praise and official endorsements, such as from the international MH-17 investigation that was largely controlled by Ukraine’s unsavory intelligence agency, the SBU and that accepted Bellingcat’s dubious MH-17 evidence blaming the Russians.”
Parry believes that if this “Ministry of Truth” called the First Draft Coalition existed during Iran-Contra and the Iraq invasion, the voices of dissent that ultimately exposed government and MSM lies would have been quashed.
U.S. intervention in Syria and the nurturing of the Salafist sect that went on to become ISIS - as well as the McCarthyist aggression against Russia - all could not have happened without the support of Washington think-tanks and MSM cheerleaders toeing the government line.
So it comes back around to the problem of who gets to decide what constitutes “fake news”?
How can establishment outlets - who have purveyed a fake narrative of U.S. foreign policy that hides a truly subversive, hegemonic and war-making nature - be trusted to tell us what is real?
There are undoubtedly great journalists among the members of the First Draft Coalition, who brave dangerous parts of the world and the gauntlet of political retribution to bring us valuable information. It’s the overarching agenda of establishment media, acting as Praetorian Guard for Washington’s political elite, that has become so obvious and so troubling.
“While it’s undeniable that some false or dubious stories get pushed during the heat of a political campaign and in wartime – and journalists have a role in fact-checking as best they can – there is potentially a greater danger when media insiders arrogate to themselves the power to dismiss contrary evidence as unacceptable, especially given their own history of publishing stories that turned out to be dubious if not entirely false.
It’s even more dangerous when these self-appointed arbiters of truth combine forces with powerful Internet search engines and social media companies to essentially silence dissenting opinions and contrary facts by making them very difficult for the public to locate.”
Alternative media represent a choice for people who are fed up with the system, and it is the people’s responsibility to research the news in order to achieve an accurate perspective on events.
It is not up to a self-proclaimed “Ministry of Truth” – laden with the same corrupt baggage that acted as proverbial bouy for Hillary Clinton during the campaign – to dictate what is right and wrong.
Here’s Why “Fake News” Sites Are Dangerous
We’re not supposed to believe these “fake news” Individuals created their news operations on their own.
We’re not supposed to believe each individual had a vision of what the news is supposed to be and followed that vision forward with great energy.
Here is your daily mantra: “Narrow the range of thought, narrow the range of thought.”
Exposing elites who run the world?
Exposing pedophile networks?
Documenting the lies and fabrications of major media?
Laying bare the manipulations of Globalists?
Revealing the crimes of both major political parties in America?
Uncovering the spread of pharmaceutical devastation?
Tracking the ruthless ops of major corporations?
Yes, many so-called “fake news” sites do all this and much more - but something else is also going on.
Many of these sites were launched and are spearheaded by ONE man or woman.
No person outside the mainstream is supposed to be so emboldened by his/her own point of view and passion.
“All points of view belong to a group.”
An individual works for what he believes is true? He keeps his own counsel? He forges ahead, despite all opposition? He may even, when all is said and done, make a profit from his own labors?
We’re supposed to oppose these “evils,” and by the grace of governments and their shadow operators, we will emerge from the darkness and find our salvation in a New Order of things.
And never - if you happen to disagree with what some independent news site is saying - NEVER entertain the idea of starting YOUR OWN news operation and building it from the ground up to reflect YOUR OWN vision.
NEVER. That is individual power, which is the horrible fate that would await you. DOING IT ON YOUR OWN? Avoid it like the plague.
America was originally built on chipping away at people’s individual creations and tearing them down. Right? How else could America have succeeded?
It is only by taking away independence in all its forms that we could have arrived at the cusp of this grand triumph now: One Collectivist World.
If we give all our attention to the six corporations that own big media and deliver their news to us, we will arrive.
Hail, Caesar! Your followers salute you! Let the bands play. March to the tune. No individual ever built anything, no individual can build anything, no individual ever will build anything.
Search for the media-teat of the State. Find it. And drink from it.
In summary, independent news-site creators are fakes because they’re real.
Outside the mainstream, on their own, they launched and expanded their operations. Being real outside the mainstream is fake, because the powers-that-be do not support that model.
Are we clear? I hope so.
You can be fake within the approved model: that’s real. But if you’re real outside the approved model: that’s fake.
Got it?
“Don’t you see that the whole aim of Newspeak is to narrow the range of thought?”
- 1984, George Orwell.
Did Orwell even think to obtain permission from the New York Times before writing that statement?
New Zealand’s Reputation Stained By Corruption - Case In Point: The Turitea Wind Farm November 30 2016 | From: TuriteaDocuments
Observers of recent world events have witnessed a pushback against corruption and the poor behaviour of governments. Unfortunately New Zealand is not corruption free. When making such a claim there must be concrete evidence to back it up.
This evidence, which has taken more than six years to assemble, is provided in the link below.
The government, which self reports on its corruption status, secretly colluded with Mighty River Power, a then State Owned Enterprise, and our local government authority, Palmerston North City Council [PNCC], to force a gigantic wind farm on the local community; known as the Turitea wind farm.
This was initiated during the reign of former Prime Minister Helen Clark. The consummation of a hitherto punitive, secret contract, which cancels the government’s social contract with all New Zealanders, took place during the current administration.
The Turitea Wind Farm is comprised of 60 turbines. The 60 3MW Turitea turbines are 10 metres taller than these at Tararua three and will tower over the city
This mafia like contract imposes a 3 million dollar penalty on PNCC if it helps anyone affected by the wind farm and further imposes unlimited liability if it changes its mind about supporting it.
A variation to the contract shows all participants would conspire to overthrow any decision by a court impeding the wind farm.
The wind farm was "approved" and a consent issued by a “judge”, Shonagh Kenderdine. Kenderdine however was not a judge as she had been automatically and compulsorily removed, by virtue of age, from the judicial register more than 13 months prior to issuing the consent at the conclusion of a Call-In process, which has higher legal authority than an actual court of law.
This fraud by Kenderdine is certainly not a Commonwealth first. Kenderdine, without a warrant and just a member of the public, took a very substantial bribe to bring the secret contract to a predetermined conclusion.
No one was supposed to find out. Virtually all the executive from the Prime Minister and Attorney-General down either know about this or are actively in on the fraud.
"Judge" Shonagh Kenderdine being awarded the Insignia if a Companion of the Queen's Service Order for services to the judiciary by then New Zealand Governor-General Sir Jerry Mateparae
They and a range of government agencies have been contacted on numerous occasions. These agencies include the Office of the Governor-General, police, Financial Markets Authority, LCRO, Judicial Conduct Commissioner, Ministry for the Environment, Serious Fraud Office, Environment Court, Law Commission, Ombudsman, Office of the Auditor General, etc.
With the exception of one, which was compelled to give the game away, all have maintained a code of silence.
The factual account linked below has all the hallmarks of a systematic fraud; corruption at the highest levels of government, subversion and alienation of existing law, illegal payments, securities fraud, media collusion, and PNCC ratepayers facing severe financial loss, the whole nine yards, but with two laughably novel twists.
1. The Turitea and Puketoi wind farms have been deliberately located right on top of three of the country's most dangerous active fault lines.
2. A 49% share in Mighty River Power, which owns the consents, was subsequently sold to unwitting investors.
Despite assurances the earthquake risk was not revealed. Taxpayers and individual investors will bear the inevitable losses.
Below is part of the fault line map of New Zealand. The red box shows the area of the location of the Turitea Wind Farm. The yellow box marks the town of Kaukoura, the worst hit area during the recent 7.8 magnitude earthquake.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
The recent 7.8 magnitude earthquake causing very serious damage at the top of the South Island is a stern reminder of the certain vulnerability of the Manawatu and Wairarapa landscape to even greater events.
Conspiratorial corruption is here laid out with all the proof needed. The main participants are identified and their actions laid bare. Be prepared for some surprises:
Reddit Bans "Pizzagate" - "We Don't Want Witchhunts On Our Site" + #Pizzagate Was Merely Code For Child Sex Trafficking November 30 2016 | From: Zerohedge / FreedomOutpost / Various
For those not familiar with the movement, the "Pizzagate" subreddit was started by a group of Trump-supporting internet sleuths who were attempting to use WikiLeaks' leaked Podesta emails to connect the Clintons and John Podesta to the convicted sex offender, Jeffrey Epstein.
John David Podesta was the former chairman of the 2016 Hillary Clinton presidential campaign. He previously served as chief of staff to President Bill Clinton and Counselor to President Barack Obama
That said, when the Podesta emails failed to reveal a "smoking gun" linkage, the sleuths instead turned their focus to mulitple "pizza" references in Podesta's emails which then led to the speculation that those "pizza" references must be code for something far more sinister.
As of November 24, the subreddit, r/Pizzagate, was officially banned by Reddit which posted the above notice to their site
According to the Washington Post, the "Pizzagate" sleuths are convinced that the "secret headquarters of a child sex-trafficking ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle" is located in the basement of a Washington D.C. pizza shop called the Comet Ping Pong Pizzeria. The owner of the pizzeria, James Alefantis, says he has received numerous death threats over the past couple of weeks and has been forced to go to the FBI for protection.
“It has also led to some very real harassment of the people caught up in the theory, including the owner of the Comet Ping Pong pizzeria in the District, James Alefantis.
Alefantis has received hundreds of death threats over the past couple of weeks, he told the New York Times this week, after Pizzagate enthusiasts decided that his restaurant was the secret headquarters of a child sex-trafficking ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle."
According to the New York Times, Alefantis first heard of Pizzagate after he started receiving threatening messages on Instagram and Facebook. Aside from some friendships with prominent democratic insiders like David Brock and Tony Podesta, Alefantis told the Times he's not sure how this conspiracy theory got linked to his business.
None of it was true. While Mr. Alefantis has some prominent Democratic friends in Washington and was a supporter of Mrs. Clinton, he has never met her, does not sell or abuse children, and is not being investigated by law enforcement for any of these claims. He and his 40 employees had unwittingly become real people caught in the middle of a storm of fake news.
“From this insane, fabricated conspiracy theory, we’ve come under constant assault,” said Mr. Alefantis, 42, who was once in a relationship with David Brock, a provocative former right-wing journalist who became an outspoken advocate for Mrs. Clinton.
Mr. Alefantis suspects those relationships may have helped to make him a target.“I’ve done nothing for days but try to clean this up and protect my staff and friends from being terrorized,” he said.
Mr. Alefantis mingles with other Washington chefs and his establishment helped him to be named No. 49 in GQ magazine’s 50 most powerful people in Washington in 2012.
His customers include some high-powered locals, such as Tony Podesta, the brother of John Podesta, whom Mr. Alefantis knows casually. Mr. Alefantis and Mr. Brock, who is the founder of Media Matters for America, a website that tracks press coverage critical of the Clintons and works to debunk misinformation in the conservative press, broke up five years ago.
While WaPo says the Pizzagate sleuths have failed to uncover any actual evidence of their accusations, the dismissal of their efforts by the media only seems to be strengthening their resolve.
"“Pizzagate” has yet to produce any actual evidence for its extremely weighty and life-ruining accusations, but every debunking of its claims - including the one in the Times - has only convinced its believers that they must be right, and that the circle of pedophiles and sympathizers trying to cover up their findings must be even bigger and more powerful than they imagined."
In fact, after the Reddit ban, one former moderator of the Pizzagate subreddit posted the following message on r/The_Donald:
“Finally, we are not finished. Obviously the entire mod team and everyone else is tightening up our opsec and putting on our battle-armor.
To those who pressured Reddit into this censorship: none of us are turning back. We have all made life insurance videos. We have all vowed to continue this fight. You have only increased our number. This morning we were numerous, tonight we are legion."
Reading between the lines, we'd say they're not quite ready to give up on Pizzagate.
#Pizzagate Was Merely Code For Child Sex Trafficking
The Pizzagate scandal is the latest news to be broken by Wikileaks. It's real. It's disgusting.
It's criminal.
Now, many web sites and social media are being censored for reporting on the subject.
Remember when Julian Assange was leading America down the road of the corruption at the heart of the Clinton Foundation? Well, this is what he was going after. He was trying to make the American people aware of the depravity of those who represent them.
Infowars gives a brief synopsis of what took place and how it could be understood, including the symbolism, which is taken directly from unclassified FBI documents that list symbols and logos used by pedophiles to identify sexual preferences.
Pizzagate Is Real: Something Is Going On, But What?
A warning to viewers, the following images are disturbing.
This all began after Wikileaks founder Julian Assange released hundreds of thousands of secret documents detailing a corrupt DNC, a backstabbing Clinton foundation and the modus operandi of a clumsy criminal campaign attempting to attain the keys to the most powerful seat on Earth.
But the real truth Assange was leading us to was hidden between the blurred lines of Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager John Podesta’s released emails.
Fast forward past John Podesta’s brother Tony’s casual email exchange with Thalemic Spirit Cooking adherent Marina Abromovic. That was simply an introduction. The Rosetta Stone was needed next. A Verification that high level Washington D.C. Predatory Pedophiles were using a code to communicate child sex trafficking as casually as ordering a pizza.
All hidden in plain view. The FBI has long known the symbols pedophiles are using to operate.
Keep in mind, this is the same agency, whose director confirmed that Hillary Clinton broke the law, but would not recommend she be prosecuted for her crimes.
“The Rosetta Stone was needed next. A Verification that high level Washington D.C. Predatory Pedophiles were using a code to communicate child sex trafficking as casually as ordering a pizza. All hidden in plain view."
"The FBI has long known the symbols pedophiles are using to operate," the report continues.
"An FBI Unclassified document from WikiLeaks reveals 'Symbols and Logos Used by Pedophiles to Identify Sexual Preferences... to include those who sexually abuse children as well as those who produce, distribute, and trade child pornography, are using various types of identification logos or symbols to recognize one another and distinguish their sexual preferences.
To specifically indicate the pedophile's gender preference, members of pedophilic organizations encourage the use of descriptions such as 'boylove,' 'girllove,' and 'childlove.'
These symbols have been etched into rings and formed into pendants, and have also been found imprinted on coins.
Investigators should also be attentive to pedophilia symbols advertised on Web sites. During examinations of computer files, investigators should be conscious of subjects who try to conceal child pornography by labeling them with symbols instead of the typical suggestive explicit names."
"Now…clues. The menu from Comet Ping Pong," the report added.
"Notice the symbol of the ping pong paddles and its clever resemblance to the FBI documents symbol for Child Love. Hang on New York Times before you declare this fake news from your Ivory Tower.
Now look at the symbol for Besta Pizza just two doors down from Comet Ping Pong Pizza, boldly using the symbol for boy lover as was recorded on the Unclassified FBI Document.
The evidence begins to reveal that Besta Pizza and Comet Ping Pong Pizza maybe competing for the lucrative Washington D.C. Pedophile market right out in the open."
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Best Pizza logo removed symbolism within the last few days
Andrew Kline owns Besta Pizza.
Andrew Kline worked/works as an attorney in Human Trafficking Prosecution Unit of the DoJ
Andrew Kline was appointed to this position by Bill Clinton
We are also seeing some censorship taking place on reports on Pizzagate. Mac Slavo of SHTFPlan.com writes;
"The evidence is now overwhelming – whatever the full truth of the matter, something is very, very suspicious about the "pizza code" that has been discovered in the leaked Podesta emails that many believe is connected to a ring of pedophilia activity.
Independent researchers have been scouring the web for supporting information, and have pieced together a disturbing pile of circumstantial evidence connecting many of DC's most powerful to lewd comments, references to illegal sex acts and child trafficking, dark art and more.
John Podesta - to see what he is up to here be sure to watch the fillowing video
It is very likely that this could go to the very top, where powerful people are protected by people with ranking positions inside the power structure."
The De-Occulting of John Podesta
In case you still doubt that these people are part of an occult organisation hiding in plain site and rubbing it in your faces - the following will remove any doubt as to such...
"Perhaps that is why many channels and researchers are meeting censorship, threats and bans," he added. "Reddit's thread on the topic, which was quickly becoming the definitive gathering place for the information, was shut down.
Slavo then introduced a video from SGT Report on the "scrubbing" of social media accounts and censoring of websites.
"While the NY Times tries to soft peddle #PizzaGate, Reddit tries to kill the Sub-Reddit investigation and Twitter attempts to censor breaking news on the global pedophile ring – it's too late. The genie is out of the bottle. We will not be stopped. Truth will be revealed. Because #PizzaGate is a WORLDWIDE CITIZEN INVESTIGATION NOW. And the pedos are running scared."
Take a look for yourself and see if this might be, in part, the reason for going after outlets and labeling them as "fake news" that seriously question and attempt to bring to the light things the mainstream media won't touch with a ten foot pole.
Pizzagate is a Worldwide Citizen Investigation Now
While the NY Times tries to soft peddle #PizzaGate, Reddit tries to kill the Sub-Reddit investigation and Twitter attempts to censor breaking news on the global pedophile ring - it's too late. The genie is out of the bottle. We will not be stopped. Truth will be revealed. Because #PizzaGate is a Worldwide Citizen Investigation now. And the pedos are running scared.
And then there is this, this, this and this:
PizzaGate Definitive Factcheck: Oh My God
Is PizzaGate real, sort of real, or blown out of proportion? Researcher Megan (twitter.com/zeduslepedus) gave all of this an independent look on her own, in case I was seeing connections that were not there. Sadly, I've perhaps been too tame in my coverage here- these are totally sick people. NO doubt in my mind. None whatsoever. My God.
NYT's Defense Of PizzaGate DC Pedophiles Blown Apart
Shame on The New York Times. Shame on Cecilia Kang. Shame on disgusting James Alefantis. America is watching, sickos. The entire world is watching. And we are very, very angry. Global justice.
#PizzaGate the Documentary, Pedophilia Involving Podesta Emails, Clinton, Obama, David Brock, DNC
This is the complete and definitive documentary on the Pizza Gate Pedophilia Scandal involving John & Tony Podesta, Hillary & Bill Clinton, Barack Obama, the DNC, Andrew Kline and Arun Rao of the DOJ, David Brock of Media Matters, and many more.
For further research all the links have been compiled on my steemit blog: here.
Neuroscientist Shows What Fasting Does To Your Brain & Why Big Pharma Won’t Study It November 29 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution
Below is a TEDx talk given by Mark Mattson, the current Chief of the Laboratory of Neuroscience at the National Institute on Aging.
He is also a professor of Neuroscience at The Johns Hopkins University, and one of the foremost researchers in the area of cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying multiple neurodegenerative disorders, like Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s disease.
I chose to include ‘Big Pharma’ in the title because that’s exactly what it is. There have been countless examples of the manipulation of published research at the hands of pharmaceutical companies in recent years.
This is why Harvard Professor of Medicine Arnold Symour Relman told the world that the medical profession has been bought by the pharmaceutical industry.
It’s why Dr. Richard Horton, Editor in Chief of The Lancet, recently stated that much of the sceintific literature published today is simply untrue.
It’s why Dr. Marcia Angell, former Editor in Chief of The New England Journal of Medicine, said that the:
“Pharmaceutical industry likes to depict itself as a research-based industry, as the source of innovative drugs. Nothing could be further from the truth.”
And it’s why John Ioannidis, an epidemiologist at the Stanford University School of Medicine, published an article titled “Why Most Published Research Findings Are False” which subsequently became the most widely accessed article in the history of the Public Library of Science (PLoS).
I also chose to mention ‘Big Pharma’ because of Dr. Mattson’s comments towards the end of the video.
“Why is it that the normal diet is three meals a day plus snacks? It isn’t that it’s the healthiest eating pattern, now that’s my opinion but I think there is a lot of evidence to support that. There are a lot of pressures to have that eating pattern, there’s a lot of money involved.
The food industry - are they going to make money from skipping breakfast like I did today? No, they’re going to lose money. If people fast, the food industry loses money.
What about the pharmaceutical industries? What if people do some intermittent fasting, exercise periodically and are very healthy, is the pharmaceutical industry going to make any money on healthy people?”
Main Points Of The Lecture Above & The Science To Go With It
Mark and his team have published several papers that discuss how fasting twice a week could significantly lower the risk of developing both Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s disease.
“Dietary changes have long been known to have an effect on the brain. Children who suffer from epileptic seizures have fewer of them when placed on caloric restriction or fasts.
It is believed that fasting helps kick-start protective measures that help counteract the overexcited signals that epileptic brains often exhibit. (Some children with epilepsy have also benefited from a specific high-fat, low-carbohydrate diet.)
Normal brains, when overfed, can experience another kind of uncontrolled excitation, impairing the brain’s function, Mattson and another researcher reported in January in the journal Nature Reviews Neuroscience.”
Basically, when you take a look at caloric restriction studies, many of them show a prolonged lifespan as well as an increased ability to fight chronic disease.
“Calorie restriction (CR) extends life span and retards age-related chronic diseases in a variety of species, including rats, mice, fish, flies, worms, and yeast. The mechanism or mechanisms through which this occurs are unclear.”
Fasting does good things for the brain, and this is evident by all of the beneficial neurochemical changes that happen in the brain when we fast. It also improves cognitive function, increases neurotrophic factors, increases stress resistance, and reduces inflammation.
Fasting is a challenge to your brain, and your brain responds to that challenge by adapting stress response pathways which help your brain cope with stress and risk for disease.
The same changes that occur in the brain during fasting mimic the changes that occur with regular exercise. They both increase the production of protein in the brain (neurotrophic factors), which in turn promotes the growth of neurons, the connection between neurons, and the strength of synapses.
“Challenges to your brain, whether it’s intermittent fasting [or] vigorous exercise. . . is cognitive challenges.
When this happens neuro-circuits are activated, levels of neurotrophic factors increase, that promotes the growth of neurons [and] the formation and strengthening of synapses . . .”
Fasting can also stimulate the production of new nerve cells from stem cells in the hippocampus. He also mentions ketones (an energy source for neurons), and how fasting stimulates the production of ketones and that it may also increase the number of mitochondria in neurons.
Fasting also increases the number of mitochondria in nerve cells; this comes as a result of the neurons adapting to the stress of fasting (by producing more mitochondria).
By increasing the number of mitochondria in the neurons, the ability for nerons to form and maintain the connections between each other also increases, thereby improving learning and memory ability.
“Intermittent fasting enhances the ability of nerve cells to repair DNA.”
He also goes into the evolutionary aspect of this theory – how our ancestors adapted and were built for going long periods of time without food.
A study published in the June 5 issue of Cell Stem Cell by researchers from the University of Southern California showed that cycles of prolonged fasting protect against immune system damage and, moreover, induce immune system regeneration.
They concluded that fasting shifts stem cells from a dormant state to a state of self-renewal. It triggers stem cell based regeneration of an organ or system (Source).
Human clinical trials were conducted using patients who were receiving chemotherapy. For long periods of time, patients did not eat, which significantly lowered their white blood cell counts. In mice, fasting cycles “flipped a regenerative switch, changing the signalling pathways for hematopoietic stem cells, which are responsible for the generation of blood and immune systems.”
This means that fasting kills off old and damaged immune cells, and when the body rebounds it uses stem cells to create brand new, completely healthy cells.
“We could not predict that prolonged fasting would have such a remarkable effect in promoting stem cell-based regeneration of the heatopoietic system . . .
When you starve, the system tries to save energy, and one of the things it can do to save energy is to recycle a lot of the immune cells that are not needed, especially those that may be damaged.
What we started noticing in both our human work and animal work is that the white blood cell count goes down with prolonged fasting. Then when you re-feed, the blood cells come back. ”
A scientific review of multiple scientific studies regarding fasting was published in The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition in 2007. It examined a multitude of both human and animal studies and determined that fasting is an effective way to reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease and cancer. It also showed significant potential in treating diabetes (Source).
Before You Fast
Before you fast, make sure you do your research. Personally, I’ve been fasting for years, so it is something that comes easy for me.
One recommended way of doing it - which was tested by the BBC’s Michael Mosley in order to reverse his diabetes, high cholesterol, and other problems that were associated with his obesity - is what is known as the “5:2 Diet.”
On the 5:2 plan, you cut your food down to one-fourth of your normal daily calories on fasting days (about 600 calories for men and about 500 for women), while consuming plenty of water and tea. On the other five days of the week, you can eat normally.
Another way to do it, as mentioned above, is to restrict your food intake between the hours of 11am and 7pm daily, while not eating during the hours outside of that time.
Bottom line, how you think about you’re diet is, in my opinion, one of the most, if not the most important part of staying healthy. How you think about what you are putting in your body is important, and I believe this will eventually be firmly established in the untainted, unbiased, uninfluenced medical literature of the future.
Below is a video of Dr. Joseph Mercola explaining the benefits of intermittent fasting. Here is a great article by him that explains how he believes intermittent fasting can help you live a healthier life.
Planned Obsolescence: How The Products You Buy Are Designed To Break November 29 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit
How many times have you bought an electronic device, only to find out that it has stopped functioning properly just a short time after your purchase (or just after the Warranty ended)?
Planned Obsolescence: The absurd practise of designing products with a limited lifespan in order to maximise profits, based on the notion that infinite economic growth can be balanced by the finite resources of the planet...
You spent so much money on it, and suddenly you’re sad to know that it’s not working well anymore.
The result? Wasted expenses, labor, energy and finite resources, not to mention the toxic waste that ends up in landfills, poisoning the planet. But why is that so? Why is it that most products’ lifespan is so short, considering the advanced modern technological means of production?
Enter planned obsolescence.
Cyclical Consumption & Planned Obsolescence
Our economic system is based on consumption - the more we buy, the more money moves into the economy, and hence the more the economy grows. If money stops moving, the economic system is bound to collapse, since people will not be paid or have money to pay for the products and services they need or want.
There are two main ways our society manages to keep people buying stuff:
Firstly, through advertising. We’re exposed to thousands of advertisements each and every day whose sole purpose is to convince us to keep on shopping under the promise that doing so will make our lives better.
Through advertising, companies have managed to make us confuse our needs with our wants, thus making us desire to acquire things that we don’t truly need, so that we can fill in their pockets by emptying our own.
Secondly, through planned obsolescence, although this is not yet understood by many. If you didn’t know, planned obsolescence is a production technique that compels people to buy more and more stuff unnecessarily, by providing people with products of short lifespan.
Instead of creating goods with the intention to last for as long as it is technically possible - considering that we are living in a finite planet with finite resources as well as the importance of saving material and human energy - companies, whose sole interest is to make sales, purposefully design products of low quality that will soon break, in order to assure repeat purchases.
Planned Obsolescence & The Phoebus Light Bulb Cartel
In the early 20th century, technical efficiency brought about by industrial development in the US increased dramatically, which resulted in the production of higher quality goods at a much quicker pace.
Although that was a great success from a technological standpoint, the fact that the goods produced had increased lifespan was found to slow down consumption - hence it was an anathema for the economy.
In order to prevent this from happening even further, people were encouraged to make more purchases, but it was found that this alone couldn’t make a significant difference.
The “solution” given in the 1930s was to make it legally mandatory for all industries to produce goods of lower lifespan, which was believed to help reduce unemployment and increase consumption.
In the 1930s, a single light bulb could last for up to 25,000 hours, but the cartel forced all companies produce bulbs limited to a maximum life of 1,000 hours in order to increase demand. Below is a trailer of The Light Bulb Conspiracy, a feature documentary film that investigates the evolution and impact of planned obsolescence.
The Light Bulb Conspiracy
In order to make sure that people make repeat purchases, most manufacturers today create products that have short life cycles. In other words, the products sold by most companies have been intentionally designed in such a way that they will break shortly after they’ve been purchased, so as to urge the general public to buy more of them in the future.
Market Efficiency vs Technical Efficiency
In our economic system, which is based on cyclical consumption, technical efficiency is only damaging to the market efficiency - both cannot co-exist by any means.
Increased technical efficiency decreases market efficiency, which is disrupting the flow of our economy.
But how stupid is it to keep on having such an economic system, knowing how technically inefficient it is as well as its tremendous negative impacts on society and the natural world?
Instead of urging people to buy more and more, would it not be wiser to make use of our current scientific knowledge to create an economic system that is based on technical efficiency and environmental sustainability?
I would like to leave you now with these questions in mind, which will hopefully help you to realize how obsolete our economic system is and urge you to seek out information about how alternative economic systems can be implemented that would actually promote social and environmental well-being.
The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised November 28 2016 | From: TheGuardian / Yanis Varoufakis
The truth about money creation and Austerity. Back in the 1930s, Henry Ford is supposed to have remarked that it was a good thing that most Americans didn't know how banking really works, because if they did, "there'd be a revolution before tomorrow morning".
In 2014, something remarkable happened. The Bank of England let the cat out of the bag. In a paper called "Money Creation in the Modern Economy", co-authored by three economists from the Bank's Monetary Analysis Directorate, they stated outright that most common assumptions of how banking works are simply wrong, and that the kind of populist, heterodox positions more ordinarily associated with groups such as Occupy Wall Street are correct.
To get a sense of how radical the Bank's new position is, consider the conventional view, which continues to be the basis of all respectable debate on public policy. People put their money in banks.
Banks then lend that money out at interest – either to consumers, or to entrepreneurs willing to invest it in some profitable enterprise. True, the fractional reserve system does allow banks to lend out considerably more than they hold in reserve, and true, if savings don't suffice, private banks can seek to borrow more from the central bank.
The central bank can print as much money as it wishes. But it is also careful not to print too much. In fact, we are often told this is why independent central banks exist in the first place.
If governments could print money themselves, they would surely put out too much of it, and the resulting inflation would throw the economy into chaos. Institutions such as the Bank of England or US Federal Reserve were created to carefully regulate the money supply to prevent inflation.
This is why they are forbidden to directly fund the government, say, by buying treasury bonds, but instead fund private economic activity that the government merely taxes.
It's this understanding that allows us to continue to talk about money as if it were a limited resource like bauxite or petroleum, to say "there's just not enough money" to fund social programmes, to speak of the immorality of government debt or of public spending "crowding out" the private sector.
The Bank of England has admitted that none of this is really true. To quote from its own initial summary:
“Rather than banks receiving deposits when households save and then lending them out, bank lending creates deposits"… "In normal times, the central bank does not fix the amount of money in circulation, nor is central bank money 'multiplied up' into more loans and deposits."
In other words, everything we know is not just wrong – it's backwards. When banks make loans, they create money. This is because money is really just an IOU.
The role of the central bank is to preside over a legal order that effectively grants banks the exclusive right to create IOUs of a certain kind, ones that the government will recognise as legal tender by its willingness to accept them in payment of taxes.
There's really no limit on how much banks could create, provided they can find someone willing to borrow it. They will never get caught short, for the simple reason that borrowers do not, generally speaking, take the cash and put it under their mattresses; ultimately, any money a bank loans out will just end up back in some bank again.
So for the banking system as a whole, every loan just becomes another deposit.
What's more, insofar as banks do need to acquire funds from the central bank, they can borrow as much as they like; all the latter really does is set the rate of interest, the cost of money, not its quantity.
Since the beginning of the recession, the US and British central banks have reduced that cost to almost nothing. In fact, with "quantitative easing" they've been effectively pumping as much money as they can into the banks, without producing any inflationary effects.
Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work. Why It Is Still Practised
What this means is that the real limit on the amount of money in circulation is not how much the central bank is willing to lend, but how much government, firms, and ordinary citizens, are willing to borrow.
Government spending is the main driver in all this (and the paper does admit, if you read it carefully, that the central bank does fund the government after all). So there's no question of public spending "crowding out" private investment. It's exactly the opposite.
Why did the Bank of England admit all this? Well, one reason is because it's obviously true.
The Bank's job is to actually run the system, and of late, the system has not been running especially well. It's possible that it decided that maintaining the fantasy-land version of economics that has proved so convenient to the rich is simply a luxury it can no longer afford.
But politically, this is taking an enormous risk.
Just consider what might happen if mortgage holders realised the money the bank lent them is not, really, the life savings of some thrifty pensioner, but something the bank just whisked into existence through its possession of a magic wand which we, the public, handed over to it.
Historically, the Bank of England has tended to be a bellwether, staking out seeming radical positions that ultimately become new orthodoxies. If that's what's happening here, we might soon be in a position to learn if Henry Ford was right.
Steps To Reverse Cavities And Heal Tooth Decay Naturally + Root Canals Are Extremely Toxic November 28 2016 | From: Sott / DrMercola
In Western medicine, the majority of us have come to accept that, when we are told we have a cavity, there is no other option except to let it continue to decay or get your tooth drilled out and filled with synthetic material.
But if you are among the many who have grown skeptic of the single story our medical system offers, you will be happy to find that, according to a study published in the British Medical Journal, you may be able to reverse cavities and tooth decay with your diet.
The study looked at 62 children with cavities, dividing them into three different diet groups. Group 1, who ate a diet high in grains and phytic acid, had an increase in cavities. Group 2, who consumed a normal diet supplemented with vitamin D, developed fewer cavities and saw improvements in the ones they had, and Group 3, who followed a grain-free diet with nutrient-rich foods like vegetables, fruits, meat, milk, and who also took vitamin D, saw the greatest improvements, with nearly all cavities healed.
This may be good news for not just holistic health enthusiasts, but anyone who likes to save their money!
To better understand how you can take advantage of these findings, the following points serve to show both the causes of tooth decay as well as ways you may be able to prevent and reverse cavities and tooth decay.
What Causes Tooth Decay? According to the ADA (American Dental Association), pioneered by well-respected dentist Weston A. Price in the early 1900s, the cause of tooth decay is as follows:
“Tooth decay occurs when foods containing carbohydrates (sugars and starches) such as milk, pop, raisins, cakes or candy are frequently left on the teeth. Bacteria that live in the mouth thrive on these foods, producing acids as a result. The stickiness of the plaque keeps these acids in contact with your teeth and after many such attacks, the enamel can break down and a cavity forms."
However, Dr. Edward Mellanby, Dr. Weston Price, and Dr. Ramiel Nagel note that there are actually four main things which contribute to tooth decay:
1. A mineral deficiency in the diet, including calcium, magnesium, and phosphorous
2.
A lack of fat soluble vitamins including A, E, K, and especially D
3.
A diet heavy in phytic acid
4.
A diet heavy in processed sugar
So How Can You Reverse Cavities Naturally?Of course it's important to brush and floss daily, but there are additional ways you can reverse your cavities naturally whilst also maximizing your oral health which do not include fluoride.
1. Eliminate Added Sugars
It's become common knowledge that sugar is among the worst things for your health, and especially for anyone who wants healthy teeth free of cavities.
Sugar contributes to cavities by feeding oral bacteria that hinders a healthy flow of dental fluid. It is also extremely acidic, and can decalcify or demineralize the structural content of your teeth, resulting in dental decay.
Some of the biggest culprits are soda, candy, cookies, and other baked goods with sugar.
When you want to sweeten something, opt for raw money or maple syrup.
When you want juice, do so only on occasion.
Steer clear of artificial sweeteners as well!
2. Get Rid Of Phytic Acid
Phytate is a mineral blocker and enzyme inhibitor that can cause a variety of serious health problems. It is present in grains, nuts, seeds, and beans. Ancient food preparation techniques such as sprouting and sourdough fermentation work to kill off the phytic acid, but these practices have become sparse, and so many of the foods we love that are normally considered healthy are ridden with a detrimental ingredient.
Related: Dentists Profit From Unnecessary Wisdom Teeth Removal Surgery
Phytic acid binds to minerals that are pertinent for oral health, like calcium, magnesium, iron, and zinc, making them unavailable for absorption. Research supports this theory, concluding that phytic acid significantly impairs the absorption of these essential minerals.
3. Eat Your Dairy Raw, And Consume Foods Rich In Nutrients
Raw dairy is one of the best ways to keep your teeth cavity-free, as it's filled with essential vitamins and minerals - like calcium, vitamin K2, vitamin D2, magnesium, phosphorus, and fat-soluble vitamins - that contribute to healthy dental fluid flow, teeth strength, and oral wellness.
Great options for consuming raw dairy are goat milk kefir, raw cheeses, and organic grass-fed butter.
Also beneficial for your diet are:
Green, leafy vegetables
Fruit
Healthy fats like coconut oil, avocado, olives, and fish
Fermented grains (in moderation)
Sprouted nuts, seeds, and beans
4. Opt For Mineralizing Toothpaste
Fluoride-free toothpaste is worth the cost. But you can also make your own, too. Try out this recipe, complete with coconut oil, aluminum-free baking soda, essential oils, and minerals.
5. Practice Oil Pulling
It's been getting a lot of attention in the media and amongst holistic health circles in recent years, but oil pulling has been used for centuries by Ayurvedic medicine. It's a great oral detoxification tool, and is simple, too.
All you have to do is scoop up a tablespoon of oil and swish it in your mouth for exactly 20 minutes. It's been used to fight a variety of things, from fighting against gingivitis and headaches to systemic diseases such as diabetes.
You can learn more about dangers and solutions relating to root canals here. (You will see a sales pitch - but it is worth taking a look because the information is very good whilst concise.
Going With The Flow: The Global Battle For Your Personal Data November 27 2016 | From: ArtsTechnica
Should governments be allowed to impose localisation requirements to protect privacy?
It's a cliché that "data is the new oil"- a metaphor that dates back to at least 2006. Like oil, data is beginning to drive conflict, as different political blocs fight for control of how this valuable resource flows around the world.
That tussle is at a critical juncture because of the confluence of three major factors: The Snowden revelations about massive online surveillance; key judgments by Europe's top court; and attempts by the US to use major trade deals to lock in unrestricted data flows globally.
The growing awareness of the importance of data flows to both technology and the world's economy is reflected in the number of reports on the topic that have been issued recently. For example, in April 2014, McKinsey published "Global flows in a digital age," which noted:
“Global online traffic across borders grew 18-fold between 2005 and 2012, and could increase eightfold more by 2025. Digital technologies, which reduce the cost of production and distribution, are transforming flows in three ways:
Through the creation of purely digital goods and services, “digital wrappers” that enhance the value of physical flows, and digital platforms that facilitate cross-border production and exchange."
A month later, the European Centre for International Political Economy (ECIPE) issued a report that aimed to:
“Quantify the losses that result from data localisation requirements and related data privacy and security laws that discriminate against foreign suppliers of data, and downstream goods and services providers."
Data localisation in this context means keeping data within the same country - or legal bloc, in some cases - where it originated.
According to ECIPE's econometric modelling, if the European Union were to introduce economy-wide data localisation requirements that applied across all sectors of the economy, its GDP would suffer a loss of 1.1 percent as non-EU companies run fleeing to the hills.
ECIPE said domestic investments would fall by 3.9 percent, and the economic losses suffered by EU citizens would total £156 billion (€182 billion, $193 billion).
The Snowden Revelations
One reason why many countries were and still are considering data localisation requirements that would force companies to keep data within national or legal boundaries, is the Snowden leaks.
In particular, Edward Snowden revealed that both agencies spied on data as it flowed across US and UK borders to and from other countries.
An obvious way to avoid this problem is to keep data in the country where it is generated, to minimise opportunities for foreign interception.
That too has issues - for example, it's easier for national governments to spy on and demand information - but it does place obstacles in the way of external intelligence agencies like the NSA and GCHQ.
One country that has already adopted this approach is Russia, which passed a data localisation law in 2014. LinkedIn's failure to comply means that the soon-to-be Microsoft subsidiary faces the prospect of Russian ISPs blocking access to its site. As Ars has reported, China too is bringing in data localisation requirements.
Perhaps even more important than Snowden's impact on governments' future data localisation policies have been the knock-on consequences of his revelations for the "Safe Harbour" framework that has governed data flows from the EU to the US since 2000.
In 1998, the EU's directive on data protection went into effect, which prohibited the transfer of personal data to non-European Union countries that do not meet the 28-member-state bloc's "adequacy" standard for privacy protection - in other words, that offered sufficient safeguards for personal data.
"In order to bridge these differences in approach and provide a streamlined means for US organisations to comply with the Directive, the US Department of Commerce in consultation with the European Commission developed a 'Safe Harbour' framework and this website to provide the information an organisation would need to evaluate - and then join - the US-EU Safe Harbour programme."
Snowden's leaks showed the NSA gaining access to personal data held by major US online companies like Facebook as part of the PRISM programme.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
As a result, the Austrian privacy activist Max Schrems brought a legal challenge to data transfers made between the EU and the US using the Safe Harbour framework.
"Safe Harbour does not allow for [data] forwarding as it is performed under PRISM. If it would allow such forwarding the 'Safe Harbour Decision' would itself be illegal under Regulation 95/46/EC [the EU directive on data protection]."
Since Facebook has its European headquarters in Ireland, Schrems took his complaint to the Irish data protection agency. According to Schrems, the Irish data protection commissioner argued that "he does not have any duty to investigate the complaint and later argued that the legal view expressed in the complaint is 'frivolous'." As a result, Schrems' complaint was not investigated.
Schrems sought a judicial review by the Irish High Court, which then asked the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) to rule on issues raised by the Safe Harbour framework. On October 6 last year, Europe's top court handed down its judgment, which effectively struck down Safe Harbour.
The central problem, the court found, was that PRISM allowed:
"Access on a generalised basis to the content of electronic communications," which the CJEU said "must be regarded as compromising the essence of the fundamental right to respect for private life," and therefore unacceptable under EU law.
Unless a suitable replacement for Safe Harbour could be found, data flows across the Atlantic would be illegal, and companies continuing to transfer EU personal data to the US risked large fines.
What was needed was an upgraded version of Safe Harbour, otherwise US companies faced the prospect of being forced to keep all the personal data of their EU users within the European Union, something they insisted they were reluctant to do.
After fraught negotiations, the new Privacy Shield framework was announced on July 8. The European Commission claimed it was "fundamentally different" from Safe Harbour, and ruled out "indiscriminate mass surveillance":
“The EU-US Privacy Shield will ensure a high level of protection for individuals and legal certainty for business. It is fundamentally different from the old 'Safe Harbour': It imposes clear and strong obligations on companies handling the data and makes sure that these rules are followed and enforced in practice.
For the first time, the US has given the EU written assurance that the access of public authorities for law enforcement and national security will be subject to clear limitations, safeguards and oversight mechanisms and has ruled out indiscriminate mass surveillance of European citizens' data.
And last but not least the Privacy Shield protects fundamental rights and provides for several accessible and affordable redress mechanisms."
Reactions to the new Privacy Shield were mixed. Microsoft called it "an important achievement for the privacy rights of citizens across Europe, and for companies across all industries that rely on international data flows to run their businesses and serve their customers."
"Privacy Shield is the product of pressure by the US and the IT industry—not of rational or reasonable considerations. It is little more than an little upgrade to Safe Harbour, but not a new deal. It is very likely to fail again, as soon as it reaches the CJEU."
Joe McNamee, executive director of European Digital Rights, agreed with this view:
"We now have to wait until the court again rules that the deal is illegal and then, maybe, the EU and US can negotiate a credible arrangement that actually respects the law, engenders trust and protects our fundamental rights."
News that Yahoo had been secretly scanning customers' e-mails greatly increases the likelihood of the Privacy Shield scheme being thrown out by the EU's top court. Snowden tweeted that during the Privacy Shield negotiations the US insisted that this kind of spying would never occur. As a result, the CJEU judges are unlikely to be impressed by any claims that Privacy Shield complies with EU laws.
A legal challenge to the Privacy Shield framework has already been filed, but not at the Court of Justice, which heard and threw out Safe Harbour. Instead, Digital Rights Ireland is asking the lesser-known General Court of the European Union to annul Privacy Shield, still on the grounds that it affords insufficient privacy protection to EU citizens.
General Data Protection Regulation
A successful challenge to Privacy Shield would be a serious problem for US companies wishing to move personal data out of the EU. At the end of 2015, the European Parliament, the Council, and the Commission reached an agreement on "new data protection rules, establishing a modern and harmonised data protection framework across the EU," including the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which greatly extends the reach and force of EU privacy laws.
Chapter 5 of the GDPR confirms the need for something like Privacy Shield to regulate the flow of data outside the EU, and spells out huge fines for companies that flout the new GDPR rules - up to €20 million, or four percent of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher.
Stricter GDPR rules, coupled with the prospect that personal data might need to remain within the EU's borders, may represent a threat for US companies, but they are also a business opportunity for cloud computing services.
For example, the newly-formed Cloud Infrastructure Services Providers in Europe (CISPE) recently announced that it had created:
"The first-ever data protection code of conduct requiring cloud infrastructure services providers to offer their customers the ability to exclusively process and store data within the EU/EEA territories."
The CISPE added:
“Under the CISPE Code of Conduct, cloud infrastructure providers cannot data mine or profile customers’ personal data for marketing, advertising or similar activities, for their own purposes or for the resale to third parties. The CISPE Code precedes the application of the new European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)."
US companies are also cashing in on the demand for EU-based processing and storage. For example, last November Microsoft opened data centres in Germany, which it claimed would be immune to requests from the US government to hand over data - thus attempting to address the key problem of surveillance that emerged in the Schrems' judgment.
While the above looks like some type of military facility it is actually a Microsoft data center
TheNew York Times quoted Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella as saying:
“"=We’re building our global cloud infrastructure in Europe so it can be trusted by the multiple constituents. We can meet the data residency needs of our European customers."
The newspaper also noted that other US giants are also investing heavily in EU facilities:
“Amazon Web Services, the largest player, announced last week that it would soon open multiple data centres in France and Britain. Google, which already has sites in countries like Finland and Belgium, is expected to finish a new multimillion-dollar data complex in the Netherlands by the end of the year."
Trade Deals
Although those moves might suggest that US Internet companies are resigned to a future where keeping the personal data of EU citizens within the EU will be the norm, that's not the case. The main strategy of the online giants is doing everything they can to stop data localisation happening; the new data centres are more like an insurance policy, in case they aren't successful.
These multinational megacorps have a range of weapons at their disposal, but the most powerful is trade agreements. As Ars has reported, today's big trade deals go far beyond simply removing tariffs.
Now, the emphasis is on harmonising national regulations in order to remove "non-tariff barriers." Prompted by Stateside Internet companies, the US tries to use trade deals to persuade other countries to agree to unhindered cross-border data flows, and to ban data localisation requirements.
“TTIP must include clear and enforceable commitments on digital trade, but the EU has not engaged meaningfully in this sector, particularly regarding cross border data flows and data server localization requirements."
As part of the TTIP deal, the politicians say, the EU must permit easy cross-border data flows by loosening its stringent privacy protections, and forbid member states from requiring data localisation.
TTIP is in limbo after Donald Trump won the US presidential election, and may even be dead, so the argument over how data flows should be treated there will not re-commence for many months, if ever. But there are two other major deals seeking to regulate European data flows, the Trade in Investment Services Agreement (TISA) - an international treaty between 23 parties including the US and EU - and the Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement (CETA) between Canada and the EU.
A recent study, entitled "Trade and privacy: complicated bedfellows?", suggested that new free trade deals should contain a binding provision which fully exempts the existing and future EU legal framework for the protection of personal data from the scope of the agreements.
However, in a commentary on the report, the activist Ante Wessels had doubts about the efficacy of this approach. He wrote:
“Trade and privacy are indeed difficult bedfellows. It is an open question whether data protection-proof free trade agreements are possible."
If, indeed, that is the case, the report further suggests "the EU should not enter into additional commitments concerning free data flows in new and enhanced disciplines that lack any reference to the party’s privacy and data protection laws."
One of the organisations that commissioned the report, BEUC, explained its position as follows:
“Under the CISPE Code of Conduct, cloud infrastructure providers cannot data mine or profile customers’ personal data for marketing, advertising or similar activities, for their own purposes or for the resale to third parties. The CISPE Code precedes the application of the new European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)."
It's still not clear what the European Commission intends to do on this important issue. According to a report on EurActiv;
“European Commission officials have struck a deal that could put a clause guaranteeing international data flows into a trade agreement with 22 countries outside the bloc, including the United States and Australia [TISA]. But the commission is in deadlock over whether to cave to pressure from the US despite criticism that salvaging the pact on services could undermine EU privacy law."
According to the EC's summary of the latest round of TISA talks, data flows and localisation of computing facilities will "Continue to require in-depth discussions between Parties."
Once again, the election of Donald Trump is likely to be a complicating factor here.
The position of the European Parliament is more straightforward, since it has adopted a text on TISA in which it calls on the European Commission "to immediately and formally oppose the US proposals on movement of information."
Boris Johnson addresses supporters during a rally for the "Vote Leave" campaign
Post-Brexit Problems
Finally, it's worth noting there are major implications here for the UK as it heads towards Brexit. The UK's new Information Commissioner, Elizabeth Denham, recently gave a speech called "Transparency, trust and progressive data protection," in which she directly addressed the question of what the EU's new GDPR would mean post-Brexit:
“The fact is, no matter what the future legal relationship between the UK and Europe, personal information will need to flow. It is fundamental to the digital economy.
In a global economy we need consistency of law and standards - the GDPR is a strong law, and once we are out of Europe, we will still need to be deemed adequate or essentially equivalent.
For those of you who are not lawyers out there, this means there would be a legal basis for data to flow between Europe and the UK."
Whether or not the UK is a member of the EU, and whatever its formal relationship might be, if British companies - for example, in the financial sector - want to process EU personal data, the protection in the UK must be "adequate or essentially equivalent" for data flows from the continent to be permitted. It is therefore likely that the UK government will need to bring in data privacy laws that align closely with the GDPR.
However, it's worth remembering that the reason why Safe Harbour was struck down, and why Privacy Shield may suffer the same fate, is that the EU's highest court deemed the surveillance carried out by the NSA as excessive and therefore illegal.
But we know from Snowden's documents that GCHQ's Tempora programme is just as invasive - indeed, Snowden said that historically: "They [GCHQ] are worse than the US."
That raises the interesting question of whether the CJEU would find that GCHQ's surveillance of data flows is also excessive and therefore illegal under EU privacy laws if a challenge were brought by someone like, say, Schrems.
The UK government has managed to sidestep this issue so far. But once the UK is outside the European Union, continental companies will not want to risk fines of up to four percent of their global turnover by sending personal data to a country which may be judged a privacy pariah by the courts.
As data progresses from being the new oil that helps powers modern economies, to becoming the very life-blood that keeps them alive, data flows will become a key strategic issue for all governments.
That's especially true for the UK, which will depend on them for its new, and as-yet undefined, relationships with the world's nations, their citizens, and their companies.
Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School November 27 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie.
In the current issue of the journal Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry, Australian dissident psychiatrist Niall McLaren titles his article, "Psychiatry as Bullshit" and makes a case for just that.
In 2011, Ronald Pies, editor-in-chief emeritus of the Psychiatric Times, stated;
“In truth, the 'chemical imbalance' notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded by well-informed psychiatrists."
And in 2013, Thomas Insel, then director of the National Institute of Mental Health, offered a harsh rebuke of the DSM, announcing that because the DSM diagnostic system lacks validity, the: "NIMH will be re-orienting its research away from DSM categories."
So, the great controversy today has now become just how psychiatry can be most fairly characterized given its record of being proven wrong about virtually all of its assertions, most notably its classifications of behaviors, theories of "mental illness" and treatment effectiveness/adverse effects.
Among critics, one of the gentlest characterizations of psychiatry is a "false narrative," the phrase used by investigative reporter Robert Whitaker (who won the 2010 Investigative Reporters and Editors Book Award for Anatomy of an Epidemic) to describe the story told by the psychiatrists' guild American Psychiatric Association.
In "Psychiatry as Bullshit," McLaren begins by considering several different categories of "nonscience with scientific pretensions," such as "pseudoscience" and "scientific fraud."
"Pseudoscience" is commonly defined as a collection of beliefs and practices promulgated as scientific but in reality mistakenly regarded as being based on scientific method. The NIMH director ultimately rejected the DSM because of its lack of validity, which is crucial to the scientific method.
In the DSM, psychiatric illnesses are created by an APA committee, 69 percent of whom have financial ties to Big Pharma.
The criteria for DSM illness are not objective biological ones but non-scientific subjective ones (which is why homosexuality was a DSM mental illness until the early 1970s).
Besides lack of scientific validity, the DSM lacks scientific reliability, as clinicians routinely disagree on diagnoses because patients act differently in different circumstances and because of the subjective nature of the criteria.
"Fraud" is a misrepresentation, a deception intended for personal gain, and implies an intention to deceive others of the truth - or "lying." Drug companies, including those that manufacture psychiatric drugs, have been convicted of fraud, as have high-profile psychiatrists (as well as other doctors).
Human rights activist and attorney Jim Gottstein offers an argument as to why the APA is a "fraudulent enterprise"; however, the APA has not been legally convicted of fraud.
To best characterize psychiatry, McLaren considers the category of "bullshit," invoking philosopher Harry Frankfurt's 1986 journal article "On Bullshit" (which became a New York Times bestselling book in 2005).
Defining Bullshit
What is the essence of bullshit? For Frankfurt, "This lack of connection to a concern with truth - this indifference to how things really are - that I regard as of the essence of bullshit."
Frankfurt devotes a good deal of On Bullshit to differentiating between a liar and a bullshitter. Both the liar and the bullshitter misrepresent themselves, representing themselves as attempting to be honest and truthful. But there is a difference between the liar and the bullshitter.
The liar knows the truth, and the liar's goal is to conceal it.
The goal of bullshitters is not necessarily to lie about the truth but to persuade their audience of a specific impression so as to advance their agenda. So, bullshitters are committed to neither truths nor untruths, uncommitted to neither facts nor fiction. It's actually not in bullshitters' interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge can hinder their capacity to bullshit.
Frankfurt tells us that liar the hides that he or she is "attempting to lead us away from a correct apprehension of reality." In contrast, the bullshitter hides that "the truth-values of his statements are of no central interest to him."
“In truth, the 'chemical imbalance' notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded by well-informed psychiatrists."
What Pies omits is the reality that the vast majority of psychiatrists have been promulgating this theory. Were they liars or simply not well-informed? And if not well-informed, were they purposely not well-informed?
If one wants to bullshit oneself and the general public that psychiatry is a genuinely scientific medical specialty, there's a great incentive to be unconcerned with the truth or falseness of the chemical imbalance theory of depression.
Bullshitters immediately recognize how powerful this chemical imbalance notion is in gaining prestige for their profession and themselves as well as making their job both more lucrative and easier, increasing patient volume by turning virtually all patient visits into quick prescribing ones.
Prior to the chemical imbalance bullshit campaign, most Americans were reluctant to take antidepressants - or to give them to their children.
But the idea that depression is caused by a chemical imbalance that can be corrected with Prozac, Paxil, Zoloft and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressants sounded like taking insulin for diabetes.
Correcting a chemical imbalance seemed like a reasonable thing to do, and so the use of SSRI antidepressants skyrocketed.
In 2012, National Public Radio correspondent Alix Spiegel began her piece about the disproven chemical imbalance theory with the following personal story about being prescribed Prozac when she was a depressed teenager:
“My parents took me to a psychiatrist at Johns Hopkins Hospital. She did an evaluation and then told me this story: "The problem with you," she explained, "is that you have a chemical imbalance. It's biological, just like diabetes, but it's in your brain.
This chemical in your brain called serotonin is too, too low. There's not enough of it, and that's what's causing the chemical imbalance. We need to give you medication to correct that." Then she handed my mother a prescription for Prozac. "
When Spiegel discovered that the chemical imbalance theory was untrue, she sought to discover why this truth had been covered up, and so she interviewed researchers who knew the truth.
Alan Frazer, professor of pharmacology and psychiatry and chairman of the pharmacology department at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center, told Spiegel that by framing depression as a deficiency - something that needed to be returned to normal - patients felt more comfortable taking antidepressants.
Frazer stated;
“If there was this biological reason for them being depressed, some deficiency that the drug was correcting, then taking a drug was OK."
For Frazer, the story that depressed people have a chemical imbalance enabled many people to come out of the closet about being depressed.
Frazer's rationale reminds us of Edward Herman and Noam Chomsky's book Manufacturing Consent, the title deriving from presidential adviser and journalist Walter Lippmann's phrase "the manufacture of consent" - a necessity for Lippmann, who believed that the general public is incompetent in discerning what's truly best for them, and so their opinion must be molded by a benevolent elite who does know what's best for them.
There are some psychiatrists who view the chemical imbalance theory as a well-meaning lie by a benevolent elite to ensure resistant patients do what is best for them, but my experience is that there are actually extremely few such "well-meaning liars." Most simply don't know the truth because they have put little effort in discerning it.
I believe McLaren is correct in concluding that the vast majority of psychiatrists are bullshitters, uncommitted to either facts or fiction. Most psychiatrists would certainly have been happy if the chemical-imbalance theory was true but obviously have not needed it to be true in order to promulgate it.
For truth seekers, the falseness of the chemical imbalance theory has been easily available, but most psychiatrists have not been truth seekers.
It is not in the bullshitters' interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge of what is a fact and what is fiction hinders the capacity to use any and all powerful persuasion. Simply put, a commitment to the truth hinders the capacity to bullshit.
Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School.
Myth # 1:
“The FDA (US Food and Drug Administration) tests all new psychiatric drugs”
False. Actually the FDA only reviews studies that were designed, administered, secretly performed and paid for by the multinational profit-driven drug companies.
The studies are frequently farmed out by the pharmaceutical companies by well-paid research firms, in whose interest it is to find positive results for their corporate employers. Unsurprisingly, such research policies virtually guarantee fraudulent results.
Myth # 2:
“FDA approval means that a psychotropic drug is effective long-term”
False. Actually, FDA approval doesn’t even mean that psychiatric drugs have been proven to be safe – either short-term or long-term! The notion that FDA approval means that a psych drug has been proven to be effective is also a false one, for most such drugs are never tested – prior to marketing – for longer than a few months (and most psych patients take their drugs for years).
The pharmaceutical industry pays many psychiatric “researchers” – often academic psychiatrists (with east access to compliant, chronic, already drugged-up patients) who have financial or professional conflicts of interest – some of them even sitting on FDA advisory committees who attempt to “fast track” psych drugs through the approval process.
For each new drug application, the FDA only receives 1 or 2 of the “best” studies (out of many) that purport to show short-term effectiveness. The negative studies are shelved and not revealed to the FDA. In the case of the SSRI drugs, animal lab studies typically lasted only hours, days or weeks and the human clinical studies only lasted, on average, 4- 6 weeks, far too short to draw any valid conclusions about long-term effectiveness or safety!
Hence the FDA, prescribing physicians and patient-victims should not have been “surprised” by the resulting epidemic of SSRI drug-induced adverse reactions that are silently plaguing the people.
Indeed, many SSRI trials have shown that those drugs are barely more effective than placebo (albeit statistically significant!) with unaffordable economic costs and serious health risks, some of which are life-threatening and known to be capable of causing brain damage.
Myth # 3:
“FDA approval means that a psychotropic drug is safe long-term”
False. Actually, the SSRIs and the “anti-psychotic” drugs are usually tested in human trials for only a couple of months before being granted marketing approval by the FDA. And the drug companies are only required to report 1 or 2 studies (even if many other studies on the same drug showed negative, even disastrous, results).
Drug companies obviously prefer that the black box and fine print warnings associated with their drugs are ignored by both consumers and prescribers. One only has to note how small the print is on the commercials.
In our fast-paced shop-until-you-drop consumer society, we super-busy prescribing physicians and physician assistants have never been fully aware of the multitude of dangerous, potentially fatal adverse psych drug effects that include addiction, mania, psychosis, suicidality, worsening depression, worsening anxiety, insomnia, akathisia, brain damage, dementia, homicidality, violence, etc, etc.
But when was the last time anybody heard the FDA or Big Pharma apologize for the damage they did in the past?
And when was the last time there were significant punishments (other than writs slaps and “chump change” multimillion dollar fines) or prison time for the CEOs of the guilty multibillion dollar drug companies?
Myth # 4:
“Mental ‘illnesses’ are caused by ‘brain chemistry imbalances’”
False. In actuality, brain chemical/neurotransmitter imbalances have never been proven to exist (except for cases of neurotransmitter depletions caused by psych drugs) despite vigorous examinations of lab animal or autopsied human brains and brain slices by neuroscientist s who were employed by well-funded drug companies.
Knowing that there are over 100 known neurotransmitter systems in the human brain, proposing a theoretical chemical ”imbalance” is laughable and flies in the face of science.
Not only that, but if there was an imbalance between any two of the 100 potential systems (impossible to prove), a drug – that has never been tested on more than a handful of them – could never be expected to re-balance it!
Such simplistic theories have been perpetrated by Big Pharma upon a gullible public and a gullible psychiatric industry because corporations that want to sell the public on their unnecessary products know that they have to resort to 20 second sound bite-type propaganda to convince patients and prescribing practitioners why they should be taking or prescribing synthetic, brain-altering drugs that haven’t been adequately tested.
Myth # 5:
“Antidepressant drugs work like insulin for diabetics”
False. This laughingly simplistic – and very anti-scientific – explanation for the use of dangerous and addictive synthetic drugs is patently absurd and physicians and patients who believe it should be ashamed of themselves for falling for it.
There is such a thing as an insulin deficiency (but only in type 1 diabetes) but there is no such thing as a Prozac deficiency.
SSRIs (so-called Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors – an intentional mis-representation because those drugs are NOT selective!) do not raise total brain serotonin.
Rather, SSRIs actually deplete serotonin long-term while only “goosing” serotonin release at the synapse level while at the same time interfere with the storage, reuse and re-cycling of serotonin (by its “serotonin reuptake inhibition” function).
(Parenthetically, the distorted “illogic” of the insulin/diabetes comparison above could legitimately be made in the case of the amino acid brain nutrient tryptophan, which is the precursor molecule of the important natural neurotransmitter serotonin.
If a serotonin deficiency or “imbalance” could be proven, the only logical treatment approach would be to supplement the diet with the serotonin precursor tryptophan rather than inflict upon the brain a brain-altering synthetic chemical that actually depletes serotonin long-term!
Myth # 6:
“SSRI ‘discontinuation syndromes’ are different than ‘withdrawal syndromes’”
False. The SSRI “antidepressant” drugs are indeed dependency-inducing/addictive and the neurological and psychological symptoms that occur when these drugs are stopped or tapered down are not “relapses” into a previous ”mental disorder” - as has been commonly asserted - but are actually new drug withdrawal symptoms that are different from those that prompted the original diagnosis
The term “discontinuation syndrome” is part of a cunningly-designed conspiracy that was plotted in secret by members of the psychopharmaceutical industryin order to deceive physicians into thinking that these drugs are not addictive.
The deception has been shamelessly promoted to distract attention from the proven fact that most psych drugs are dependency-inducing and are therefore likely to cause “discontinuation/withdrawal symptoms” when they are stopped.
The drug industry knows that most people do not want to swallow dependency-inducing drugs that are likely to cause painful, even lethal withdrawal symptoms when they cut down the dose of the drug.
Myth # 7:
“Ritalin is safe for children (or adults)”
False. In actuality, methylphenidate (= Ritalin, Concerta, Daytrana, Metadate and Methylin; aka “kiddie cocaine”), a dopamine reuptake inhibitor drug, works exactly like cocaine on dopamine synapses, except that orally-dosed methylphenidate reaches the brain more slowly than snortable or smoked cocaine does.
Therefore the oral form has less of an orgasmic “high” than cocaine.
Cocaine addicts actually prefer Ritalin if they can get it in a relatively pure powder form.
When snorted, the synthetic Ritalin (as opposed to the naturally-occurring, and therefore more easily metabolically-degraded cocaine) has the same onset of action but, predictably, has a longer lasting “high” and is thus preferred among addicted individuals.
The molecular structures of Ritalin and cocaine both have amphetamine base structures with ring-shaped side chains which, when examined side by side, are remarkably similar. The dopamine synaptic organelles in the brain (and heart, blood vessels, lungs and guts) are unlikely to sense any difference between the two drugs.
Myth # 8:
“Psychoactive drugs are totally safe for humans”
False. See Myth # 3 above. Actually all five classes of psychotropic drugs have, with long-term use, been found to be neurotoxic (ie, known to destroy or otherwise alter the physiology, chemistry, anatomy and viability of vital energy-producing mitochondria in every brain cell and nerve). They are therefore all capable of contributing to dementia when used long-term.
Any synthetic chemical that is capable of crossing the blood-brain barrier into the brain can alter and disable the brain. Synthetic chemical drugs are NOT capable of healing brain dysfunction, curing malnutrition or reversing brain damage.
Rather than curing anything, psychiatric drugs are only capable of masking symptoms while the abnormal emotional, neurological or malnutritional processes that mimic “mental illnesses” continue unabated.
Myth # 9:
“Mental ‘illnesses’ have no known cause”
False. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM, published by the American Psychiatric Association, is pejoratively called “the psychiatric bible and billing book” for psychiatrists.
Despite its name, it actually has no statistics in it, and, of the 374 psychiatric diagnoses in the DSM-IV (there is now a 5th edition) there seem to be only two that emphasize known root causes.
Those two diagnoses are Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Acute Stress Disorder. The DSM-V has been roundly condemned as being just another book that laughingly pathologizes a few more normal human emotions and behaviors.
In my decade of work as an independent holistic mental health care practitioner, I was virtually always able to detect many of the multiple root causes and contributing factors that easily explained the signs, symptoms and behaviors that had resulted in a perplexing number of false diagnoses of “mental illness of unknown origin”.
Many of my patients had been made worse by being hastily diagnosed, hastily drugged, bullied, demeaned, malnourished, incarcerated, electroshocked (often against their wills and/or without fully informed consent).
My patients had been frequently rendered unemployable or even permanently disabled as a result – all because temporary, potentially reversible, and therefore emotional stressors had not been recognized at the onset.
Because of the reliance on drugs, many of my patients had been made incurable by not having been referred to compassionate practitioners who practiced high quality, non-drug-based, potentially curable psychotherapy.
The root causes of my patient’s understandable emotional distress were typically multiple, although sometimes a single trauma, such as a rape, violent assault or a psychological trauma in the military would cause an otherwise normally-developing individual to decompensate.
But the vast majority of my patients had experienced easily identifiable chronic sexual, physical, psychological, emotional and/or spiritual traumas as root causes – often accompanied by hopelessness, sleep deprivation, serious emotional or physical neglect and brain nutrient deficiencies as well.
The only way that I could obtain this critically important information was through the use of thorough, compassionate (and, unfortunately, time-consuming) investigation into the patient’s complete history, starting with prenatal, maternal, infant and childhood exposures to toxins (including vaccines) and continuing into the vitally important adolescent medical history (all periods when the patient’s brain was rapidly developing).
My clinical experience proved to me that if enough high quality time was spent with the patient and if enough hard work was exerted looking for root causes, the patient’s predicament could usually be clarified and the erroneous past labels (of “mental illnesses of unknown origin”) could be thrown out.
Such efforts were often tremendously therapeutic for my patients, who up to that time had been made to feel guilty, ashamed or hopeless by previous therapists.
In my experience, most mental ill health syndromes represented identifiable, albeit serious emotional de-compensation due to temporarily overwhelming crisis situations linked to traumatic, frightening, torturous, neglectful and soul-destroying life experiences.
My practice consisted mostly of patients who knew for certain that they were being sickened by months or years of swallowing one or more brain-altering, addictive prescription drugs that they couldn’t get off of by themselves.
I discovered that many of them could have been cured early on in their lives if they only had access – and could afford – compassionate psychoeducational psychotherapy, proper brain nutrition and help with addressing issues of deprivation, parental neglect/abuse, poverty and other destructive psychosocial situations.
I came to the sobering realization that many of my patients could have been cured years earlier if it hadn’t been for the disabling effects of psychiatric drug regimens, isolation, loneliness, punitive incarcerations, solitary confinement, discrimination, malnutrition, and/or electroshock.
The neurotoxic and brain-disabling drugs, vaccines and frankenfoods that most of my patients had been given early on had started them on the road to chronicity and disability.
Myth # 10:
“Psychotropic drugs have nothing to do with the huge increase in disabled and unemployable American psychiatric patients”
False. See Myths # 2 and # 3 above. In actuality recent studies have shown that the major cause of permanent disability in the “mentally ill” is the long-term, high dosage and/or use of multiple neurotoxic psych drugs – any combination of which, as noted above, has never been adequately tested for safety even in animal labs.
Many commonly-prescribed drugs are fully capable of causing brain-damage long-term, especially the anti-psychotics (aka, “major tranquilizers”) like Thorazine, Haldol, Prolixin, Clozapine, Abilify, Clozapine, Fanapt, Geodon, Invega, Risperdal, Saphris, Seroquel and Zyprexa, all of which can cause brain shrinkage that is commonly seen on the MRI scans of anti-psychotic drug-treated, so-called schizophrenics – commonly pointed out as “proof” that schizophrenia is an anatomic brain disorder that causes the brain to shrink! (Incidentally, patients who had been on antipsychotic drugs – for whatever reason – have been known to experience withdrawal hallucinations and acute psychotic symptoms even if they had never experienced such symptoms previously.)
Of course, highly addictive “minor” tranquilizers like the benzodiazepines (Valium, Ativan, Klonopin, Librium, Tranxene, Xanax) can cause the same withdrawal syndromes. They are all dangerous and very difficult to withdraw from (withdrawal results in difficult-to-treat rebound insomnia, panic attacks, and seriously increased anxiety), and, when used long-term, they can all cause memory loss/dementia, the loss of IQ points and the high likelihood of being mis-diagnosed as Alzheimer’s disease (of unknown etiology).
Myth # 11:
“So-called bipolar disorder can mysteriously ‘emerge’ in patients who have been taking stimulating antidepressants like the SSRIs”
False. In actuality, crazy-making behaviors like mania, agitation and aggression are commonly caused by the SSRIs. That list includes a syndrome called akathisia, a severe, sometimes suicide-inducing internal restlessness – like having restless legs syndrome over one’s entire body and brain.
Akathisia was once understood to only occur as a long-term adverse effect of antipsychotic drugs (See Myth # 10). So it was a shock to many psychiatrists (after Prozac came to market in 1987) to have to admit that SSRIs could also cause that deadly problem.
It has long been my considered opinion that SSRIs should more accurately be called “agitation-inducing” drugs rather than “anti-depressant” drugs.
The important point to make is that SSRI-induced psychosis, mania, agitation, aggression and akathisia is NOT bipolar disorder nor is it schizophrenia!
Myth # 12:
“Antidepressant drugs can prevent suicides”
False. In actuality, there is no psychiatric drug that is FDA-approved for the treatment of suicidality because these drugs, especially the so-called antidepressants, actually INCREASE the incidence of suicidal thinking, suicide attempts and completed suicides.
Drug companies have spent billions of dollars futilely trying to prove the effectiveness of various psychiatric drugs in suicide prevention.
Even the most corrupted drug company trials have failed! Indeed what has been discovered is that all the so-called “antidepressants” actually increase the incidence of suicidality.
The FDA has required black box warning labels about drug-induced suicidality on all SSRI marketing materials, but that was only accomplished after over-coming vigorous opposition from the drug-makers and marketers of the offending drugs, who feared that such truth-telling would hurt their profits (it hasn’t).
What can and does avert suicidality, of course, are not drugs, but rather interventions by caring, compassionate and thorough teams of care-givers that include family, faith communities and friends as well as psychologists, counselors, social workers, relatives (especially wise grandmas!), and, obviously, the limited involvement of drug prescribers.
Myth # 13:
“America’s school shooters and other mass shooters are ‘untreated’ schizophrenics who should have been taking psych drugs”
False. In actuality, 90% or more of the infamous homicidal – and usually suicidal – school shooters have already been under the “care” of psychiatrists (or other psych drug prescribers) and therefore have typically been taking (or withdrawing from) one or more psychiatric drugs.
SSRIs (such as Prozac) and psychostimulants (such as Ritalin) have been the most common classes of drugs involved. Antipsychotics are too sedating, although an angry teen who is withdrawing from antipsychotics could easily become a school shooter if given access to lethal weapons. (See www.ssristudies.net).
The 10% of school shooters whose drug history is not known, have typically had their medical files sealed by the authorities – probably to protect authorities such as the drug companies and/or the medical professionals who supplied the drugs from suffering liability or embarrassment.
Important Comment:It should be noted that in most cases such 'False Flag' shooter events, that Mind-Controlled assets are used in order to carry out events pushing Cabal-driven agenda's such as gun control.
In virtually EVERY case the 'perpetrators' are on multiple prescription drugs for mental health issues.
This is not a comfortable subject but it is one that you will need to confront sooner or later, as the truth will become common knowledge at some point.
Interspersed with the rest of this section are details of the reality which hides behind the prescription drugs and their side effects -
The powerful drug industry and psychiatry lobby, with the willing help of the media that profits from being their handmaidens, repeatedly show us the photos of the shooters that look like zombies.
They have successfully gotten the viewing public to buy the notion that these adolescent, white male school shooters were mentally ill rather than under the influence of their crazy-making, brain-altering drugs or going through withdrawal.
Contrary to the claims of a recent 60 Minutes program segment about “untreated schizophrenics” being responsible for half of the mass shootings in America, the four mentioned in the segment were, in fact, almost certainly being already under the treatment with psych drugs – prior to the massacres – by psychiatrists who obviously are being protected from public identification and/or interrogation by the authorities as accomplices to the crimes or witnesses.
Because of this secrecy, the public is being kept in the dark about exactly what crazy-making, homicidality-inducing psychotropic drugs could have been involved.
The names of the drugs and the multinational corporations that have falsely marketed them as safe drugs are also being actively protected from scrutiny, and thus the chance of prevention of future drug-related shootings or suicides is being squandered.
Such decisions by America’s ruling elites represent public health policy at its worst and is a disservice to past and future shooting victims and their loved ones.
The four most notorious mass shooters that were highlighted in the aforementioned 60 Minutes segment included the Virginia Tech shooter, the Tucson shooter, the Aurora shooter and the Sandy Hook shooter whose wild-eyed (“drugged-up”) photos have been carefully chosen for their dramatic “zombie-look” effect, so that most frightened, paranoid Americans are convinced that it was a crazy “schizophrenic”, rather than a victim of psychoactive, brain-altering, crazy-making drugs that may have made him do it.
Parenthetically, it needs to be mentioned that many media outlets profit handsomely from the drug and medical industries.
Therefore those media outlets have an incentive to protect the names of the drugs, the names of the drug companies, the names of the prescribing MDs and the names of the clinics and hospitals that could, in a truly just and democratic world, otherwise be linked to the crimes.
Certainly if a methamphetamine-intoxicated person shot someone, the person who supplied the intoxicating drug would be considered an accomplice to the crime, just like the bartender who supplied the liquor to someone who later committed a violent crime would be held accountable.
A double standard obviously exists when it comes to powerful, respected and highly profitable corporations.
A thorough study of the scores of American school shooters, starting with the University of Texas tower shooter in 1966 and (temporarily) stopping at Sandy Hook, reveals that the overwhelming majority of them (if not all of them) were taking brain-altering, mesmerizing, impulse-destroying, “don’t give a damn” drugs that had been prescribed to them by well-meaning but too-busy psychiatrists, family physicians or physician assistants who somehow were unaware of or were misinformed about the homicidal and suicidal risks to their equally unsuspecting patients (and therefore they had failed to warn the patient and/or the patient’s loved ones about the potentially dire consequences).
Most practitioners who wrote the prescriptions for the mass shooters or for a patient who later suicided while under the influence of the drug, will probably(and legitimately so) defend themselves against the charge of being an accomplice to mass murder or suicide by saying that they were ignorant about the dangers of these cavalierly prescribed psych drugs because they had been deceived by the cunning drug companies that had convinced them of the benign nature of the drugs.
Myth # 14:
“If your patient hears voices it means he’s a schizophrenic”
False. Auditory hallucinations are known to occur in up to 10% of normal people; and up to 75% of normal people have had the experience of someone that isn’t there calling their name. (www.hearing-voices.org/voices-visions).
Nighttime dreams, nightmares and flashbacks probably have similar origins to daytime visual, auditory and olfactory hallucinations, but even psychiatrists don’t think that they represent mental illnesses.
Indeed, hallucinations are listed in the pharmaceutical literature as a potential side effect or withdrawal symptom of many drugs, especially psychiatric drugs.
These syndromes are called substance-induced psychotic disorders which are, by definition, neither mental illnesses nor schizophrenia.
Rather, substance-induced or withdrawal-induced psychotic disorders are temporary and directly caused by the intoxicating effects of malnutrition or brain-altering drugs such as alcohol, medications, hallucinogenic drugs and other toxins.
Psychotic symptoms, including hallucinations and delusions, can be caused by substances such as alcohol, marijuana, hallucinogens, sedatives, hypnotics, and anxiolytics, inhalants, opioids, PCP, and the many of the amphetamine-like drugs (like Phen-Fen, [fenfluramine]), cocaine, methamphetamine, Ecstasy, and agitation-inducing, psycho-stimulating drugs like the SSRIs).
Psychotic symptoms can also result from sleep deprivation, sensory deprivation and the withdrawal from certain drugs like alcohol, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and especially the many dopamine-suppressing, dependency-inducing, sedating, and zombifying anti-psychotic drugs.
Examples of other medications that may induce hallucinations and delusions include anesthetics, analgesics, anticholinergic agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antihypertensive and cardiovascular medications, some antimicrobial medications, anti-parkinsonian drugs, some chemotherapeutic agents, corticosteroids, some gastrointestinal medications, muscle relaxants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications, and Antabuse.
The very sobering information revealed above should cause any thinking person, patient, thought-leader or politician to wonder:
“How many otherwise normal or potentially curable people over the last half century of psych drug propaganda have actually been mis-labeled as mentally ill (and then mis-treated) and sent down the convoluted path of therapeutic misadventures – heading toward oblivion?”
In my mental health care practice, I personally treated hundreds of patients who had been given a multitude of confusing and contradictory mental illness labels, many of which had been one of the new “diseases of the month” for which there was a new psych “drug of the month” that was being heavily marketed on TV.
Many of my patients had simply been victims of unpredictable drug-drug interactions (far too often drug-drug-drug-drug interactions) or simply adverse reactions to psych drugs which had been erroneously diagnosed as a new mental illness.
Extrapolating my 1,200 patient experience (in my little isolated section of the nation) to what surely must be happening in America boggles my mind.
There has been a massive epidemic going on right under our noses that has affected millions of suffering victims who could have been cured if not for the drugs.
The time to act on this knowledge is long overdue.
The Revenge Of Les Déplorables & It Is Up To Us November 26 2016 | From: LindsayPerigo / PaulCraigRoberts
"It's morning again in America," said Ronald Reagan when running for re-election in 1984. The facts and the voters backed him, and he was returned to the presidency in a landslide.
America in 2016 has endured a dark night far longer and blacker than that inflicted by Jimmy Carter, but the reinstatement of morning should be no more difficult for Trump than Reagan given The Donald's astounding sweep of both Houses of Congress as well as the Electoral College.
The media in fact are foremost among the disgusting repudiated.
Their brazen abandonment of any pretence of a distinction between reportage and commentary, their explicit avowal of a duty to root for the inexpressibly corrupt Clinton, their shameless ignoring of her criminality, their comprehensive unprofessionalism - in all of this the mainstream media have written their own epitaph and earned the contempt towards them evinced by voters. Journalism is dead; long live journalism.
Trump's victory is also a rejection of the cult of milksoppery in the Republican Party. Milquetoasts Mitt and McCain lost, just as surely as one of their kind would have failed this time, where Trump succeeded, boldly staking out controversial positions and standing by them through pathetic wailings from namby-pamby mealy-mouths.
One hopes that in the world at large in this age of weasel-words the lesson will be learned: conviction not only matters, it succeeds; cowardice is not only repulsive, it loses.
The tyranny of Political Correctness was set back yesterday (terminally, one hopes). No matter how loudly and relentlessly certain gargoyles of the Social Justice Warrior variety screeched "bigot, sexist, racist, xenophobe, misogynist," none of it stuck.
“The American common man," Ayn Rand once wrote, "is uncommonly wise."
It would seem, after decades in which it has appeared to be touch and go, the common man has decided he's not going to be intimidated and neutered by the demented shriekers after all.
The leading repository of PC, academia, took a hit too. One college exempted students from sitting exams because of the trauma occasioned by Trump's victory, thus exposing itself and its moronnial charges to withering nationwide ridicule that one hopes will be mortal.
Enough of the lunatic asylums of micro-aggressions, safe zones, imaginary racism and real hatred of whites for being white, males for being male, etc.
It seems the swamp may be drained of ditzy "celebrities" as well, since so many have announced their intention of leaving the U.S. in the event of a Trump victory.
Let's hope the likes of Miley Cirus and Whoopi Goldberg cart their empty heads off to somewhere appropriate, like North Korea or Iran. (Judge Ruth Bader Ginsburg has threatened to come to New Zealand. Please, no! We have enough career feminazis here already!)
Hijacking the Supreme Court, nurturing Islamic extremism, dismantling the military, Marxist medicine, Sanctuary Cities for rapists and murderers... all these cornerstones of Obama's demonic agenda also took a battering from which decent human beings must hope they'll never recover. (Donald Trump must remember the electorate did reject these abominations and not pander to their perpetrators in the name of "unifying." Good and evil are irreconcilable.)
Civilisation has been given a reprieve. My own projection of the inexorable, irreversible decline of the Land of the Free into "Airhead America," defined by Jesse Watters' vox pops, has been shown to be too pessimistic, at least for now.
Les Deplorables have struck back. May their blows be lethal. May it soon be morning again in America.
In the meantime, to every swamp-dwelling supporter/enabler of Hillary Clinton, arguably the most evil person ever to run for the White House, I say... Hahaha!
Did Donald Trump win the election because he is a racist and misogynist and so are the American people?
No. That’s BS from the Oligarchs’ well-paid whores in the media, “liberal progressive” activist groups, think tanks and universities.
Did Trump win because he stole the election? More BS. The Oligarchs controlled the voting machines.
They failed to steal the election, because the people outsmarted them and told the pollsters that they were voting for Hillary. This led to the presstitutes’ propaganda that Hillary was the certain winner, and the Oligarchs believed their own propaganda and didn’t believe it necessary to make certain of their victory.
Trump won the presidency because he spoke directly and truthfully to the American people, telling them what what they knew to be true and had never before heard from any politician:
“Our movement is about replacing a failed and corrupt political establishment with a new government controlled by you, the American people. The establishment has trillions of dollars at stake in this election. Those who control the levers of power in Washington and the global special interests they partner with, don’t have your good in mind."
"The political establishment that is trying to stop us is the same group responsible for our disastrous trade deals, massive illegal immigration and economic and foreign policies that have bled our country dry."
“It’s a global power structure that is responsible for the economic decisions that have robbed our working class, stripped our country of its wealth and put that money into the pockets of a handful of large corporations and political entities. The only thing that can stop this corrupt machine is you."
"The only force strong enough to save our country is us. The only people brave enough to vote out this corrupt establishment is you, the American people.”
Trump did not promise voters a bunch of handouts. He didn’t say he would fix this and that. He said that only the American people could fix our broken country and identified himself as an agent of the people.
The people won the election, but the Oligarchy is still there, as powerful as ever. They have already launched their attack using their whores in the media and liberal progressive groups in attempts to delegitimize Trump with protests, petitions, and endlessly false news reports.
George Soros, using the money he made by his attack on the British currency, will pay thousands of protesters to attempt to disrupt the inauguration.
What about Trump’s government? As Trump discovered, finding appointees who are not part of the Oligarchy’s economic and foreign policy establishment is very difficult.
Washington is not a home for critics and dissidents. Consider Pat Buchanan, for example. As a White House official in two administrations and a two-time presidential candidate, he is experienced, but Washington has marginalized him.
Moreover, even if there were a stable of outsiders, they would be eaten alive by the insiders. Trump will have to take insiders. But he has to pick insiders who are to some extent their own person. General Michael Flynn as National Security Adviser is not a bad pick.
Flynn is the former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency who advised the Obama regime against employing ISIS against Syria.
Flynn has publicly stated on television that the appearance of ISIS in Syria was a “willful decision” of the Obama regime. In other words, ISIS is Washington’s agent, which is why the Obama regime has protected ISIS.
Trump’s chief of staff (Priebus) and chief strategist (Bannon) are reasonable choices. Sessions (Attorney General) and Pompeo (CIA) are disturbing appointments based on their media-created reputations. But in the US where there is no honest media, we don’t know the truth of the reputations.
Nevertheless, if Sessions does support torture, he is disqualified as attorney general, because the Constitution prohibits torture. The US cannot afford yet another attorney general who does not support the US Constitution.
If Pompeo actually is so poorly informed that he opposed the Iran settlement, he is not fit to be CIA director. The CIA itself said that Iran had no nuclear weapons program, and with Russia’s help the matter was resolved. Does Trump want a CIA director who neoconservatives could use to restart the conflict?
The views of Sessions and Pompeo could be products of the time and not visceral. Regardless, Trump is a strong and willful person.
If Trump wants peace with the Russians and Chinese, appointees who get in the way will be fired. So let’s see what a Trump government does before we damn it.
Presstitute reports of extreme neoconservative John Bolton and former US attorney and NY Mayor Rudy Giuliani being candidates for Secretary of State do not seem credible. If Trump intends to get along with Putin, how can he do that if his Secretary of State wants war with Russia?
Trump should find an experienced diplomat who negotiated with the Soviets. Richard Burt, who had a major role in the Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty, is the sort of person it would make sense to consider. Another sensible candidate would be Jack Matlock, Reagan’s Ambassador to the Soviet Union.
If Trump wants peace with Russia, the Secretary of State is the important appointment. If Trump wants to stop the Oligarchy’s rip off of the American people, the Secretary of the Treasury is the important appointment.
Under the last three presidents, treasury secretaries have been agents for the banks-too-big-to-fail and for Wall Street.
It is now a tradition for the financial gangsters to own the Treasury. It remains to be seen if the tradition is too strong for Trump to break.
The Oligarchy is trying to discredit the Trump Presidency before it exists. This effort is discrediting liberal and progressive groups by identifying them with nonenforcement of the immigration laws and with homosexual and transgender rights, issues not on the agenda of an electorate whose economic fortunes have been declining and who are tired of 15 years of war that serves only the hegemony agenda of the neoconservatives and the profits and power of the military/security complex.
According to The Saker, Putin has begun removing the Atlanticist Integrationists, Russia’s Fifth Column, from influence.
Let’s see if Trump can remove our fifth columnists - neoconservatives and neoliberal economists - who have sold out the American people and America’s integrity.
If Trump fails, the only solution is for the American people to become more radical.
Trump Releases A Video Outlining His Policy Plans For First 100 Days
Trump's transition team has finally gotten more specific, outlining their vision for his first few months as president. On the docket: Quit the TPP, cancel restrictions on American energy, reduce regulations, protect American infrastructure, investigate visa abuses and impose a five-year ban on executive officials lobbying once they've left the administration.
In The Wake Of Trump’s Historic Victory The 4th Estate Is Rightfully Burning To The Ground November 26 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Infowars
Thanks to Wikileaks we know at least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting with and/or Coordinating Offline with Top Hillary Advisors.
The info-fascists in the political and corporate media classes have a new meme in their war on information they don’t like: the scourge of so called “fake news.”
Even President Obama (who will never pass up a microphone except to avoid quelling violent anti Trump-nuts) is railing about the fake problem of “fake news.” But watch out. You’ll notice Obama and his media enablers conveniently add “hyper-partisan sites” to their list of declared enemies of the people.
Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg just announced to his liberal masters that he will go after “fake news” and cites as an example some outrageous story printed on an unheard of clickbait site. But his real target, as it is for corporate media and liberal politicians, are sites such as the one you are on now.
The fact is the media and it’s losers on the campaign trail are desperately trying to avoid self reflection after being exposed as partisan hacks themselves throughout the campaign. It’s a reality confirmed on election night as newscasters and “experts” collectively acted as if their puppies were being summarily executed in front of their eyes.
But the only true death was that of their credibility. With no more electronic wall maps to desperately poke on in hopes of finding more Hillary votes, they have nowhere to turn in the aftermath except to invent another enemy besides Republicans, Trump and good ideas.
You’ll notice the “hyper partisan ” category only includes such conservative sites such as Breitbart, the Blaze and The Gateway Pundit. There is no mention of Daily Kos, Media Matters, or Buzzfeed. Nor is there any mention of CNBC, CNN or ABC which are staffed on air by hyper partisans and former employees of the Clintons.
That’s mainly because the Conservative sites were wickedly effective in balancing the left wing moonbattery which rotted seconds after being printed.
It is true that bias is seen in what is reported and stated. But most media bias comes in the form of what is NOT reported and NOT stated.
The sites currently targeted told the truths the corporate mainstream media was unwilling to tell because of their support of one ideology and one candidate.
And, more importantly, these sites relegated corporate media into nothing but a bunch of third world government -speak mimics. And much like it was with the government ghouls so it was with the liberal media hacks both open and closeted: Smarter Americans flushed them on Election Day.
It should be noted the Conservative sites being targeted in his “fake news” jihad make no mystery of where they stand politically. It’s why Americans seem to trust them MORE not less, as they don’t have to sit there and decipher the views of who is behind the information.
But Mainstream media pretends to be objective when it’s not. Its consumers know better and feel lied to en masse.
The good (and accurate) news is that there is no hope for the info fascists. There is no recovery. The liberal ayatollahs will never win as they attempt to stomp on free speech and sites that show them as clothesless emperors.
And their #NeverTrump partners typing away in usual suspect NRO circles have been exposed as well. Having been humiliated after joining forces with Libs to attack the outsider and get Hillary Clinton elected , their operations are now the “dumpster fires” that they so arrogantly called the Trump movement.
With the intention to censor independent media, President Obama is now spearheading the fervent assault on so-called “fake news.”
This war on “fake news” began after anti-Trump world leaders, heads of social media platforms and the mainstream press realized they lost the presidential election because they no longer had credibility and influence over the US population.
Obama made clear his desire to limit news reports by populist media at a press conference in Lima, Peru, on Sunday where he also defended the Trans-Pacific Partnership.
“If, generally, we’ve got elections that aren’t focused on issues and are full of fake news and false information and distractions, then the issue is not going to be what’s happening from the outside; the issue is going to be what are we doing for ourselves from the inside,” he claimed. “The good news is that’s something that we have control over.”
These assertions come in conjunction with statements he made last week at a press conference in Germany alongside Chancellor Angela Merkel.
“Part of ways changed in politics is social media and how people are receiving information,” he said.
In a recent interview in the The New Yorker, Obama targeted some of what he likely considers his enemies in the media by name.
“People didn’t see me coming. In southern Illinois, in those counties I won, I was at VFWs and fish fries hearing people’s stories and talking to folks, so that they knew me,” he said. “They weren’t getting me through Fox or Rush Limbaugh or Breitbart or Red State.”
But as former congressman Dr. Ron Paul points out, the origin of fake news isn’t independent media sites like Infowars and Breitbart, but rather the establishment media which has hit all-time lows in public trust and ratings.
“These are the news sources that told us ‘if you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor,’” Dr. Paul revealed.
“They told us that Hillary Clinton had a 98% chance of winning the election.”
“They tell us in a never-ending loop that ‘The economy is in great shape!’”
President-elect Donald Trump’s campaign was famous for powerful, simple slogans, such as “Make America Great Again” and “Drain the Swamp,” and was bolstered by a massive wave of social media support fueled by stories originating from alternative media outlets which are now being falsely smeared as “fake news” by the corporate press.
Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself November 25 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit Think of the way most people live. They force themselves to wake up in the morning, dress up, drive straight to work, drive back home about 8 hours later, watch TV, and sleep, only to repeat the same routine next day for almost their entire lives.
We consider this kind of living as normal and even healthy, but if you stop and think about it, it’s not healthy at all.
Life is so precious and beautiful, and instead of making the most out of it, we choose to waste it just because we have been programmed to do so. Habits, tradition and belief systems have turned us into mindless automatons who don’t enjoy life and just follow a predetermined path that was handed to us by society.
This programming, however, can be broken, if we realize that the way we live is preventing us from squeezing the juice out of life, and gather the courage to transform how we think and act. Then, life can be turned into a beautiful celebration filled with laughter, play, and love.
How to Deprogram Yourself
Below are 10 tips that will help you to deprogram yourself and escape the matrix you’ve been trapped into since the day you were born:
1. Break Free From the Shackles of Organized Religion.
Dogmatic, organized religion imposes on people what to think and what not to, what is good and what is bad, what is right and what is wrong. Thus religion prevents people from using their critical thinking, seeking the truth, and reaching to their own conclusions.
On the contrary, it teaches them to blindly follow a set of morals and rules. The result? Emotional suppression and suffering. If you want to reclaim your individuality, honestly express yourself and walk on the path of understanding, be sure to break the chains of organized religion and start your own quest for the truth from scratch.
2. Stop Giving Your Power Away to Authority
From a very young age, most of us were taught to doubt ourselves and do only what authority commands us to, even if we didn’t feel like doing so. Now, as adults, we don’t trust ourselves, and so we choose to let others have power over our lives.
We vote for politicians who do nothing but lie to us in order to satisfy their inner hunger, being under the illusion that by voting we are granted the power to choose our future, when in reality the choices we are presented with are very limited and almost exactly the same.
So we allow a small group of people to manipulate us for their own personal gain, foolishly believing that they want to contribute to the betterment of society.
If we truly want to start creating a positive change in the world, we need to stop giving power to a few others and hold them responsible for our lives, and instead start taking responsibility in our own hands so that we can become the creators of our destiny.
3. Question the Current Economic System
Money, in essence, is created out of debt, thus creating the illusion of scarcity of resources, which compels people to compete in the market, who have to waste most of their life working as wage slaves.
This inevitably results in the tremendous suffering and social conflict that prevails all around the world.
In addition, our economic system requires people to consume without end so that money can keep on circulating in the economy, thus urging us to continuously buy things we don’t need and which are going to end up in landfills, poisoning the very environment that we depend on and sustains us.
If you don’t like this kind of living and would like to create a positive change in your life and the world, I’d highly recommend you to research further into the immensely negative consequences of our economy, and educate yourself on alternative, more technically efficient and environmentally sustainable economic systems.
Being brought up in a consumer culture, we believe that money can buy everything we need and will bring happiness into our lives. So we choose to buy more and more things without end, but we always end up feeling dissatisfied and hungry for more stuff.
Having some nice things is fine - but knowing where to draw the line for yourself is key - many people lose their way
The truth is that money can only provide us with substitutes for what we truly need, but not the real deal. What we need is neither possessions nor services, but things such as love, friendship, and creativity. So don’t be concerned about which is the next best thing you can buy, and instead invest your time and efforts in achieving heart-opening and mind-expanding experiences that money can’t buy.
5. Be Mindful of What You Put Into Your Body
Is what you’re eating contributing to your health or is it poisoning your physical organism? Is what you’re eating environmentally sustainable, or is it negatively impacting the natural world? These are some important questions that all people should ask themselves.
Most people choose to eat foods which are filled with sugar, preservatives, and which are empty of nutrients or contain animal-derived products, unaware that their food choices are detrimental to their health, contribute to the suffering and death of tens of billions of animals, and have a tremendously negative impact on the environment.
From now on, be sure to choose carefully what you choose to put into your mouth, and I assure you that this is one of the best things you can do for yourself and the world.
6. Choose Your News Sources Wisely
Knowledge is power, but we are drowning in an ocean of information. Corporate media presents us all the time with biased information so as to fool us into believing the lies they tell us just so that they can manipulate us exactly the way they want.
A true seeker of knowledge does not accept anything on belief but seeks out for facts and tries to develop a spherical understanding of the matter he/she is looking into.
If you don’t like being mislead and desire to better understand what’s going on in the world, do your best to collect information from as many sources as possible and use critical thinking in order to reach to your own conclusions about what’s true or not.
7. Read Eye-Opening, Mind-Empowering Books
There have been many wise persons who’ve written down their thoughts on life’s problems and how they can be overcome. There have been many persons who have criticized the workings of society and offer their insights on how we can help create a more beautiful world.
Books can be immensely helpful to open our eyes and improve the quality of our life, but not many people spend much of their time reading books - or they just choose to read for entertainment reasons alone.
To get the most out of reading books, be sure to not just pick any book and read - read those ones which touch your mind and heart and provide you with new perspectives that help you to better understand yourself and the world.
8. Escape the Herd Mentality
Just as every person alive, you are a unique individual with unique talents and gifts to offer to the world. Unfortunately, society has suppressed our individuality since the day we were born. We’ve been programmed to doubt ourselves and conform to what is considered as normal.
This, however, prevents us from embracing ourselves and creating our own path in life, which is causing us immense emotional pain. From today, distance yourself from the herd mentality and start paying attention to your inner voice - doing so will allow you to follow your calling and live the way you truly want to live.
9. Creatively Express Yourself
A great way to deprogram yourself from the normalcy of modern life is to focus your attention on creativity. We’re all born creative, but slowly slowly our creativity has been suppressed so much that we’ve almost forgotten that we’re creative beings.
To be creative means to think outside the box and see life from different perspectives. Most importantly, to be creative means to find out new ways of living and realize that you have the power to manifest the kind of life you desire.
10. Develop Mindfulness
Lastly, learning how to live in the present moment is the most important way to break free from your conditioning. By being mindful of the here and now, you’ll be able to respond to whatever happens each and every moment spontaneously, without being a victim of your past.
There are many meditation techniques out there that can help you to become mindful, so find the ones that you like most and stick to them until you see positive results in your life.
“The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy.
You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.”
-
Morpheus, The Matrix
Scotland Just Banned Fracking Forever + Fracking Hell: The Untold Story November 25 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia / GreenMedInfo
Scotland - In one fell swoop, Scotland banned fracking - permanently - when parliament narrowly voted in favor of cementing the country’s temporary moratorium on the controversial practice.
With the original intention of conducting full health and environmental impact assessments before continuing with all unconventional oil and gas extraction - including fracking - Scotland implemented a temporary halt to all such procedures in January 2015.
Members of the ruling Scottish National Party abstained from the vote, which passed 32 to 29, though SNP Energy Minister Paul Wheelhouse claimed the government remains “deeply sceptical” of fracking and none would be allowed to proceed unless distinct evidence proved the practice ‘causes no harm,’ the Guardianreported.
Scottish Labour Party environment spokesperson, Claudia Beamish, said following the vote;
“The SNP government must now clarify whether or not they will respect the will of parliament and introduce an outright ban on fracking. It would be outrageous for this important vote to be ignored.”
While ignoring the will of lawmakers could potentiate serious divisions - and, as the Guardiannoted, represents a “significant defeat” for the new parliament - SNP has no explicit obligation to follow the non-binding vote.
“There is no doubt about the science,”Beamish continued, “to meet our climate change goals and protect our environment we need to develop low carbon sources of energy, not another fossil fuel. Labour’s position is clear: no ifs, no buts, no fracking.”
Opposition Conservative Party members expressed frustration over the fracking defeat, as the unconventional extraction method could boost jobs and the country’s economy.
In sharp contrast to the vote in Scotland, the U.K.’s North Yorkshire County Council recently gave the go-ahead to ree drill tests for shale gas - after five years of being frack-free - despite significant protest.
One council planning officer claimed 36 letters supported restarting fracking - while 4,375 had opposed the move.
Friends of the Earth and Frack Free Ryedale issued a joint “People’s Declaration” condemning the decision, which stated, in part:
“We, as people united across Yorkshire and across Britain, declare that we remain opposed to fracking in Yorkshire, in Britain, and across the world. We know that fracking carries serious risks to local people, to our health, our water, our wildlife, and contributes to climate change."
“We are extremely disappointed that North Yorkshire County Council has not listened to the overwhelming wishes of the locally elected representatives of Ryedale and local people and has approved Third Energy’s application to frack our county."
On the Scottish vote, Lothian MSP and Land Reform spokesperson for the Scottish Greens, Andy Wightman, introduced a successful amendment calling for “radical and ongoing reform to democratise land.”
“With the notable exception of the Tories, there is clearly an appetite for radical land reform in this session of parliament and tonight’s vote puts the pressure on government to deliver on that expectation” the Guardian reported.
“Activists within the SNP agitating for bolder action on land reform should question their party’s decision in chamber today.”
5,000 gallons of toxic petrochemicals per well, and the industry is projecting between 3,000 - 4,000 wells per year for the next 30 years!
An original investigative report by Earth Focus and UK’s Ecologist Film Unit looks at the risks of natural gas development in the Marcellus Shale.
From toxic chemicals in drinking water to unregulated interstate dumping of potentially radioactive waste that experts fear can contaminate water supplies in major population centers including New York City, are the health consequences worth the economic gains?
Marcellus Shale contains enough natural gas to supply all US gas needs for 14 years. But as gas drilling takes place, using a process called hydraulic fracturing or “fracking,” toxic chemicals and methane gas seep into drinking water. Now experts fear that unacceptable levels of radioactive Radium 226 in gas development waste.
Fracking chemicals are linked to bone, liver and breast cancers, gastrointestinal, circulatory, respiratory, developmental as well as brain and nervous system disorders. Such chemicals are present in frack waste and may find their way into drinking water and air.
Waste from Pennsylvania gas wells - waste that may also contain unacceptable levels of radium - is routinely dumped across state lines into landfills in New York, Ohio and West Virginia. New York does not require testing waste for radioactivity prior to dumping or treatment.
So drill cuttings from Pennsylvania have been dumped in New York’s Chemung and other counties and liquid waste is shipped to treatment plants in Auburn and Watertown New York. How radioactive is this waste? Experts are calling are for testing to find out.
New York State may have been the first state in the nation to put a temporary hold on fracking pending a safety review, but it allows other states to dump toxic frack waste within its boundaries.
With a gas production boom underway in the Marcellus Shale and plans for some 400,000 wells in the coming decades, the cumulative impact of dumping potential lethal waste without adequate oversight is a catastrophe waiting to happen. And now U.S. companies are exporting fracking to Europe.
Fracking Hell: The Untold Story
Donald Trump’s Media Summit Was A "Fucking Firing Squad" + Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager November 24 2016 | From: NewYorkPost / CNBC
Donald Trump scolded media big shots during an off-the-record Trump Tower sitdown on Monday, sources told The Post.
“It was like a fucking firing squad,” one source said of the encounter. “Trump started with [CNN chief] Jeff Zucker and said, ‘I hate your network, everyone at CNN is a liar and you should be ashamed,’ ” the source said.
“The meeting was a total disaster. The TV execs and anchors went in there thinking they would be discussing the access they would get to the Trump administration, but instead they got a Trump-style dressing-down,” the source added.
A second source confirmed the fireworks.
“The meeting took place in a big boardroom and there were about 30 or 40 people, including the big news anchors from all the networks,” the other source said.
“Trump kept saying, ‘We’re in a room of liars, the deceitful, dishonest media who got it all wrong.’ He addressed everyone in the room, calling the media dishonest, deceitful liars. He called out Jeff Zucker by name and said everyone at CNN was a liar, and CNN was [a] network of liars,” the source said.
“Trump didn’t say [NBC reporter] Katy Tur by name, but talked about an NBC female correspondent who got it wrong, then he referred to a horrible network correspondent who cried when Hillary lost who hosted a debate - which was Martha Raddatz, who was also in the room.”
The stunned reporters tried to get a word in edgewise to discuss access to a Trump administration.
“[‘CBS Good Morning’ co-host Gayle] King did not stand up, but asked some question, ‘How do you propose we the media work with you?’ Chuck Todd asked some pretty pointed questions.
David Muir asked, ‘How are you going to cope living in DC while your family is in NYC?’ It was a horrible meeting.”
Trump spokeswoman Kellyanne Conway told reporters the gathering went well.
“Excellent meetings with the top executives of the major networks,” she said during a gaggle in the lobby of Trump Tower. “Pretty unprecedented meeting we put together in two days.”
The meeting was off the record, meaning the participants agreed not to talk about the substance of the conversations.
The hour-long session included top execs from network and cable news channels.
Among the attendees were NBC’s Deborah Turness, Lester Holt and Chuck Todd; ABC’s James Goldston, George Stephanopoulos, David Muir and Martha Raddatz; CBS’ Norah O’Donnell, John Dickerson, Charlie Rose, Christopher Isham and King; Fox News’ Bill Shine, Jack Abernethy, Jay Wallace and Suzanne Scott; MSNBC’s Phil Griffin, and CNN’s Jeff Zucker and Erin Burnett.
Arthur Sulzberger, publisher of the New York Times, plans to meet with Trump on Tuesday.
There was no immediate comment from the Trump Team.
Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager
The surprising election win for Donald Trump is raising questions across a range of policy areas, with the future role of monetary stimulus and central banking being one of them.
Trump's policies are "about spending money and then printing money, so it's the end of central banking as we know it since the beginning of the (1980s)," Beat Wittmann, partner and chairman at Porta Advisors, told CNBC on Monday.
The president-elect wants to provide the economy with a strong fiscal stimulus, promising to invest $1 trillion on infrastructure and cutting taxes. But, according to several analysts, this strategy is set to increase inflation as well as the U.S. budget deficit.
“This is a completely inappropriate time to engage in further fiscal stimulus," David Kelly, chief global strategist at JP Morgan Asset Management, said in a note.
This is because the federal deficit is already rising, growing from 2.5 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) in fiscal 2015 to 3.2 percent of GDP in 2016, and if Trump's fiscal plans are implemented in full, national debt would go up to 105 percent of GDP by 2026, he added.
Also, given that the U.S. economy is considered as in full employment, "a shock boost to aggregate demand through tax cuts would likely boost inflation and imports more than domestic production," Kelly said.
If these inflationary pressures materialize, the Federal Reserve could be forced to tighten its policy at a faster pace.
But apart from impacting monetary policy through his economic policies, the president-elect could pave the way for changes inside the Federal Reserve.
“I think she is very political," Trump said in September regarding Janet Yellen, the chair of the Fed.
"And to a certain extent, I think she should be ashamed of herself," he added.
Trump has often criticized the central bank regarding its independence.
Seven Vacancies
According to the Wall Street Journal, Trump could change the formation of the Fed over the next 18 months, during which seven vacancies will be available in the bank's board of governors.
He might also be willing to work with the GOP-controlled Congress to rewrite the laws governing the Fed's structure and disclosures, possibly embracing proposals central bank officials have seen as threats to their policy-making independence, the newspaper reported.
“Pizzagate”: How 4Chan Uncovered The Sick World Of Washington’s Occult Elite
+ The Clinton Child Sex Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide November 24 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen / CivilanWarCollege Posters over at 4Chan and Reddit have been conducting an extremely bizarre investigation following the John Podesta e-mail leak (Hillary Clinton’s campaign chairman) and the results are surreal: They’ve apparently uncovered an elite child trafficking network which celebrates its tendencies using code words and disturbing artworks.
Warning: This article contains disturbing material
In my article Clinton’s Campaign Chairman John Podesta Invited to an Occult ‘Spirit Cooking’ Dinner by Marina Abramović, I explained how a mundane dinner invitation found in the Podesta e-mail leaks was actually a clear link to bizarre occult ceremonies happening at the highest levels of power. While that by itself was rather shocking, it appears to only be the tip of a very disgusting iceberg.
4Chan effectively unearthed a strange network of high-powered people who, through art, events and social media, actually celebrate a culture that revolves around death, torture, cannibalism and … child abuse. Most of this disturbing material was not even hidden, it was out there in the open, exposed on business’ walls and posted on social media.
Furthermore, an analysis of the Podesta e-mails revealed that the network appeared to communicate using code words to coverup their shady dealings.
Understanding #PizzaGate
The epicenter of this entire thing is, believe or not, a hipster pizza place named Comet Ping Pong.
Comet Ping Pong
Comet Ping Pong is a ‘family friendly’ pizzeria where people can eat, drink and play ping-pong.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
The Comet Ping Pong menu contains a logo that is strikingly similar to the ‘child lover’ logo used in these circles. Also, Play Eat Drink = PED.
The owner of Comet Ping Pong is James Alefantis who is, for some reason, ranked #49 in the top 50 ‘Most Powerful People in Washington’ of GQ magazine.
Alefantis as featured on the GQ website. He is described as ‘D.C. Radical Chic’
Alefantis’ boyfriend is David Brock, the founder of liberal media watchdog group Media Matters for America. He was described by Time magazine to be “one of the most influential operatives in the Democratic Party”.
The power couple was heavily involved in Hillary Clinton’s campaign.
An invitation to a Clinton fundraising event featuring ‘Chef James Alefantis of Comet Ping Pong’, Clinton’s campaign chair John Podesta and others
Here’s an e-mail sent by Alefantis to John Podesta:
A leaked John Podesta e-mail from James Alefantis sending him the H logo with a pizza. Alefantis is in direct connection with some of the most powerful people in the world
In short, Alefantis is very connected to very powerful people. Now let’s look at his Instagram account, which was publicly accessible until 4Chan began prying in. The account is filled with bizarre and disturbing pictures - often involving small children. Here are some examples (I can’t even post them all).
A young girl with her arms taped to a table with a man standing behind her. One of the comments say “This is pretty creepy bro.” This is beyond creepy bro
A young girl inside a basket … as if she was about to be bought. Many pictures allude to buying and owning children while preying on this innocence
A closeup picture of another baby. Alefantis’s (aka jimmycomet) posted #hotard – which is slang for ‘being a ho and a retard’. Yes, he posted this next to the picture of an INFANT
Another strange pic involving a child and a weirdly placed yellow beads necklace. Also, notice the hashtag #chickenlovers
Here’s a definition of ‘chicken lover’ found with a basic web search.
A pic of a German baby doll for sale. Buying babies appears to be an important hobby
“Pills n’ bills” before a trip. The comment ‘Ping Pong in London sounds tempting’ is obviously code for something else
A picture posted by the barman at Comet Ping Pong. It heavily alludes to the fact that ‘pizza’ means something else in their strange code.
A screenshot from a child beauty pageant girl wanting pizza
A rather upsetting picture of a baby holding Euros. There is not a guest at the Pizza place, this is happening in Europe? Why is this guy in Europe with a baby spending Euros?
Making out with a dead dog. Don’t google “babybirding"
A closeup of the eye of a dead pig
For some reason, Alefantis posted a picture of a cavernous room. EVERY SINGLE comment next to this picture is EXTREMELY CREEPY, almost as if they knew that something awful was about to happen there
I am not quite sure what is happening here, but there is clearly a bizarre, 'Eyes Wide Shut', ritualistic aspect to it involving young people
This is the mural prominently on display at Comet Ping Pong by artist Arrington de Dionyso. It depicts strange people holding the heads of smaller people
This is another painting de Dionyso. His work often contains MKULTRA-related themes such as dual personalities (two heads), the exploitation of children – often mixed with occult symbolism
A regular guest at Comet Ping Pong is the performer Majestic Ape from the group Heavy Breathing.
A screenshot from a video of Majestic Ape hosting a birthday party at Comet Ping Pong
A screenshot from one of Majestic Ape’s music video where she jokes about … sigh
Here’s another video of that Ape joking about… sigh.
Another ‘radical’ artist that is close to Comet Ping Pong is Marina Abramovic.
A picture of Marina Abramovic posted by Alefantis holding a bundle of sticks
Abramovic on the cover of dust magazine covering the eyes of a shirtless child
A screenshot from Marina’s ‘Spirit Cooking’ video where she throws pig blood at a statue shaped like a small child
Lady Gaga and Marina at the 20th Annual Watermill Center benefit in a place called ‘Devil’s Heaven’ (can’t make this up). They are partaking in pretend cannibalism
Lady Gaga with ‘a friend’ during the same event. Why are there children there? RUN AWAY KID!
The Podesta Wikileaks dump revealed that John Podesta and his brother Tony were personally invited to Marina’s Spirit Cooking event.
John Podesta
A screenshot of John Podesta sitting in his office during an interview. Hanging on the wall is a painting that clearly alludes to cannibalism
John David Podesta was the Chairman of the 2016 Hillary Clinton presidential campaign. He previously served as Chief of Staff to President Bill Clinton and Counselor to President Barack Obama.
Wikileaks released thousands of Podesta’s e-mails and it was soon discovered that an inordinate amount of messages referred to ‘pizza’ and ‘hot dogs’. Often times, these words were used in bizarre contexts and in sentences that did not make any sense.
One of many e-mails where ‘pizza’ clearly alludes to something else
Some observers believe that handkerchiefs are used as ‘mementos’ in MK abuse. This is a painting from Monarch mind control survivor Kim Noble depicting a victim being abused. There’s a piece of cloth underneath the child. The body appears to be levitating, which represents dissociation after extreme trauma
This is an ad for Comet Ping Pong which appears to use the same “dissociation” symbolism
Then there’s John Podesta’s brother Tony, whose strange taste in art has even made the news. Here’s an article from the Washington Post describing how guests were ‘horrified’ by the art inside Podesta’s bedroom.
Podesta’s most notable piece is Louise Bourgeois’ ‘The Art of Hysteria’ – a sculpture of a headless man violently arching back. This sculpture was posted by Alefantis on Instagram. He apparently visited Podesta’s home.
The sculpture depicts the violent physical reaction of patients suffering from hysteria.
“The physical tension of the hysterical arch – an intense muscular contraction, resulting in immobility and paralysis of the limbs – is emblematic of an equally extreme emotional state. Bourgeois makes this highly vulnerable position even more so by suspending her male figure from the ceiling.”
Bourgeois was inspired by studies on hysteric women. The subject of her art is however a man
The sculpture is also strikingly similar to one of Jeffrey Dahlmer’s headless victims. I won’t post the picture in this article but it can be found here. Dahlmer was a serial killer who abused and cannibalized young men. He often placed his victims in symbolic positions and took pictures of them.
An article from Washington Life describes Podesta’s love from Marina Abramovic (do see the links connecting?) as well as “under-the-radar” artist named Biljana Djurdjevic.
“If you’ve ever dreamed of strolling through a museum with a slice of pizza and glass of wine in hand, you need to befriend superlobbyist Tony Podesta.
Known about town as a legendary political “fix-it” man, Podesta has turned his Kalorama home into a shrine to contemporary art, ranging from relatively under-the-radar artists such as Serbian painter Biljana Djurdjevic to those who are much better known (like French sculptor Louise Bourgeois). (…)
Currently he has collected from 40 different artists in some depth, with his top five being Marina Abramovic, Vik Muniz, Bourgeois, Olafur Eliasson and Antony Gormley.”
Podesta has a large paint of Djurdjevic in his living room. Here’s another painting by Djurdjevic.
Rationalize it all you want, but this is a painting of a child being tortured
In Conclusion
This article only contains some of the findings uncovered by ‘private investigators’ online. What has been exposed is, most likely, only the tip of the iceberg of a huge, complex network that has many ramifications. Each thread could probably be investigated further and lead to even more disturbing facts connecting even more high-powered individuals.
Going through the material of this article is a difficult and painful process, but it exposes the true mind-state and philosophy of the occult elite.
They publicly celebrate a specific culture of death, abuse and dehumanization through their art and events, leaving us to only speculate about what they do behind closed doors.
The symbolism in the above images is in perfect accordance with the occult elite’s culture that I have been describing on Vigilant Citizen for years. The “Pizzagate” investigation reveals, at best, the disturbing culture of the elite and, at worst, an all-out child trafficking ring.
And don’t believe that only Democrats are into this.
This is the true culture of the occult elite, a circle of powerful people who operate far above political parties, and far above the law.
The Clinton Child Sex Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide
The best way to tell this story is to start learning about it in the way that it was understood by us who researched first. Rather than go in some chronological order of events that could stretch back decades – we will start with the recent Wikileaks dump of John Podesta’s emails.
This article begins to detail a highly sophisticated network of child sex trafficking involving dozens of people very close to Hillary Clinton.
A video detailing the political corruption of John Podesta. It is important to first realize the level of surface level deceit, and then learn about the motivation and the blackmail that is required to be in this kind of a political position. Also keep in mind where John competes with his brother Tony over their art collections.
Abby Martin Exposes John Podesta:
Here is a data dump of global pedophile-ring implicating governments and etc. Some of this information overlaps into the web which we will discuss.
“Pedophiles, to include those who sexually abuse children as well as those who produce, distribute, and trade child pornography, are using various types of identification logos or symbols to recognize one another and distinguish their sexual preferences.
To specifically indicate the pedophile’s gender preference, members of pedophilic organizations encourage the use of descriptions such as “boylove” , “girllove”, and “childlove.” These symbols have been etched into rings and formed into pendants, and have also been found imprinted on coins."
Child trafficking “Block” in Washington D.C.
All of the businesses shown on this map are involved with the Clinton campaign/foundation in some fashion as well as the child sex trafficking. The corner of Connecticut and Nebraska Avenues in D.C. Details are below.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Tony Podesta
Tony Podesta, John Podesta’s brother and the guy who has a “pasta” obsession according to many e-mails did a 3 to 4 month trip to Japan with Dennis Hastert where they both taught students.
“In his first year of graduate school, Hastert spent three months in Japan as part of the People to People Student Ambassador Program. One of Hastert’s fellow group members was Tony Podesta (then the president of the Young Democrats at University of Illinois at Chicago Circle)."
Tony Podesta has a “Huge” vault underneath his house
“They are known for purchasing “awkward” works, such as video installations, that many other private collectors will not consider. “It’s easy to store them, but difficult to display them,” says Podesta.
To get round the problem, he and his wife have excavated a huge subterranean vault beneath their house outside Washington – a white space 5m square and 4m high in which it will be possible to show “very complicated video pieces” on all four walls."
“One shows a boy seemingly born from a sewing machine. Another finds a young girl knitting her own hair. A third has a naked woman immersed in blood-red liquid.
Folks attending a house tour in the Lake Barcroft neighborhood in Falls Church earlier this year got an eyeful when they walked into a bedroom at the Podesta residence hung with multiple color pictures by Katy Grannan, a photographer known for documentary-style pictures of naked teenagers in their parents’ suburban homes.
“They were horrified,” Heather recalls, a grin spreading across her face."
He has collected from 40 artists in some depth with the top 5 being: Has collected from 40 different artists in some depth, with his top five being Marina Abramovic, Vik Muniz, Bourgeois, Olafur Eliasson and Antony Gormley.
But as for the pizza references – the article itself closes in the CREEPIEST WAY- : He regularly opens his house to casual pizza parties co-hosted by his friend James Alefantis, the owner of Comet Ping Pong.
Over 200 pies emerge from the outdoor pizza oven as guests wander through the house and garden while studying his art collection. Remember the Serian connection, as it comes up a lot.
Above is “art” from Biljana Djurdjevic, Tony Podesta’s favorite artist
“In 2012 Harris was Vice President for Democracy, Rights and Justice at the Ford Foundation. One of the issues she addresses through her position is the problem of child brides.
Harris grew up in the San Francisco Bay Area. When she was eight, she and her sister worked to get the apartment building they lived in to open an unused courtyard as a place for children to play.”
Maya Harris’s sister is Kamala Harris.
“As a deputy district attorney in Alameda County, Kamala Harris specialized in child sexual assault cases, a focus she carried into her two terms as the elected district attorney of San Francisco.Her younger sister, Maya Harris West, was the executive director of the American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California and is now a vice president at the Ford Foundation. ”
Now, this is likely nothing. Turns out this pizza party was advertised online and was going to be held at John Podestas home. Unlikely he’s referring to any illicit when its publicly advertised right? Are we back to normality?
The weird thing though is that the pizza chef is a guy who was blackmailed of 850G’s on the threat of releasing “derogatory” information about him.
But it gets weirder.
He talks about cooking in strange ways. But sometimes when he says cooking, we know he means either things. Take “Spirit Cooking”. This is something he seems to enjoy with his friends.
She’s looking forward to do doing this with Podesta and maybe his brother.
“Dear Tony, I am so looking forward to the Spirit Cooking dinner at my place. Do you think you will be able to let me know if your brother is joining? All my love, Marina”
So the picture is of pizza AND a child (and two women). This gets us nowhere? Or somewhere?
Well, it turns out “pizza” is internet slang for child sex. It started out as child porn = cheese pizza and then became just “pizza” in some circles.
So who are the two women in the picture of the little girl, with the pizza?
They were Laura Ling and Euna Lee who were arrested in North Korea while reporting on sex trafficking. They were freed and must have taken this picture. But how come the second we get away from sex trafficking we are right back to it?
This links the phrase “pizza” with child sex trafficking through their own emails.
That pizza party image is cc’d to both Huma Abedin, and Zach Shwartz of Shangri-La Entertainment. Shangri-La Entertainment is owned by Steve Bing, major Democratic party donor, friend of both Bill Clinton and the famous Hollywood madam and procurer of sex, Heidi Fleiss.
Who went to go pick these women up during their report on sex trafficking? Bill Clinton and Steve Bing.
“On August 5, 2009, a 737 private aircraft owned by Stephen Bing and based out of hangar 25 at the Burbank airport in Southern California, was utilized in the return of American reporters Laura Ling and Euna Lee who had spent 5 months of a 12-year sentence in North Korea.
Former President Bill Clinton was instrumental in their return, and accompanied the reporters back to the U.S. Bing reportedly covered the cost of the entire flight, estimated to be around $200,000.”
But does Nancy Pelosi have a pizza place as front company? It seems she may. Do these people need excuses to discuss pizza, or is there a more legitimate purpose?
What is this front company, Concurrent Technologies Inc. - doing donating so much to the Clinton Foundation?
A tech company fronting for an adult video store that makes frequent $1,500 dollar donations.
These guys treat pizza like its very important. See this message about this pizza related handkerchief that was left behind.
This is one of the oddest parts. If this isn’t code, what is it?
“Hi John, The realtor found a handkerchief (I think it has a map that seems pizza-related. Is it yorus? They can send it if you want. I know you’re busy, so feel free not to respond if it’s not yours or you don’t want it. Susanna”
“I just came from checking the Field house and I have a square cloth handkerchief (white w/ black). I also meant to inquire yesterdayabout the pillows you purchased. I can send them as well, if you let me know where they are in the house.”
White usually seems to mean kissing/handjob or Virgin/Pedo, the black may mean something else to them. But she says the color, and says its a pizza related handkerchief.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
I don’t even know what to think of this one, also from the Sandler Foundation. My god. I know John Podesta does cook but what are we supposed to think about this? Playing dominos on cheese? WTF??
“John.
I think you should give notice when changing strategies which have been long in place. I immediately realized something was different by the shape of the box and I contemplated who would be sending me something in the square shaped box.
Lo and behold, instead of pasta and wonderful sauces, it was a lovely, tempting assortment of cheeses, Yummy. I am awaiting the return of my children and grandchildren from their holiday travels so that we can demolish them.
Herb.
Ps. Do you think I’ll do better playing dominos on cheese than on pasta?“
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Peter Kadzik is the person at the Department of Justice who is currently in charge of the Clinton Foundation investigation. As you know, the DOJ refuses to prosecute the child trafficking case here. Also, you know that Peter Kadzik is Podesta’s friend who “kept him out of jail.”
Unfortunately, Peter Kadzik goes to Tony Podesta’s “birthday party” before the “Pizza Extravaganza.” Kadzik is there, along with Alefantis, and so on.
The “Posto” restaurant is another part of it – they DELETED FUCKING EVERYTHING after Podesta was hacked. And they periodically have “FOODIE FUNDRAISERS.” You know… for people who like… food. It’s all in the Wikileaks emails.
Jeffrey Epstein
Jeffrey Edward Epstein is an American financier and sex offender.
“Former President Bill Clinton was a much more frequent flyer on a registered sex offender’s infamous jet than previously reported, with flight logs showing the former president taking at least 26 trips aboard the “Lolita Express” - even apparently ditching his Secret Service detail for at least five of the flights, according to records obtained by FoxNews.com.”
Epstein, who counts among his pals royal figures, heads of state, celebrities and fellow billionaires, spent 13 months in prison and home detention for solicitation and procurement of minors for prostitution.
He allegedly had a team of traffickers who procured girls as young as 12 to service his friends on “Orgy Island,” an estate on Epstein’s 72-acre island, called Little St. James, in the U.S. Virgin Islands."
Ghislaine Maxwell: - Jeffrey Epstein’s “teen sex slave” was ordered to hand over any correspondence between her and the billionaire pedophile over the past 17 years, a Manhattan judge ruled in March.
Ghislaine is also shown at the bottom of the article in the image with the Podesta brothers and missing Madelein Mccann
Susan Alefantis
Sister of James Alefantis. Wrote a letter in support of Christopher Kloman:
Media Matters chief David Brock paid William Grey (Alefantis’s boyfriend) $850,000 after being threatened with damaging information involving the organization’s donors and the IRS – a deal that Brock later characterized as a blackmail payment.
Brock accused William Grey of making repeated threats to expose him to the “scorn or ridicule of his employees, donors and the press in demanding money and property.”
The contents of it are indescribably bizarre and the contexts of the posts and comment chains are weird. Alefantis does not have any children nor do his closest associates, but the photos seem to be a near constant assortment of different children of a variety of ages, intermingled between posts about gay bars, clubs, photos of common rape drugs, and piles of foreign currency.
After it being trawled through for 24 hours it has been set to private. A large set of archived copies can be seen here in the next section. Similarly the instagram and twitter accounts of Comet Ping Pong are being edited selectively.
The accounts of the people favoriting and commenting on these posts are equally bizarre in both content, context, and demeanor.
Eli’s father has a blog where we found Eli in a Changeling costume. A Changeling is an occult symbol usually depicting a “Replacement” for a child stolen by a “fairy” (gay/pedo) or by a demon/devil.
The primary artist at Comet Ping Pong is Sasha Lord. Looking at her work you can see the esoteric, occult, pedophilia symbolism.
Besta Pizza
A front company for child sex trafficking, directly next door to Comet Ping Pong.
“Besta Pizza”, which is located right next to BOTH COMET PING PONG and “Buck’s Fishing & Camping” (which is the the other business James Alefantis owns) is using a pedophilia symbol as their logo.
EDIT – The Andrew Kline connection here is wrong (for anyone who’s heard about the ownership connection.)
And so is Politics and Prose for their exterior sign. The Ampesand has a spiral in it. This is not used in any of their letterheads.
TeraSol Artisans across the street from James Alefantis’s businesses (Comet Ping Pong, Besta Pizza, and Bucks) is also using a derivation of a pedophilia symbol. They were also visited by Hillary Clinton herself.
Across the street is the Beyond Borders – more on the Clinton – Haiti connection elsewhere.
“Here’s a party tip: If you’re hosting an impromptu dinner and want guests to show up, have Academy Award-winner Mira Sorvino as your guest of honor.
That’s exactly what Kimball Stroud did after Sorvino attended a briefing on child trafficking on Capitol Hill with Sens. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) and John Cornyn (R-Tex.), filmmaker Libby Spears (“Playground”) and several survivors of child trafficking.”
“Pierce supports non-profit and advocacy efforts, and is a member of the Clinton Global Initiative.”
“Get served at Comet Ping Pong, a hipster-heavy pizza parlor in the Upper Northwest with rough concrete walls, bathrooms hidden behind secret panels, and table tennis galore…”
Podesta e-mail with HRC pizza logo says to donate to “PizzaPAC.com” registered to one JZ Drizin; Most recent tweet is retweet from Pizza Packet, company that sells and delivers nothing but seasoning packets for pizza
However, Pizza Packet is owned by “Itchie Gross”; Richard “Itchie” Gross LinkedIn profile (now deleted) had picture of a commercial jet. Color scheme appears very similar to Jeffrey Epstein’s personal 727.
Address for “Dr. Itcuie Gross, MD,” who does not seem to have an NPI number, goes to 533 Bedford Avenue, Brooklyn, NY; Does not look like a doctor’s office; two young children can be seen at the entrance.
Google Maps indicates that it is the only house on the street with all windows barred; Does not look like a business of any sort.
Haiti
Laura Silsby and Charisa Coulter, women who planned to start an orphanage, New Life Children’s Refuge, in the Dominican Republic; Arrested with several children in Haiti; Huma e-mailed HRC with regular updates; Silsby represented by attorney convicted of sex trafficking; Allowed to leave the country
This email: [ Wikileaks ] from Hillary Clinton’s archive mentions Dyncorps hiring an “adolescent boy dancer” from Afghanistan “for some sort of event that, at least to most folks, looked very inappropriate.”
Here is a direct quote:
“According to my reporting, the week of April 13th, the DynCorp regional commander from Konduz, Flint Chambers, allowed his men to hire a 15-year-old boy dancer to do tribal dances at a DynCorp party on the training site.
Some 15 or so DynCorp employees in attendance pulled out a single chair and had the boy do mock lap dances. This was captured on video.
The video shows DynCorp employees putting dollar bills in the boy’s waistband, just as they would a stripper’s garter. The revelry lasted about 45 minutes.”
This is sent directly to Hillary Clinton from Cheryl Mills who is one of her big time lawyers. Why would a LAWYER be messaging Hillary this if she didn’t have direct ties to DynCorp?
DynCorp is known for a gross history of sexual assault. The CEO is Lewis Von Thaer, and the parent organization of DynCorp is Cerberus Capital Management.
What is ironic is they appointed Jack Lew (Hillary’s right hand man, according to the article) to look into it. DynCorp has a history of stealing money.
“1991 State of the Nation It appears that Dyncorp broke the original investigation on this. Dyncorp was the accountant for roughly $2.7 trillion missing 1991-2001. Also missing in 1996 or 1997; $60 billion missing out of HUD. Dyncorp appears to be the accounting division of the US government these days.”
What is most disgusting is we now know Hillary has covered up for Weiner texting an underage girl and Laura Silsby’s crew of kidnapping children from Haiti for trafficking.
The World Is Actually Becoming A More Peaceful Place November 23 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed
Is it too good to be true? Is the world actually becoming more peaceful?
In Chinese philosophy, yin and yang describe how seemingly opposite or contrary forces may actually be complementary, interconnected, and interdependent in the natural world, and how they may give rise to each other as they interrelate to one another. The yin yang (taijitu symbol) shows a balance between two opposites with a portion of the opposite element in each section
With the advancement in technology and the rise of alternative media continuing to spread, we are now witness to many things we previously were not.
Related:The Inevitability Of A [Hopefully] Peaceful Revolution With that, some might reject the statement that the world is becoming a more peaceful place, however, it is simply that we are now catching on camera and video some acts of violence that then spread on social and alternative media.
We see that it is not that the world is becoming more hostile and violent, it is just that we are now catching these things on camera more than ever. As Harvard psychologist Steven Pinker says;
“The news is a systematically misleading way of viewing the world.”
In fact, there is statistical and real-world evidence to support the statement that the world is becoming a more peaceful place.
As we can see in the image below, the amount of deaths around the world due to war has trended downward for quite some time, outside of the small uptick in the past couple years.
In his 2011 book, “The Better Angels of Our Nature,” Harvard psychologist Steven Pinker states that the decline of violence is, “the most significant and least appreciated development in the history of our species.”
He also stated that between 1945 and 1990 there were 30 wars that killed over 100,000 people each, which included wars in Tibet, Uganda, Greece, China, Mozambique, Algeria and Guatemala.
Pinker adds;
“With the exception of last year’s small wars in Ukraine, the zone of war has contracted to a crescent from Central Africa through the Middle East into South Asia.”
The Harvard psychologist also said that in his book, The Better Angels of Our Nature, he has proven statistically that other forms of violence has also declined, including murder, capital punishment, torture and domestic violence.
Recent Examples of Peace
In somewhat recent years, wars in Iran, Peru, Chad, Angola, Sri Lanka and Lebanon have ended, which is another positive and continuing trend.
In regards to violent war, it is happening in fewer places than what we might believe due to the media’s influence
While it is on shaky grounds, there also still exists a ceasefire in Ukraine.
Additionally, the Afghanistan government in late September signed a peace deal with Hezb-i-Islami, which is the first peace deal signed by the Afghanistan government since war with the Taliban broke out in 2001.
In October, thousands of Palestinian and Israeli women marched together for two weeks on a peace march which they called March of Hope.
The march ended in front of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s home in Jerusalem, which was done in attempt to get peaceful dialogue started again between Israel and Palestine.
Just a few weeks ago a United Nations resolution was passed in which 123 nations voted for (38 against) a ban on destructive nuclear weapons, which will be discussed starting in March of 2017.
As Kate Hudson, the chairwomen for the Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament said;
“It’s very encouraging to see so many countries say loud and clear it’s time for the world to move on from nuclear weapons.”
Also, less than one week ago, the Colombian government and the FARC Rebels signed a revised peace treaty, which is ending a war that has been occurring there for over the past 50 years.
What We Can Do
As Dr. Martin Luther King Jr once said;
“The news is a systematically misleading way of viewing the world.”
One way to “effectively organize” is to participate in synchronized meditations, which is meditating with other people at the same time. Before this is dismissed as fantasy and wishful thinking, it must be remembered that group intention and synchronized meditation has been studied over 600 times, in 33 countries and by over 250 independent research institutions.
The result of synchronized meditations has been labeled the “Maharishi Effect.” It’s most notable study was when 7,000 individuals meditated over a period of three weeks each morning and evening, which lowered global terrorism by 72%.
While it might sound unbelievable to some, in the fields of social science, social psychology and quantum physics, it is a very serious and respected topic.
While there are numerous things we can do to cultivate more peace in our lives and the world around us, such as using non-violent communication, smiling more often, gardening, connecting with ourselves in a deeper way, or being more grateful, synchronized meditations are an extremely beautiful and powerful way for people to organize and create ripples of peace in the fabric of our world.
What can you do in your life right now that creates more peace within yourself and with the world around you?
Seeding Doubt: How Self-Appointed Guardians Of “Sound Science” Tip The Scales Toward Industry November 23 2016 | From: TheIntercept
At a time when public mistrust of science runs high, and non-experts are hard-pressed to separate fact from industry-sponsored spin, Sense About Science, a charity based in London with an affiliate in New York, presents itself as a trustworthy arbiter.
The organization purports to help the misinformed public sift through alarmist claims about public health and the environment by directing journalists, policymakers, and others to vetted sources who can explain the evidence behind debates about controversial products like e-cigarettes and flame retardants.
One reason the public is so confused, suggested Tracey Brown, the group’s director, in a recent Guardian op-ed, is that the media feeds alarmism by focusing on who sponsors scientific studies, rather than asking more important questions about whether the research is sound.
Even when there is no evidence of bias, Brown contended, journalists attack industry-funded research, running exposés on subjects such as fracking, genetically modified plants, and sugar. Brown lamented that what she called “the ‘who funded it?’ question” is too often asked by “people with axes to grind.”
Brown’s downplaying of concerns about such research invites skepticism. Since the mid-1990s, numerous studies have shown that industry-funded research tends to favor its sponsors’ products. This effect has been documented in research financed by chemical, pharmaceutical, surgical, food, tobacco, and, we have learned most recently, sugar companies.
In the 1960s, the sugar industry secretly paid scientists to minimize the role sugar plays in causing heart disease and blame saturated fat instead, according to a study published in the September issue of JAMA Internal Medicine.
For decades, industry-funded research helped tobacco companies block regulations by undermining evidence that cigarettes kill.
Precisely because of the very real risk of bias, prestigious scientific journals have long required researchers to disclose their sources of support.
Journalists in pursuit of transparency have good reason to ask, “Who funded it?”
Sense About Science claims to champion transparency. The organization has campaigned to see the evidence behind policy decisions and asked for pharmaceutical companies to release all the results of clinical trials, not just the positive ones.
Nearly 700 organizations have signed on to the clinical trials initiative since it began last year. These are salutary efforts, and Brown points out that with the exception of one program funded by publishers, none of the group’s projects are underwritten by companies. But this sidesteps a larger issue.
Sense About Science does not always disclose when its sources on controversial matters are scientists with ties to the industries under examination. And the group is known to take positions that buck scientific consensus or dismiss emerging evidence of harm.
When journalists rightly ask who sponsors research into the risks of, say, asbestos, or synthetic chemicals, they’d be well advised to question the evidence Sense About Science presents in these debates as well.
A man holds a tobacco sample at the Seita-Imperial tobacco research center on May 29, 2012, in Fleury-les-Aubrais, France
In 2002, Dick Teverne, an English politician and business consultant, founded Sense About Science “to expose bogus science,” he explains in his memoir, “Against the Tide.”
Through his consulting work, Taverne had cultivated relationships with energy, communications, food, and pharmaceutical companies. Sense About Science’s early sponsors included some of Taverne’s former clients and companies in which he owned stock.
Taverne must have known the power of media narratives about science firsthand, because he had experience with the tobacco industry, which labored mightily to change the conversation about its product in the face of evidence that cigarettes were lethal.
Taverne himself worked on the investors project: In an undated memo, PRIMA assured the tobacco company that:
“The work would be done personally by Dick Taverne,”because he was well placed to interview industry opinion leaders and“would seek to ensure that industry’s needs are foremost in people’s minds.”
During the same decade, Taverne sat on the board of the British branch of the powerhouse public relations firm Burson-Marsteller, which claimed Philip Morris as a client.
The idea for a “sound science” group, made up of a network of scientists who would speak out against regulations that industrial spokespeople lacked the credibility to challenge, was a pitch Burson-Marsteller made to Philip Morris in a 1994 memorandum.
It’s not hard to identify traces of this approach in Taverne’s later work. Writing in his 2005 book, “The March of Unreason,” Taverne complained that “eco-fundamentalists” and fearmongers had fomented a backlash against science and technology, which had in turn produced a “multiplication of health and safety regulations.”
That year British Petroleum donated 15,000 pounds to Sense About Science, and Taverne argued in the House of Lords that as much as 80 percent of global warming might be attributable to solar activity, even though that theory had been discredited two years earlier. Taverne, who stepped down as chairman of Sense About Science in 2012, did not respond to The Intercept’s requests for comment.
Sense About Science established an American affiliate in 2014, under the direction of a Brooklyn-based journalist named Trevor Butterworth. In financial documents, Sense About Science claims Sense About Science USA as a sister organization “with close ties and similar aims.”
From 2003 to 2014, Butterworth contributed to the website of an organization called STATS, a nonprofit that promoted statistical literacy. STATS had its own connections to the tobacco industry, in this case through founder Robert Lichter, a conservative political scientist and now a communications professor at George Mason University.
Lichter also co-founded and continues to run the Center for Media and Public Affairs, which Philip Morris hired in 1994 to survey news reports about tobacco as part of its strategy, outlined in a memo from March of that year, to counter “personal and public bias” in stories about cigarettes’ health risks.
Lichter, like Sense About Science’s Tracey Brown, has argued that industry money doesn’t necessarily taint the science it supports.
In 2003, a congressional report charged the George W. Bush administration with stacking a government committee on childhood lead poisoning with industry scientists.
“Studies have found that scientists who have consulted for industry do not differ in their assessment of risks, of health risks, from scientists who have not consulted for industry.”
Lichter did not respond to The Intercept’s requests for comment or citations to these studies.
Before STATS was dissolved in 2014, and its web site adopted by Sense About Science USA, it received regular grants from free-market sources. Between 1998 and 2014, STATS received $4.5 million, 81 percent of its donations, from the Searle Freedom Trust, the Sarah Scaife Foundation, the John M. Olin Foundation, Donors Trust (a fund largely sustained by Charles Koch), and other right-wing foundations.
Searle, which describes its mission as promoting “economic liberties,” gave STATS $959,000 between 2010 and 2014.
Anti-regulatory foundations, including these, spent over half a billion dollars between 2003 and 2010 to;
“Manipulate and mislead the public over the nature of climate science and the threat posed by climate change,” according to a 2013 study by Drexel University sociologist Robert Brulle.
A worker sprays foam before removing asbestos from a ceiling at Jussieu University in Paris, France, on March 25, 1999
With these roots Sense About Science should not surprise anyone when it promotes anti-regulatory voices on issues like asbestos. In a 2006 brochure called “Science for Celebrities” and purporting to correct misperceptions about synthetic chemicals, Sense About Science offers John Hoskins, a toxicologist formerly of the Medical Research Council Toxicology Unit at the University of Leicester.
Under the rubric “Toxic effects depend on dose,” Hoskins reassures us:
“Away from the high doses of occupational exposure a whole host of unwanted chemicals finds their way into our bodies. Most leave quickly but some stay: asbestos and silica in our lungs, dioxins in our blood. Do they matter? No!”
Since then, as countries continue to mine asbestos, industry groups have argued that certain varieties, including chrysotile and crocidolite, are not so toxic.
In response, several groups, including the Collegium Ramazzini, an international body of occupational and environmental health experts, have issued consensus statements warning that no form of asbestos is safe at any dose.
In calling for a universal ban on all forms of asbestos in 2010, the Collegium Ramazzini observed that the asbestos industry’s attacks on evidence that “irrefutably” links its product to cancer “closely resemble those used by the tobacco industry.”
Brown maintains that Sense About Science has not disagreed with the scientific consensus on asbestos, and she notes that dose and type of exposure are the issue. But when I asked Hoskins why his position differed from the scientific consensus, he shrugged over email, “Once upon a time the consensus was that the earth is flat.”
Hoskins further replied;
“Unfortunately, to say that within a population low-level exposure of many chemicals must be dangerous is not borne out by reality, much to the chagrin of those who live in the fantasy world of ‘chemical-free.’ ”
Hoskins’s résumé states that he has represented the Chrysotile Institute in “discussion with the governments of several countries.” But he did not disclose this relationship to the Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Public Health journal when he co-authored two scientific papers disputing claims that chrysotile or crocidolite caused a rare cancer in exposed populations.
When his industry ties came to light, the journal issued errata for bothpapers to disclose this competing interest.
(Hoskins denies any conflict of interest, insisting that his role in authoring the papers was confined to providing information the other authors requested. Yet all but one of the other authors had also failed to disclose their asbestos interests, which now appear in the errata.)
Soon after the first paper appeared, eight public health researchers wrote a letter to the editors of Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Public Health expressing outrage that the journal would publish a paper with “gross mistakes” and “no scientific content.”
A group that included many of the letter’s signatories asked the journal to consider retracting the second paper, citing “seriously misleading information.”
But the journal’s editors declined to retract the papers, which remain in the technical literature, casting doubt on the scientific consensus that all forms of asbestos are hazardous to human health.
Flames threaten to jump a ridge that firefighting aircraft have painted red with fire retardant above Cajon Boulevard at the Blue Cut Fire on Aug. 18, 2016, near Wrightwood, California
It's hard to make a case for the safety of a substance like asbestos, which most people know causes cancer. Other commercial products are easier to defend, not because they are less hazardous, but because consumers are not as familiar with the evidence questioning their safety and utility.
Scientists have known since 1997 that flame retardants, for example, can cause cancer.
These brominated and chlorinated chemicals are used in a wide range of consumer products, including nursing pads and car seats. For more than three decades, studies in animals and humans have linked them to cancer, developmental delays, and other serious health problems.
By 2010, the evidence was so persuasive that nearly 150 scientists from 22 countries signed a statement warning that flame retardants “are a concern for persistence, bioaccumulation, long-range transport, and toxicity.” Flame retardants’ fire safety benefit not only remains unproven, the scientists asserted, but the chemicals form highly toxic byproducts when burned.
Sense About Science has long relied on dubious numbers to insist on the efficacy of these chemicals.
A European Commission press officer told me she knows of no such report.
“The reference to the 20 percent reduction in fire deaths is repeatedly quoted in papers and publications from flame retardant industries and associations, and they always refer to ‘Flame Retardants, DG Environment Video 2000,’ which we cannot find.”
On the contrary, she told me, it is simply “not possible to correlate fire deaths to non-flammability requirements.”
The same year, Sense About Science again called on John Hoskins, identified as an independent toxicologist, this time to fact-check a study that found potentially carcinogenic flame retardants in sofas. In his response, Hoskins wrote: “The bottom line is that danger of fire is many, many times greater than any imagined danger from chemicals used to prevent it.”
“Everything I wrote about flame retardants was taken from published works,” Hoskins told me.
“Reviewers at the time found nothing to criticize and I have had no comment from the thousands of people who must have read the pieces.”
Sense About Science reprinted its guide on chemicals in 2014. “The trade-off between fire risk and toxicology is changing, and we represented that newer precautionary thinking in our most recent publications,” Brown, the group’s director, told The Intercept in an email.
The new guide acknowledged “allegations of side effects” from flame retardants, including persistence in the environment and toxicity to humans and animals.
But it also retained the unsupported claim that regulations requiring the chemicals saved lives.
The guide even retained the text that countered concerns about traces of flame retardants found in children’s bodies by asserting that because the chemicals protected children from death or injury from fire;
“To fail to expose them to such chemicals could be regarded as negligent.”
Scientists who reviewed human studies had come to a different conclusion the year before. They warned that although such links were impossible to prove conclusively, the evidence suggested that children’s exposure to flame retardants could have serious health consequences, including neurobehavioral and developmental problems. The scientists called for regulatory oversight.
A scientist holds a flask containing bisphenol A, a chemical used to make plastics that numerous scientific studies have linked to developmental and reproductive disorders
Of all the controversial chemicals in the public eye, the one Trevor Butterworth, Sense About Science USA’s director, has most fervently defended is bisphenol A, a compound used to make plastics. BPA is found in hard plastics, the lining of canned drinks and foods, thermal receipts, and other consumer and industrial products, including cigarette filters.
Leading reproductive biologists released a consensus statement in 2007 warning that “the wide range of adverse effects of low doses of BPA in laboratory animals exposed both during development and in adulthood is a great cause for concern with regard to the potential for similar adverse effects in humans.”
Two years later, while working for STATS, Butterworth published a 27,000-word investigation sharply questioning the validity of the scientific studies and news reports about BPA’s health effects.
Butterworth’s central claim was that a handful of scientists, journalists, and environmental activist groups had ignored good science in a crusade to paint BPA as “the biological equivalent of global warming.”
These reporters, he claimed, relied on flawed studies by independent researchers and unfairly dismissed the industry-funded studies that found no harm.
But the independent studies were not, in fact, flawed. Regulators just didn’t consider them useful, because, like many such academic studies, they didn’t measure toxicity but tested hypotheses about how BPA could alter living systems.
BPA trade groups have long insisted that the substance is metabolized too quickly to cause harm.
Butterworth cites a 2009 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention study that measured BPA concentrations in newborns to make the same case. The study, he argues, “provides important evidence that infants - even those born prematurely - are able to detoxify BPA in the same way as adults.”
The CDC study he cited was designed to gauge exposure, not metabolism. BPA has been detected in the urine of nearly every American tested. Premature babies’ fragile systems make them particularly vulnerable to environmental contaminants.
The researchers suspected that the use of plastic medical devices in neonatal intensive care units might expose premature infants to higher than average levels of BPA. And that’s exactly what they found: Average BPA concentrations in hospitalized premature babies were about 10 times higher than those measured in adults.
The authors noted that although premature babies appear to have some ability to metabolize BPA, their detoxification pathways “are not expected to be functional at adult rates until months after birth.”
Butterworth ended his critique of what he called “the BPA is dangerous thesis” by suggesting that banning the chemical could result in greater harm:
“What if some parents who turned to glass bottles for fear of … ‘leaching’ BPA drop and break them, causing injury to their babies?”
Reached by email for comment, Butterworth did not account for his questionable characterization of the CDC study. He said that his critique relied on the work of scientists from regulatory agencies involved in risk assessment, and that these scientists had criticized smaller studies that claimed adverse effects.
He maintained that studies assessing the effects of low doses of BPA are inconsistent and unlikely to capture significant results because of methodological and statistical problems.
The year after Butterworth’s 2009 investigation, the anti-regulatory Donors Trust awarded STATS $86,000 for its “research efforts,” and the Grocery Manufacturers Association, which belongs to the BPA Joint Trade Association, gave Lichter’s Center for Media and Public Affairs $10,000 for “research support.”
That year Coca-Cola gave more than $30,000 to Butterworth’s future partner, Sense About Science, which hosted a BPA forum the next year. (Since then, Sense About Science has not received corporate donations, which “represented less than 3 percent of our income,” Brown wrote in an email.)
In the forum, a Q&A on social media, Sense About Science put forward a representative of the British Plastics Federation and a toxicologist whose longstanding ties to the chemical industry the organization did not disclose. Participants were assured that BPA posed no risk to human health.
Sales staff exhale vapor while demonstrating their electronic cigarette products at the Vape China Expo at the China International Exhibition Center in Beijing on July 23, 2015
The tobacco industry pioneered tactics to fight regulations by manufacturing doubt about the scientific consensus that cigarettes kill. So it should be no surprise to encounter a strategy among defenders of the e-cigarette that also centers around doubt. If we don’t know for certain that a product is safe, we might urge caution.
Sense About Science has argued the opposite: so long as we don’t know the product is unsafe, medical professionals have no business urging regulation.
E-cigarettes turn chemical solutions into a nicotine-filled mist, which consumers ingest without the added harm of tobacco tar.
E-cigarettes are too new for scientists to have assessed their long-term health risks. British and American scientific bodies have reacted to this paucity of evidence with different views of the relative dangers.
Last year, Public Health England joined other British public health organizations in encouraging smokers to use e-cigarettes as an aid in quitting tobacco. The Royal College of Physicians effectively endorsed this view in April, when it argued against regulating a product that could help smokers quit.
But American public health officials worry that nicotine, which is as addictive as heroin and cocaine, will hook young smokers and cause lasting harm to their still-developing brains. Nicotine is linked to immunosuppression as well as cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinal disorders.
There is evidence that it interferes with chemotherapies and may even play a role in cancer. Researchers are just beginning to study whether the more than 7,000 flavoring chemicals, which typically aren’t disclosed on e-cigarettes, are safe when inhaled.
“Ensure their use does not undermine smoking prevention and cessation by reinforcing the normalcy of cigarette use.”
BMA reaffirmed this judgment as recently as this past June, despite the opposing position of the Royal College of Physicians. Sense About Science reacted to BMA’s call for a ban by asking the association to produce evidence that e-cigarettes caused harm.
“This move towards heavy regulation appears to be driven by the fear that e-cigs might be harmful or act as a gateway to conventional tobacco - despite little or no evidence for either claim,” the organization argued on its website in 2013, two years before Public Health England endorsed e-cigarettes as a tool to quit smoking.
Such regulations, Sense About Science stated, could do more harm than good by inhibiting access to products that may help reduce harm from smoking tobacco cigarettes.
Although Sense About Science has demanded evidence that e-cigarettes cause harm, it seems poised to cast doubt on the evidence when it turns up. In August, the organization challenged the relevance of research presented that month at a cardiology conference showing that nicotine in e-cigarettes can stiffen arteries, an early indication of heart disease.
Sense About Science’s expert dismissively compared the effects of nicotine documented in the research to those of “watching a thriller or a football match.”
In the United States, just this past May, the Food and Drug Administration moved to regulate e-cigarettes, including banning sales to those 18 and under. The CDC, too, takes the health risks of nicotine seriously. Last fall, the centers called for strategies to reduce the use of all tobacco products, including e-cigarettes.
“The potential long-term benefits and risks associated with e-cigarette use are not currently known,” the CDC reported. “What is known is that nicotine exposure at a young age may cause lasting harm to brain development, promote nicotine addiction, and lead to sustained tobacco use.”
David Koch, executive vice president of chemical technology for Koch Industries, listens as U.S. Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, not pictured, speaks to the Economic Club of New York on Nov. 20, 2012
Having established itself as a credible voice in debates about science and industrial regulation in the United States and Britain, Sense About Science has set out for what may prove to be its most challenging assignment.
In July, following Britain’s vote to leave the European Union, Sense About Science established an EU branch in Brussels, the headquarters of the European Commission, which has placed tighter restrictions on e-cigarettes, chemicals, and other potentially risky consumer goods than the United States has mustered.
Both Sense About Science and Sense About Science USA undertake some initiatives that serve the public interest. But the founder of the British organization worked with the architects of the tobacco industry’s disinformation strategy, and both groups have been known to promote science that favors private interests over public health.
When an organization claims to serve as a neutral arbiter in high-stakes debates about science, it pays to do what Sense About Science does: ask for the evidence.
The Fifth Estate Casts It's Shadow Like A Massive Mothership November 22 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence
Before Long the Mainstream Media Will be History: “BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!”
The biggest story on planet Earth has gone virtually unnoticed.
It is now common knowledge that whoever controls the media effectively controls the world. Those who do control the entire planetary realm are only able to do so because they have controlled the mainstream media for as long as it has been in existence.
This ironclad control has enabled the World Shadow Government to exert power over the flow of information throughout every sphere of life for centuries.
In fact, it is the Fourth Estate that holds the true power over the other three. Only by the power of the press is the WSG able to keep the governments and corporations of the world in check.
A New Era Dawns
Since the advent of the Internet in 1995, the Fifth Estate has been growing by the day. It has taken over 20 years for it to finally come into its own.
2016 will be long remembered as the year when the Fifth Estate became a force unto itself, so much so that it profoundly affected the outcome of this year’s U.S. presidential election.
The campaign season of this election cycle has been the most dynamic and electrifying, surprising and captivating in American history.
No one has ever seen anything like it. Because the nation still finds itself steeped in the depths of the Great Recession, there are millions of young adults out of work. Many of them live at home with mom and dad and with very few possessions except a smartphone or a tablet, a laptop or a desktop.
It is in this environment that the citizen journalist has been born. They are by and large unemployed, bored and angry that the American Dream has eluded them. Some of them believe that the dream has become an “American nightmare” and want to know why.
As they seek answers to this inquiry, they are stumbling upon long-hidden truths that have made them deeply distrust the mainstream media (MSM)…with a vengeance.
"The MSM is comprised not only of all print, video and audio forms of mediabut also book publishing, movie production, music production, TV programming, social networks among others."
So here’s the current context: While the banksters bankrupted the USA in order to swell the ranks of the jobless and unemployed, especially among the youth who they intended to fight their unlawful and unprovoked wars of aggression around the world, something unexpected happened.
The banksters unwittingly created an army of writers and bloggers, e-book authors and essayists, Facebook posters and Twitter tweeters, YouTube video producers and Instagram photojournalists.
What else was there to post about this year but the exceedingly dramatic 2016 presidential election, as well as the coming Second American Revolution. No matter what side of the fence these folks are on, they are busier than if they had a 9 to 5 with the local corporation.
And they’re loving every minute of it because they are learning how the world really works. And, why they really have no job… or even a prospect of a job.
The Rise of the Citizen Journalist
The Internet is the place where many will find their future job. Not the one working for a Fortune 500 corporation; rather, a real job that will assist with the transformation of post-modern society.
As these young Internet practitioners expand their skill sets, deepen their knowledge base, and broaden their experience, they have quickly acquired the right stuff to function as a one-person, multi-media platform.
This single development has contributed significantly to the rapid establishment of the Fifth Estate.
As a matter of fact, the now defunct specialty of investigative journalism has seen a massive rebound. These young journalists have no advertisers to appease and can therefore go after whatever they choose to investigate. Bloggers and videographers are tearing up the terrain with their incisive blogs and documentaries, respectively.
Upstart authors are now writing Pulitzer Prize level reports and series on topics ranging from the Holocaust Industry to the rigged 2016 U.S. presidential election, from the US Government-coordinated terrorist attacks on 9/11 to the CIA-conducted assassination of John F. Kennedy.
These citizen journalists all share one thing, and that is a passion for the truth.
They see a world in total disarray and are desperately trying to make some sense of it. In their ardent search for the truth they unwittingly find themselves becoming world-class journalists. And it is only their pursuit of the truth that has set them free from the ranks of the unemployed.
Not only do many these folks now have control of their destiny, they are not bound to a corporate agenda like their parents and grandparents were. Nor are they bound to the conventions of traditional, university taught journalism that keeps their MSM peers in a tighly controlled box. They are free to think for themselves and to follow the truth wherever it leads them.
Four Horsemen - an award winning independent feature documentary which lifts the lid on how the world really works.
Such a liberation of genuinely creative energy has created a supernova in the firmament of worldwide media. So many young journalists have been born into their Internet-based profession that there is now a crowded field of competition to be dealt with.
This has forced many into various specialty niches which has posed a real threat to the MSM journalists who are now primarily generalists because of the severe budget cuts over several years throughout that industry.
“The Truth Shall Set You Free”
The MSM is soon to be overwhelmed by the Alt-Media. Little did the controllers of this planetary realm know that one day - in the not-too-distant future - they will see a world transformed by the vast number of truth-speakers and fact-writers who they helped create.
The readership and viewership of the Alt-Media will be filled with billions of souls who are likewise truth-seekers who know that the MSM is positively not the place to find it.
Truly, this rapidly evolving saga is “The Greatest Show on Earth” at this very moment in time. It is a global drama of such epic proportions that soon the entire planetary civilization will have gone through an unparalleled metamorphosis.
For as We the People find our voices and put our pens to paper and take to our keypads to speak truth to power, so, too, will the peoples of the world.
When the Alt-Media becomes an echo chamber of truth that replaces the MSM echo chamber of falsehood, the world will have taken a great leap forward toward the restoration of both personal and national sovereignty. It is only in this global context that the world community of nations will experience a durable peace and genuine brotherhood.
Then, many things like political integrity and social equality, economic stability and financial security, religious tolerance and racial respect, civil justice and environmental protection, will all occur naturally and spontaneously.
These are only some of the ways that “The Truth Shall Set You Free”.
The MOTHERSHIP
There is a very powerful and fast-growing movement afoot that identifies with the meme of the Mothership. One of the various tag lines of this extraordinary phenomenon, that is quietly manifesting under the radar, is this:
“BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!”
For the uninitiated, the emerging Fifth Estate is BIG MOTHER. The slowly dying Fourth Estate is Big Brother. There is no question that the tide is gradually changing. And, that the traditional control of information is being altered in profound and fundamental ways.
Hence, it is only a matter of time - a relatively short period of time - that a veritable sea change will occur on planet Earth. That moment of highly anticipated change will transpire when the Mothership appears to everyone in all its glory.
Think of it this way: Were a massive Mothership to slowly glide across the sky over New York City… and then Washington, DC… and then Miami, Florida, on the very same day, would not the whole order change in a day and a night?!
The Alt-Media is like a Mothership that is slowly approaching Earth as it disseminates forbidden truth and lost information, deep wisdom and esoteric knowledge across the entire planetary realm.
Then, one day, when nary a soul expects it, looming over the horizon, is this inconceivably enormous Mothership casting a shadow the size of a solar eclipse. Imagine that out of that Mothership comes darting a multitude of smaller starships, each one carrying a payload of truth and banner of justice.
More than likely every reader of this post has already contributed to this Project Multi-Media Mothership.
If you have a simple blog or a Facebook page, a website or a Twitter feed, a YouTube channel or an Instagram account, you have already set loose your starship into the skies of planet Earth via the World Wide Web.
Conclusion
It’s time for every truth-seeker to get on board the Mothership. You have been baptized into the Fifth Estate. Please do not take your responsibilities lightly, you just may be the one who everyone is waiting for to post that vital piece that finally takes the whole God-forsaken System down, once and for all!
Remember, from this point forward, it is BIG MOTHER who will be watching Big Brother.
Julian Assange: ‘Google Is Not What It Seems’ - They ‘Do Things The CIA Cannot’ November 22 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
Julian Assange cautioned all of us a while back, in the vein of revelations similar to those provided by Edward Snowden, that Google - the insidious search engine with a reputation for powering humanity’s research - plays the dark hand role in furthering U.S. imperialism and foreign policy agendas.
Now, as the Wikileaks founder faces days of questioning by a Swedish special prosecutor over rape allegations inside his Ecuadorian Embassy haven in London today - and particularly in wake of the presidential election - Assange’s warning Google “is not what it seems” must be revisited.
Under intense scrutiny by the U.S. State Department for several controversial Wikileaks’ publications of leaked documents in 2011, Assange first met Google Executive Chairman, then-CEO, Eric Schmidt, who approached the political refugee under the premise of a new book.
Schmidt, whose worth Forbes estimates exceeds $11 billion, partnered with Council on Foreign Relations and State Department veteran, Jared Cohen, for the work, tentatively titled The Empire of the Mind - and asked Assange for an interview.
Later acknowledging naïvte in agreeing to meet the pair of tech heavyweights, Assange found afterward how enmeshed in and integral to U.S. global agendas Schmidt and Cohen had become.
In fact, both have exhibited quite the fascination with technology’s role in burgeoning revolutions - including, but not-at-all limited to, the Arab Spring.
Schmidt created a position for Cohen in 2009, originally called Google Ideas, now Google Jigsaw, and the two began weaving the company’s importance to the United States into narratives in articles, political donations, and through Cohen’s former roles at the State Department.
That same year, Schmidt and Cohen co-authored an article for the CFR journal Foreign Affairs, which, seven years hence, appears a rather prescient discussion of Google’s self-importance in governmental affairs. Under the subheading “COALITIONS OF THE CONNECTED,” they wrote [all emphasis added]:
“In an era when the power of the individual and the group grows daily, those governments that ride the technological wave will clearly be best positioned to assert their influence and bring others into their orbits. And those that do not will find themselves at odds with their citizens.
“Democratic states that have built coalitions of their militaries have the capacity to do the same with their connection technologies. […] they offer a new way to exercise the duty to protect citizens around the world who are abused by their governments or barred from voicing their opinions.”
Perhaps appearing laudable on its surface - at least to some degree - as Assange pointed out, there is a self-mischaracterization by the American and other Western governments and inaccurately-monikered ‘non-governmental organizations’ that their interests in other nations’ affairs are innately good.
This cult of government and non-government insiders have a firm belief their goals should be the unassailable, unquestionable motivator for American imperialism - whatever the U.S. thinks best as a “benevolent superpower,” so should the rest of the ‘non-evil’ world.
“They will tell you that open-mindedness is a virtue, but all perspectives that challenge the exceptionalist drive at the heart of American foreign policy will remain invisible to them,” Assange wrote in When Google Met Wikileaks.
“This is the impenetrable banality of ‘don’t be evil.’ They believe that they are doing good. And that is a problem.”
Cohen, an Adjunct Senior Fellow at the notorious Council on Foreign Relations, lists his expertise in “Terrorism; radicalization; impact of connection technologies on 21st century statecraft; Iran,” and has worked for both Condoleezza Rice and Hillary Clinton at the Department of State.
Fortune, calling Cohen a “fascinating fellow,”noted that, in his book Children of Jihad, the young diplomat and technology enthusiast “advocates for the use of technology for social upheaval in the Middle East and elsewhere.”
Under the auspices of discussing technological aspects at Wikileaks’ disposal for the upcoming book, Schmidt; Cohen; Lisa Shields, a CFR vice president at the time; and Scott Malcomson - who would shortly afterward be appointed Rice’s lead speech advisor for her role as the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations - descended on Assange’s safe haven in Norfolk, outside London.
It wasn’t until weeks and months after this gathering Assange fully realized how closely Google operates in tandem with the government of the United States - and how perilous the innocent mask of its public intentions truly is in light of such cooperation.
Ironically enough, in Wikileaks’ publishing three years later of the Global Intelligence Files - internal emails from private security firm, Stratfor - Cohen’s and Google’s true depth of influence became strikingly apparent. Assange wrote:
“Cohen’s directorate appeared to cross over from public relations and ‘corporate responsibility’ work into active corporate intervention in foreign affairs at a level that is normally reserved for states.Jared Cohen could be wryly named Google’s ‘director of regime change.’
According to the emails, he was trying to plant his fingerprints on some of the major historical events in the contemporary Middle East.
He could be placed in Egypt during the revolution, meeting with Wael Ghonim, the Google employee whose arrest and imprisonment hours later would make him a PR-friendly symbol of the uprising in the Western press.
Meetings had been planned in Palestine and Turkey, both of which - claimed Stratfor emails - were killed by the senior Google leadership as too risky.
Only a few months before he met with me, Cohen was planning a trip to the edge of Iran in Azerbaijan to ‘engage the Iranian communities closer to the border,’ as part of Google Ideas’ project on repressive societies.”
However, most significantly, Stratfor vice president for intelligence Fred Burton, also a former official with the State Department, wrote in one of those emails:
“Google is getting WH [White House] and State Dept support and air cover. In reality they are doing things the CIA cannot do . . . [Cohen] is going to get himself kidnapped or killed.
Might be the best thing to happen to expose Google’s covert role in foaming up-risings, to be blunt. The US Gov’t can then disavow knowledge and Google is left holding the shit-bag.”
Of course, the massive company - its various facets now under the umbrella of Alphabet, Inc. - has never been fully absent government involvement. Research for what would become ultimately become Google had been undertaken by company founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin in cooperation with the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) - the strictly secretive technological testing and planning arm for the Department of Defense.
Indeed Google’s continued coziness with the diplomacy, military, and intelligence wings of the United States government should not be, though perpetually are, ignored.
Political establishment bulldogs on both sides of the aisle and their cheerleader corporate media presstitutes will continue for months or years to debate the failed presidential bid of Hillary Clinton and the apparently-shocking rise and election of Donald Trump, but technology played a starring role in those events. Several reports last year cautioned Google’s algorithms could swing the election - and not only the American election, but national elections around the globe.
“We estimate, based on win margins in national elections around the world,” said Robert Epstein, a psychologist with the American Institute for Behavioral Research and Technology and author of one of the studies, “that Google could determine the outcome of upwards of 25 percent of all national elections.”
Considering lines between the tech giant and the government have essentially been abandoned, this revelation puts power and influence into acute, if not terrifying, perspective.
Google’s ties with the Pentagon and intelligence communities never ceased.
Revealed by a Freedom of Information Act request cited by Assange, Google founder Brin, together with Schmidt, corresponded casually by email with National Security Agency chief Gen. Keith Alexander in 2012, discussing a program called the “Enduring Society Framework.” Alexander wrote to Brin:
“Your insights as a key member of the Defense Industrial Base are valuable to ensure ESF’s efforts have measurable impact.”
According to the Department of Homeland Security, the Defense Industrial Base is “the worldwide industrial complex that enables research and development, as well as design, production, delivery, and maintenance of military weapons systems, subsystems, and components or parts, to meet U.S. military requirements .”
It also provides:
"Products and services that are essential to mobilize, deploy, and sustain military operations.”
Although Schmidt and Cohen ultimately watered down their book title The Empire of the Mind into the more palatable and less blatantly imperialistic, The New Digital Age: Reshaping the Future of People, Nations, and Business, its message amounted to self-congratulatory justification for broader foreign policy goals.
Nefarious warmonger Henry Kissinger, for one, praised the work, which included telling lines by the Google execs, such as:
“What Lockheed Martin was to the twentieth century, technology and cyber-security companies will be to the twenty-first.”
So ubiquitous has Google become, its presence - like similarly U.S. government-connected Facebook - is nearly indispensable in the daily lives of hundreds of millions worldwide.
However well-known is the government intelligence framework in such platforms, it would be ill-advised to ignore the far darker Machiavellian aspects of private corporate technology’s intersection with global political agendas - and the force that coalition wields around the planet.
Whether or not the American establishment’s empire suffered a blow in the election of Donald Trump will be a debatable point for some time, but it’s a veritable guarantee its cogs - seeing themselves as the planet’s saviors - have planned in advance for just such an occasion.
"If the future of the internet is to be Google,” Assange noted, “that should be of serious concern to people all over the world - in Latin America, East and Southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa, the former Soviet Union, and even in Europe - for whom the internet embodies the promise of an alternative to US cultural, economic, and strategic hegemony.”
Empire will remain empire until its dying breath - particularly if it functions under the obstinate belief it, alone, can save the world. Julian Assange should be praised for the transparency and insight he and Wikileaks have readily given the world, instead of excoriated and blamed for faults which lie in the establishment framework - it is this political, intelligence, and military web deserving of a pointed finger.
The Masses Are Awakening November 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall
The truth about how the masses are so easily manipulated was reversed by the election of anti-establishment candidate Donald Trump as President of America.
The Deep State, while unwilling to leave the outcome of the election to the will of the people, made a major miscalculation in the common sense of the majority of people.
They were convinced that with the help of the MSM, Wall Street and Big Business their totalitarian regime could continue in the illusion of democracy. But contrary to their expectations Trump won with a landslide difference,see attached chart, too much to be manipulated into a victory by Killary.
More than half of all Americans woke up thanks to the efforts of the internet in exposing the truth, thanks to internet blogs like Final Wake Up Call, Trump’s tireless input, Julian Assange’s fearless email-publicity,
Snowdon’s spy exposures, and many other contributors, that cancelled out the MSM historic blatantly false publicity. The eyes of many people were opened to discover that most of the public supplied info is wrought and manipulated and completely false.
Trump Has Better Coverage than Verizon
Ordinary people are discovering the lies, treason, corruption, etc. and that all terrorist attacks are false flags initiated by their own governments, in serving the manipulation of the masses’ emotions, creating fear, for the sole purpose of advancing their new world order agenda 2030.
If the ruling elites have to murder a few thousand innocent citizens with a dirty bomb, a chemical weapon or have to execute a scripted nuclear terrorism accident that is fine with them.
Anything to stay in power is justified in their minds, no matter how destructive and cruel.
Fear is their weapon of choice to command people’s obedience. They try to control everyone’s mind by staging violence, staging wars, staging terrorism and so on.
With Trump on the way to the White House, the party is just getting started and vigilance must be greater than ever, because everything Trump does is going to reflect on the rest of the world. If you think the election has been chaotic and confusing, wait until after the President-elect is inaugurated on the 20th of January next year.
The Deep State’s Power Structure
The main source of the Deep State’s power is their control of the process of creating and distributing money, i.e. their ownership of most of the world’s central banks. They have used this money-power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at top levels of power in order to enforce their control.
They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool at their disposal to rig society and markets where necessary.
Trump as president will have the enormous, daunting task of rebuilding the national economy, which has been systematically wrecked by Bush Jr. and the Obama Admin. The global rejection of the US-Dollar will become a vulnerability very soon.
Monetary Change
Sweeping monetary change is expected in the coming months. Difficult times may lie ahead. Many issues have to be resolved. The monetary system is rigged, and should be abolished in its present form, to return the money creation into the hands of the people. It is time for change.
Here is a short plan, two simple points to materialise just that;
Honest money; Re-establish a gold-backed currency. Abolish all Central Banks.
Smaller government – Cut taxes by 50%. Balance the budget.
These two simple points will instantly eliminate the Elite’s power, which would be a major achievement. Real money and a balanced budget will force big cutbacks.
The useless wars will end. The misallocation of precious, scarce resources will be greatly reduced. People will once again borrow, lend, spend, and invest real money, carefully. As a result real wealth will soar.
The people behind Donald Trump are the human-friendly Gnostic bloodline - in shrill contrast to the present Elite’s Deep State that is run by the satanic Archon bloodline illuminati.
The Gnostics recruit geniuses of all ages who are not part of the ruling Archon bloodline families. These archon families who are now in a state of absolute terror, literally fighting for their survival are fleeing to Antarctic bases, presumably trying to pull off something horrific.
Corrupt, Arrogant Establishment
In the end, Hillary Clinton became the face of a corrupt, arrogant and out-of-touch Establishment, while Donald Trump emerged as an almost perfectly imperfect substitute for populist fury that had been brewing beneath the surface.
American voters chose him in part because they felt they needed a blunt instrument to smash the Establishment that has ruled and misruled America for at least the past one hundred years.
It is an Establishment that has not only stolen almost all the new wealth that the country has produced in the past century but it has furthermore sent the U.S. military into wars of choice in pursuit of personal agendas as if the lives of working-class soldiers are of no value.
Ultimately, the Establishment’s own foolishness has caused its demise. Unable to master the economic crisis they have created, they purposely crushed the Greek Spring simply because they had the power to do so.
They pushed the majority of Europeans into austerity-induced hopelessness. They obligated millions of workers into temporary jobs, while their austerity-pressurising measures pushed a great part of the population into poverty.
The EU is a corporatised, militarised, entrenched bureaucracy that is fully operational and staffed by unelected officials who are in essence running the country. This shadow government harbours the hidden face of a government that has no respect for the freedom of its citizenry.
Across Europe, electoral battles with populist ideology are nearing; Germany, where the right-wing Alternative for Germany (AfD) party is gearing up for its first run at the federal parliament; France, where the far-right National Front leader Marine le Pen has a plausible shot at the presidency; Austria, where a candidate from a hard-right party could take the – less powerful – presidency; and not to forget the UKIP-party in Britain with their superb drive for change to exit the EU.
Italy will be next, as they have a referendum on their Prime Minister Matteo Renzi, where Beppe Grillo’s five-star movement will have an excellent crack on bringing about change.
Who or What is the Deep State?
The Deep State is comprised of the militarised police, which have joined forces with state and law enforcement agencies in order to establish themselves as a standing army.
It is the combination of spy agencies that have created a surveillance state and turned all of us into suspects.
It’s the courthouses and prisons that have allowed corporate profits to take precedence over due process and justice. It’s the military empire with its private contractors and defence industry that is bankrupting the nation.
In every aspect it is a government that is no longer friendly to freedom and is working overtime to render the citizenry powerless in the face of the government’s power grabs, corruption and abusive tactics.
The government bureaucracy will continue to churn out laws, statutes, codes and regulations that reinforce its powers and value systems and those of the police state and its corporate allies, rendering the rest of us petty criminals.
The average citizen unknowingly commits three felonies a day, thanks to this overabundance of vague laws that render otherwise innocent activity illegal.
As an example, small farmers who dare to make unpasteurized goat cheese and share it with members of their community will continue to have their farms raided.
The Deep State not only holds the populace in enslavement through the nation’s money, but also controls Wall Street that supplies the cash that keeps the political machine inactive, operating as a distracting marionette theatre. It’s just a puppet show, intended to divert our attention from the silent coup being carried out by the shadow government.
This is fascism in its most covert form, hiding behind public agencies and private companies to carry out its dirty deeds.
If there is anything the Deep State requires, it is an undisclosed, uninterrupted cash flow and the confidence that things will go on as they have in the past. It is even willing to tolerate a degree of gridlock: Partisan mud wrestling over cultural issues may be a useful distraction from its agenda.
The main source of the Archon bloodline’s power is their control of the creation and distribution of money, which is subsequently applied in their conquest strategy of Divide and Conquer. This is facilitated by their ownership of most of the world’s central banks.
They have used this money power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at the top levels of power in order to ensure their control.
They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool available, creating the impression that Hillary Clinton was winning a close race against Donald Trump.
Fake Money
The voting process, the economy, the media, the government, the courts – practically everything is rigged in favour of the Establishment status quo.
The Central Bankers’ fake money – along with a multitude of rules and regulations imposed on the people – has done its mischief.
And now, with the key-lending rate nearing and even dropping below zero for the past eight years, the economy has been misled, distorted, and depleted. Corporations alone have increased their debt load by 100% since the crisis began.
In a money system backed by gold – as was agreed upon in the Bretton Woods system that practically existed up until 1968, there is a limit on how much credit can be put into the system.
Most people date the demise of the gold-backed dollar to 1971, when President Nixon defaulted on America’s promise to convert foreign-held dollars into gold at a fixed rate of $35 an ounce.
But in actual fact, it was President Lynden Johnson who in 1968 removed the requirement for the Fed to back its notes with gold with the implementation of the passage of the Gold Reserve Requirement Elimination Act, thus facilitating the Fed to issue paper currency at will.
Previously each dollar had to be “backed” by gold.
Gold tied to the dollar is inherently tied to the real economy of production, services, resources, labour, and to profits and losses. Gold and silver have long served as hedges against market volatility, and as a protection against politicians indebting their citizens.
The Ratio of Credit to GDP
Under the gold-backed money system, the ratio of credit to GDP was fairly constant. Until the 1970s, it was about 1.5 to 1. More than anything else, this represented the abiding connection between the dollar, credit, and real economic output. People couldn’t lend what they didn’t have.
And they couldn’t have it if they didn’t earn it (GDP). But by taking away the gold, as they did from 1968 to 1971, the limitation was taken away.
Credit was allowed to run wild.
Now, the ratio of credit to GDP is about 3.2 to 1for every dollar of real GDP output. In other words, there are more than three dollars of debt against each dollar earned. That represents about $35 trillion of unfinished transactions – borrowing and buying – but never repaying – over the past 40 years, and that should not have been permitted to happen.
The traces of this exorbitant debt can be seen in the houses and apartments, shopping malls, corporate debt, golf courses, wars, bonuses, credit card bills, mortgages, and cruise liners – $35 trillion worth of things that would not have existed, had it not been for the Central Bankers’ fake money.
And now, the Central Banks cannot withdraw their fake money, or their cheap credit as the economy depends on it. And so does almost everyone in the economy. Their response to the next crisis would be more of the same.
So, a return to the gold standard; revalue precious metals in relation to all debt, and that would make the monetary reset as it should be; with the money creation in the hands of the people through the treasury department of people’s government; not any longer in privately owned central banks as is the case is today.
The Transition From a Fascist State to a Capitalist State
The Gold price will rise during the coming period of transition; the transition from a fascist state to a capitalist state will see numerous elite figures and established institutions put under legal scrutiny. Some will be jailed, while some institutions will be reformed or vanish.
The Gold price will respond to the legal strains on these former power centers.
Trump knows what a fair, sound currency means, since he is an intelligent man. He will eventually embrace the Gold Standard as a necessary stepping stone toward US-Economic Reconstruction, while the Gold price will ultimately find its true value.
Linguistic Internet data mining expert Clif High predicted that:
"Trump would win” the election and that Hillary Clinton would go “missing” after the election.
Sure enough, Hillary was missing the night of her defeat. What does that mean? High thinks;
"That there was a breakdown among a very delicate relationship among a lot of powerful parties that failed to deliver as promised.
The plan didn’t work. So, now there is no real plan “B.” There never could be under the circumstances. The world is in a situation where there can’t be a plan “B” for the Federal Reserve, for example. They (FED) have to go on a certain path, they’re doomed.
That is true of the criminal organisation called CGI (Clinton Global Initiative). Any criminal gang, no matter where it is in the social order, progresses along a certain path, runs into opposition and dies. It always happens, and it always will.”
Coment:
We have a lot of respect for Clif and appreciate his work. However it is not completely dependable. On the other hand much of what his system has alluded to in the past has been far more reliable than many other 'seers' and so the insights that he offers are worth taking into consideration - given that no one person / system is able to see the entire picture.
For an engine that Clif himself describes as running on the collective psychic capability of humanity, when we are dealing with a massive awakening-in-progress, such a system is not going to be able to play the game to the full extent of it's capacity when it does not have all of the pieces...
10 Signs The Global Elite Are Losing Control November 21 2016 | From: AnoNews
Karma is on the way for the elite. The greedy powers are having a devastating defeat in their war plans for Syria, their grip over humanity is coming to an end. Over the last decade the global elite are imposing power and control over the world.
They have acted like some evil villain in the comics, but after 9/11 the plan met an overdrive and then turbo charged during the financial crisis of 2008.
It was meant to fail because humans are born to have a free will, not to fall under control like livestock. The more the elite tries to control humanity, the more entropy occurs. Entropy, for those who don’t know, the absence of order, and the possibility of disorder is firm.
Even though the elite has wealth and still controls the masses, they are now resigned to behaving like villains and control freaks. This reveals their dark side that was hidden throughout time.
People are becoming aware, at least as fast as the elite is able to build their prison matrix.
Here are Ten Signs that the Elite are Losing Control Over the People:
1. Official Lies no Longer Effective
Their lies do not reach people. In past times when official lies, for example about war and peace, were believed. In the end, how evil would it be to lie about such things?
Usually people have a wish to believe they are being told the truth when life and death is being considered.
2. No Confidence in Politics
USA politicians have a worthless approval rating. The trust in government is lowering around the world.
Moreover, mainstream polls show only 10% of the public has confidence in Congress. In other words, 90% don’t believe in their governing. Watch this town hall exchange below where a man threatens US Senator John McCain with arrest for treason to his face.
3. No Confidence in Media
Should we ask why media failed to mask the lies about the alleged Syria chemical event? With all their monopoly might over the airwaves, they can no longer claim that black is white because officials say so.
The latest polls reveal that 77% of the population no longer has trust in corporate TV news.
Look for this trend to continue even if nations decide to default to break free.
5. Vatican Abruptly Cleaning Up its Act
Under the previous Pope, Pope Benedict, scandals were born from the Vatican ranging from covering up pedophile priests to money laundering and fraud. Moreover, Benedict in an unknown move, suddenly retired to make way for the Pope Francis.
Pope Francis with all his energy is working energetically to reclaim the church’s calm and modest reputation. Whether this is an excellent or a PR move, it reveals that the church was being forced into such a dramatic twist in plot to save itself from losing all credibility.
Victor Hugo, “No army can stop an idea whose time has come.”
6. Mutiny Among Soldiers
At last, Soldiers, who are outlawed from making political declarations, are steadily speaking out against US military adventurism.
Once, Einstein famously said “The pioneers of a warless world are the young men (and women) who refuse military service.”
7. Militarised Police State
One of the darkest signs that the elite’s power is diminishing is the construction of the militarized police state specifically trained to combat domestic civil unrest.
Local cops with tanks and other combat equipment are working with Feds at Fusion centers, active Army units are on American soil for the first time in history, the NSA spy grid is used by the IRS and DEA, and the disposal of due process for Americans under the NDAA are just some of the tyrannical tactics which plan is to secure the elite criminals from public comeback.
They are evidently frightened, and they should be since they did harm to the American people and the Constitution.
A state breaking away from a larger political entity which was an ultra-modern notion, until now.
In America, secession movements are succeeding over the public in parts of Colorado and California.
In Europe, serious secession movements are taking place in Spain and Scotland, as well as several EU nations considering the idea of dropping out the the euro.
Decentralization equals Entropy!
9. GMO Food being Rejected Everywhere
Control the food and you can easily control people. True in theory, but practice proves quite the opposite. GMO leaders like Monsanto are revealed to the public.
All of their economic and political strength cannot defeat the spread of knowledge about the malevolence of pesticide-soaked Frankenfoods.
Furthermore, GMO fields are burned by people who are protesting in America and around the world.The informed nations continue to dispose of their products, and labeling laws are gaining traction.
10. Cannabis Liberation
Many reading this will think marijuana legalization is a superficial development. However, it is a major signpost that the elite’s grip is fading. Immense resources are spent to keep cannabis illegal.
Cannabis has proved to be a powerful medicine for physical, mental, and spiritual health throughout the ages. This plant represents an enormous threat to the power structures and their industries, since its seemingly senseless illegality.
The approaching global reverse of the tyrannical policy of prohibition is the first of many compromises to come.
Donald Trump's First Interview Since Winning The Election: Key Highlights And Full Transcript November 20 2016 | From: ZeroHedge / Various
In his first televised interview since winning the election this week, a "more serious, more subdued" Donald Trump spoke to CBS' 60 Minutes coorrespondent Lesley Stahl from his penthouse in the Trump Tower.
As CBS' Lesley Stahl summarized the interview, "what we discovered in Mr. Trump’s first television interview as president-elect, was that some of his signature issues at the heart of his campaign were not meant to be taken literally, but as opening bids for negotiation.
Before we get into the nuances of Trump's interview whose full transcript is presented at the end of this post, for those pressed for time here are the key highlights from Trump's interview:
Trump says he will talk with FBI Director Comey before deciding whether to ask his resignation, says "I respect him a lot"
Trump, on pledge to appoint special prosecutor to investigate Clintons, says "I don't want to hurt them. They're good people"
Trump says he is "fine" with same-sex marriage; says He Does Not Intend To Overturn Supreme Court Ruling on Gay Marriage
Trump confirms he will forego salary as president
Trump tells protesters: "don't be afraid"
Trump condemns harassment of minorities
Trump vows to name pro-life, pro-gun rights Supreme Court justices
Among many things discussed, Trump told Stahl that Clinton’s phone call conceding the election was “lovely” and acknowledged that making the phone call was likely “tougher for her than it would have been for me,” according to previews of the interview released by CBS.
Trump said “she couldn’t have been nicer. She just said, ‘Congratulations, Donald, well done,'” Trump told Stahl. “And I said, ‘I want to thank you very much. You were a great competitor.’ She is very strong and very smart.”
Trump’s tone in the interview contrasted his attacks on the campaign trail, in which he nicknamed Clinton “Crooked Hillary” and encouraged chants to “Lock her up!” during his rallies.
Trump also told Stahl that former president Bill Clinton called him the following day and “couldn’t have been more gracious.” “He said it was an amazing run – one of the most amazing he’s ever seen,” Trump said. “He was very, very, really, very nice.”
During the campaign, Trump had tried to use Bill Clinton’s infidelities as a way to attack and embarrass Hillary Clinton. For the second presidential debate, Trump had sought to intimidate his competitor by inviting women who had accused the former president of sexual abuse to sit in the Trump family box. Debate officials quashed the idea.
In the interview with Stahl, Trump did not rule out calling both of the Clintons for advice during his term. “I mean, this is a very talented family,” he said. “Certainly, I would certainly think about that.”
Ironically, Trump was also asked if he would appoint a special prosecutor to investigate Hillary's private server as he suggested he would during the second debtate.
“I’m going to think about it.... I don't want to hurt them," he said in the “60 Minutes” interview.
“Um, I feel that I want to focus on jobs, I want to focus on healthcare, I want to focus on the border and immigration and doing a really great immigration bill. We want to have a great immigration bill. And I want to focus on - all of these other things that we’ve been talking about.”
Trump also reiterated on “60 Minutes” that he may keep portions of the Affordable Care Act, something he had mentioned he might do after meeting with President Barack Obama in the White House on Thursday.
When Stahl asked whether people with pre-existing conditions would still be covered after Trump repealed and replaced Obamacare, Trump said they would “because it happens to be one of the strongest assets.”
“Also, with the children living with their parents for an extended period, we’re going to… very much try and keep that,” Trump added, referring to portions of the healthcare act that cover children under their parents’ insurance through age 26. “It adds cost, but it’s very much something we’re going to try and keep.”
When Stahl questioned whether there would be a gap between the repeal of Obamacare and the implementation of a new plan that could leave millions of people uninsured, Trump interrupted her.
"Nope. We’re going to do it simultaneously. It’ll be just fine. It’s what I do. I do a good job. You know, I mean, I know how to do this stuff,” Trump said.
“We’re going to repeal and replace it. And we’re not going to have, like, a two-day period and we’re not going to have a two-year period where there’s nothing. It will be repealed and replaced. I mean, you’ll know. And it will be great healthcare for much less money.”
Trump’s campaign promises included fully repealing the Affordable Care Act, forcing Mexico to pay for a border wall and banning Muslims from entering the U.S., however in the last few days Trump appears to have taken a more moderate stance on these matters and now seems to be walking back his more extreme positions.
Trump was also asked for his take on the Supreme Court and Roe v Wade.
On this important issues Trump said that he is:
"Pro-life. The judges will be pro-life. They’ll be pro-life, they’ll be - in terms of the whole gun situation, we know the Second Amendment and everybody’s talking about the Second Amendment and they’re trying to dice it up and change it, they’re going to be very pro-Second Amendment.
But having to do with abortion if it ever were overturned, it would go back to the states. So it would go back to the states." He added that perhaps women "will have to go to another state."
On the topic of violence in the streets since his election victory, Donald Trump says he's "saddened" to hear some of his supporters are inciting violence: "If it helps. I will say this...Stop it"
Trump said had he heard about reports of racial slurs and personal threats against African Americans, Latinos and gays by some of his supporters.
Donald Trump: I am very surprised to hear that - I hate to hear that, I mean I hate to hear that -
Lesley Stahl:But you do hear it?
Donald Trump:I don’t hear it - I saw, I saw one or two instances…
Lesley Stahl: On social media?
Donald Trump: But I think it’s a very small amount. Again, I think it’s -
Lesley Stahl:Do you want to say anything to those people?
Donald Trump: I would say don’t do it, that’s terrible, ‘cause I’m gonna bring this country together.
Lesley Stahl:They’re harassing Latinos, Muslims -
Donald Trump:I am so saddened to hear that. And I say, “Stop it.” If it-- if it helps. I will say this, and I will say right to the cameras: Stop it.
Trump was also asked about his opinion on demonstrators:
Lesley Stahl: [T]here are people, Americans, who are scared and some of them are demonstrating right now, demonstrating against you, against your rhetoric -
Donald Trump:That’s only because they don’t know me. I really believe that’s only because -
Lesley Stahl: Well, they listened to you in the campaign and that’s -
Donald Trump:I just don’t think they know me.
Lesley Stahl: Well, what do you think they’re demonstrating against?
Donald Trump:Well, I think in some cases, you have professional protesters. And we had it - if you look at WikiLeaks, we had -
Lesley Stahl: You think those people down there are -
Donald Trump: Well Lesley -
Lesley Stahl: are professional?
Donald Trump: Oh, I think some of them will be professional, yeah -
Lesley Stahl: OK, but what about – they’re in every city. When they demonstrate against you and there are signs out there, I mean, don’t you say to yourself, I guess you don’t, you know, do I have to worry about this? Do I have to go out and assuage them? Do I have to tell them not to be afraid? They’re afraid.
Donald Trump:I would tell them don’t be afraid, absolutely... We are going to bring our country back. But certainly, don’t be afraid. You know, we just had an election and sort of like you have to be given a little time. I mean, people are protesting.
If Hillary had won and if my people went out and protested, everybody would say, “Oh, that’s a terrible thing.” And it would have been a much different attitude. There is a different attitude. You know, there is a double standard here.
TPPA Dead In The Water At Last: Why Do Some NZ Commentators Continue To Believe It Was A ‘Free Trade’ Agreement? November 20 2016 | From: KiwiWatch
The Trump victory has finally consigned the TPPA to the bin, certainly in it’s current form, yet here in NZ our government has invested heavily into a treaty of the globalist elites pronouncing it ‘free trade’ when the main body of the treaty was the description of the powers the multi national corporations would have over the sovereign laws of signatory countries.
How come it is only Trump who saw just how this treaty was going to impact his own country and our own government and its commentators are all in favour? We were hell bent on consigning our national laws to the trash in favour of multi national corporates.
The TPPA was an agreement that was central to the US globalist establishment as represented by ‘their candidate’ Hillary Clinton and her announced ‘pivot towards Asia’ having first completely destroyed the Middle east militarily. It was seen by many as a mechanism for US multi nationals to challenge the emergence of China as a global trading and military force.
Globalists are behind the de-stabalising of nations and the implementation of trade deals according to their terms the world over with George Soros as always in the thick of it.
Right now the city of Florence in Italy is facing being sued by multi national company McDonalds for $20m in ‘lost future profits’ because the Florence city council disallowed McDonalds to build one of their stores in what the Florence people deemed to be a sensitive geographical site.
The NAFTA trade agreement already allows this sort of practice and the TPPA only enhances these powers further. Obama was pushing for the TPPA and TTIP (with its fines for any government daring to impose standards that cost these multi national companies money) as one of his legacies.
Now on the bright side, these “trade” agreements to enable corporations to block public laws protecting the environment, consumers and society at large are now presumably dead.
5 Reasons NZ Should Not Sign The TPPA
Of course Trump recognised that multi national corporations of the U.S., companies like Apple, Microsoft, McDonalds, Monsanto do not bring their corporate profits back home for the benefit of America and Americans as redistributed through the tax system.
Mostly they employ hundreds of accountants and lawyers to disguise earnings and file their global returns in tax havens virtually avoiding any contribution in tax to the Federal government in the U.S.
Multi nationals are not patriotic companies for America in that sense, they are simply the means of the elite owners to extract massive profits for the elites and avoid contributing to the benefit of society wherever they are. Take Apple as an example.
APPL sits on billions of cash hidden in accounts all round the world. As an APPL shareholder this is your asset, but do they pay this out to shareholders in dividends? Hell No!
The corporate owners and directors keep this locked away for themselves, shareholders and the customers are only the pawns that enable the company to be this money making machine.
I don’t think Trump is impressed by this sort of behaviour and he’s stated that getting these companies to pay up their fare share to the Federal government will largely eliminate the need for tax increases, the reason why he is introducing tax cuts for everyone.
The globalist agenda appears to have hit a wall with Trumps victory and they are reacting badly to his election making sure the riots continue in cities around America busing in rioters from other states to keep the reaction going, as Soros is doing right now.
The Hawke’s Bay Today published and article today quoting ‘Special Trade Envoy’ Mike Petersens comment that world trade is now ‘a lot more complicated’ because TPPA is dead his main emphasis being dairy access to the U.S. yet he goes on to say’ NZ is still in a strong trading position’.
Yes it is, look at the agreement with China, now we can complete agreements like that with who we wish individually and without multi nationals being able to over ride sovereign laws of the signatory countries.
Lets face it, the claim of the TPPA proponents was that it was only going to increase New Zealand’s GDP by $1bn in 20 years time and now there is no reason why that still can’t be the place with much more safety.
Frankly we should all be rejoicing. Thanks Donald Trump!
TPP Dead, Now Stop PPP – Crony Capitalism by Another Name
Multinational corporations still looking to take advantage of America
Toll roads & other Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) are being offered as the means of Trump’s $1 Trillion Infrastructure Plan.
They are crony capitalism by another name, not trickle-down economics but the metaphor from Outlaw Josey Wales - “Don’t PPP down my back & tell me it’s raining.”
PPP contains much of the crony capitalism, ownership & control by multinational corporations that we hoped to stop in TPP.
10 Recent Signs That The Global Elite's Ship Is Sinking November 19 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed
Times are continuing to shift in a big way and humanity’s rise over the darkness that has plagued our planet for a very long time is gathering momentum by the day.
Remember, the elite’s modus operandi is to crush any form of hope or belief that things can or will get better. Truth prevails though and we are seeing the old world order crumble. 2017 is sure to be an exciting year. Continue to dream big.
1. June 23rd, 2016: Britain votes to leave the European Union. While some are choosing to see this as an extremist act whose focus was on securing the border from immigrants, there is a much bigger picture to that event.
While it must be said that the immigration issue is in the minds of some who were pro-Brexit (and thus needs to be humanely and compassionately addressed), the bigger issue was that Britain reclaimed it’s sovereignty back from the imperialistic banking and political cabal.
As it has been reported in The Telegraph, a mainstream media outlet in the UK, the CIA and the U.S. State Department have been heavily involved in the creation of the European Union from the very beginning. As Professor Alan Sked said in the article: Voters in Britain’s referendum need to understand that the European Union was about building a federal superstate from day one.
2.July 22nd, 2016: Wikileaks releases over 20,000 emails from the Democratic National Convention and shows the deep collusion between the Clinton Campaign and the DNC itself. These revelations ultimately helped force the resignations of the top 4 positions within the DNC.
3. October 8th, 2016: Shortly after Wikileaks began dumping the PodestaFiles, emails were revealed that John Podesta, the Clinton campaign chairman, was receiving emails about UFO/E.T. disclosure as well as free energy technology, whose emails came from former NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell.
These are highly significant in the fact that it is admitted by Mitchell that such technologies do exist and that even the Vatican knows of them. Once these technologies are known about on an even wider scale, the lies and corruption of the oil industry will fall apart and humanity can then reclaim it’s freedom.
4.October 10th, 2016: Turkey defies the banking cabal and signs the Turkish Stream gas pipeline deal with Russia. Because Russia is in opposition to the cabal, or NWO, as some would prefer, this is a massive financial and geopolitical game-changer.
5.
October 20th, 2016: The Philippines president Rodrigo Duterte visits China with 200 Filipino businessmen to mend ties with China.
He also announces his separation from the U.S. (which is a blow to the cabal) and seeks an alliance with not only China, but Russia too. The BRICS Alliance continues to grow.
6. October 30th, 2016:Iceland’s Prime Minister steps down as the activist, anti-establishment party, known as The Pirate Party, comes in second in national elections and jumps it’s number of parliament seats from 3 to 10. As more people around the world herald the call for true freedom, political parties reflecting such ideals will continue to prevail. The Pirate Party is in over 40 countries around the world currently, and the movement continues to grow.
7. November 4th, 2016: Wikileaks emails reveal the Podesta brothers were invited to a “spirit cooking dinner” and involved eating sperm and menstrual blood. While some surely laughed this off, keep in mind that former FBI special agent Ted Gunderson spent several years investigating and exposing this information to the public, before being murdered.
We must also keep in mind that former BBC star Jimmy Savile was revealed to being involved in a massive, elite-ridden pedophile ring. The pedophilia and ritualistic claims against many of the elites is well known around the world and is a very serious issue. The fact that even a small bit of this came out in the Wikileaks revelations is significant and a sign of the times. So much more is coming.
8. November 8th, 2016: It was revealed by Neil Keenan that several globalists/cabalists, including Mark Carney of the Bank of England, Janet Yellen of the Federal Reserve, the Rothschilds, Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak and others were involved in a deal to steal 1 million metric tons of Gold from the global collateral accounts.
As of this writing, the deal has been stopped and it very beneficial to humanity. While this story might not make much sense to many readers, understand that the global collateral accounts are the cabal’s biggest financial secret on this planet.
9. November 13th, 2016: The European countries of Moldova and Bulgaria elect new presidents, both of whom are pro-Russia. This is yet another major setback for the globalists plans of creating a superstate out of Europe. Watch for even more countries to begin aligning with Russia.
10. November 15th, 2016: More than 200 rallies around the U.S. take place to protest the North Dakota pipeline that is being attempted to form. The world is continuing to awaken and sees the lunacy of oil and gas for energy. Clean solutions already exist.
What are some other stories that you believe are signs that the elite’s ship is sinking? Some believe that the election of Donald Trump is a sign. Do you agree or disagree with that? Share with us in the comments section what events you feel should be included in the upcoming Part 2 of this ongoing story. If we agree, we’ll post it in Part 2.
Do You Really Understand The Health Risks From Microwave Technology? + The Health Effects Of Microwave Radiation Spelled Out November 19 2016 | From: ActivistPost / EnergyFanatics / Various
One of the most definitive, expansive and inclusive peer-reviewed papers I’ve ever read on any subject was published July 25, 2016 online at Electronic Physician as an “open access article” that I sincerely hope everyone in the media and healthcare industries will take extremely seriously.
Especially those who are promoting more and more ‘smart’ appliances and devices that transmit electromagnetic frequencies and radiofrequencies - microwaves, which damage human health more than we are being told by government health agencies at all levels (local, state and national), manufacturers, employers and school districts that even mandate their uses as “new technologies” to learn and to implement.
New technologies are fine IF and WHEN they take into consideration and implement safeguards for human health, which is not the case with microwave technology, but has been the "dream warfare" technology for the United States military and other governments, so anything goes, including our being bombarded with so much microwaves, we now are experiencing more adverse health effects attributed to what's scientifically termed "Non-thermal Adverse Health Effects."
The U.S. military has had a GREAT interest in keeping microwave safety standards higher than they should be and not as applicable as the science demands.
Dr Magda Havas, PhD, Environmental & Resource Studies, 1600 West Bank Drive, Trent University, Peterborough, ON, Canada, K9J 7B8 on her website published the following incriminating unclassified U.S. Army documents information as to why microwaves are not safe, nor made safer, due to U.S. military involvement with its electronic warfare techniques, which harm everything.
There are two disturbing paragraphs in the document "Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation (Radiowaves and Microwaves) - Eurasian Communist Countries (U)". Prepared by U.S. Army Medical Intelligence and Information Agency Office of the Surgeon General and released by the Defense Intelligence Agency.
Adams, R.L. and R.A. Williams. 1976. 34 pp. Unclassified, which clearly indicate the U.S. military's perspective opposing more stringent guidelines for microwave radiation.
No. 1:"If the more advanced nations of the West are strict in the enforcement of stringent exposure standards, there could be unfavorable effects on industrial output and military function.
The Eurasian Communist countries could, on the other hand, give lip service to strict standards, but allow their military to operate without restriction and thereby gain the advantage in electronic warfare techniques and the development of antipersonnel applications." [Page vii]
No. 2:"Should subsequent research result in adoption of the Soviet standard by other countries, industries whose practices are based on less stringent safety regulations, could be required to make costly modifications in order to protect workers.
Recognition of the 0.01 mW/cm2 standard could also limit the application of new technology by making the commercial exploitation of some products unattractive because of increased cost, imposed by the need for additional safeguards." [Page 24]
Below is the copy and paste job of the Introduction from A review on Electromagnetic fields (EMFs) and the reproductive system, which I hope my readers will take seriously and also take necessary steps to protect yourselves, your children, your pets and your home environment.
This is SERIOUS stuff no one is taking as seriously as we ALL should. Those ‘smart’ gadgets’ just may be making you more sick than you can imagine. With 61 References, I think the Electronic Physician article needs to be taken seriously with revisions made to EMF/RF standards by the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to reflect them.
"People in the modern world frequently are exposed to electromagnetic fields (EMFs). Human exposure to EMFs comes from many sources, and situations are different in people's everyday lives.
EMFs emanate from power lines, computer devices, televisions, radios, and telephones. There are many factors that influence the degree to which people may be affected by EMFs. For example, body weight, body-mass index, bone density, and the levels of water and electrolytes can alter the conductivity of and biological reactivity to EMFs (1, 2).
Therefore, the effects of this environmental pollution can depend on gender, tissue density of the body, the period of life, and the exposure levels to EMFs.
Beginning in 1960 when the biological hazards caused by EMFs first were studied, human health became an important focus in the workplace and at home (3).
Although, the biological effects of EMFs are still controversial, in general, the negative effects should not be ignored.
Currently, people are exposed to various types of EMFs, which are non-ionic radiation that cannot release electrons.
They are energy in the form of oscillating electric and magnetic fields that are transformed from one point to another. Many forms of physical energy, such as X-rays, UV light, and sunlight produce EMFs (4).
There are several references that classify EMFs, but, in general, they can be considered to consist of four different types. The first type of EMFs refers to extremely low frequency (ELF) EMFs, which are EMFs that are below 300 HZ, and they are produced by military equipment and railroads.
The second type, known as intermediate frequency (IF) EMFs, have frequencies in the range of 300 Hz to 10 MHZ, and they are produced by industrial cables and electrical equipment in homes, such as televisions and computer monitors.
The third type is hyper frequency (HF) EMFs that have frequencies in the range of 10 MHz to 3000 GHz and are produced by mobile phones and radio broadcasting. Radio frequencies (RFs) also are a part of this category, which has frequencies up to 100 MHz (4).
There are also static EMFs that are produced by MRI and geomagnetism and have specified with zero frequency (3).
In 1979, Wertheimer and Looper showed that there is a direct relationship between EMFs and the increased incidence of leukemia in infants (5).
If the body's biological system is exposed to EMFs, which produce electric currents and fields, which, in fact, deal with the current and voltage, the normal physiological balance is upset.
If the density of the electric current increases to the stimulation threshold, membrane depolarization of the nerves and muscles may result. Electric and magnetic fields at environmental levels may extend the lifetime of free radicals and result in damage to people's deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) (6).
Some epidemiological studies have been done in various populations, but most have been done in laboratory animals and cell lines (4).
The biological effects of EMFs generally can be divided into thermal and non-thermal effects (7). Thermal effects are defined as the heat generated by EMFs in a specific area.
The non-thermal effects depend on the absorption of energy and changes in the behavior of tissues without producing heat. EMFs have high penetration power, and they are capable of moving charged particles, such as the electrons and ions of large macromolecules and polymers (7).
So EMFs can have devastating effects on tissue with high concentrations of electrons and ions.
EMFs that cause changes in the behavior of cells (8) and tissues alter the function of the cardiovascular system (9) and bone marrow (7).
Electromagnetic fields can have several different effects on cellular components (10), including disorders of cell proliferation and differentiation (10), damaged DNA in cells, chromosomal abnormalities (11), blood disorders (9), birth defects (12), and various mutations, including those associated with long-term exposure to EMFs.
Under the influence of these fields, the balance of the CNS and the hormonal and respiratory systems become weak, resulting in decreased activity of the mentioned organs (13, 14).
Research on the effects of EMFs on the endocrine system has focused mostly on melatonin and the derived tryptophan produced by the pineal gland (15).
Most of the harmful effects of EMFs act through the protein synthesis process (16, 17). In this regard, enzymes, due to their combination of amino acids, are affected, and their catalytic activity is decreased (4).
Studies concerning the cytotoxicicity and genotoxicity effects of EMFs mostly have focused on fibroblasts, melanocytes, lymphocytes, monocytes, and muscular cells in people and on the granolosa cells of rats (18).
A declassified 1976 Defense Intelligence Agency report showed that military personnel exposed to non-thermal microwave radiation experienced "headaches, fatigue, dizziness, irritability, sleeplessness, depression, anxiety, forgetfulness, and a lack of concentration (19).
A 2015 study showed that 2.4 GHz WiFi may be one of the major risk factors for brain tumors and other neurodegenerative diseases (20). Another 2015 paper showed that polarized EMF (man-made) was much more active biologically than non-polarized EMF (21).
Another paper showed that rabbits experienced heart arrhythmia and increased blood pressure when exposed to 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (22). A long-term study conducted by Lennart Hardell, a Swedish scientist, on glioma and acoustic neuroma brain tumors showed that RF is carcinogenic.
The scientist called for RF to be labeled an IARC Class 1 Carcinogen and recommended urgent revision to safety guidelines (23). A 2011 study by Nora Volkow showed that radiation from cell phones, in areas next to the antenna, increased the metabolism of glucose in the brain.
Increased metabolism of glucose is associated with cancer. The study showed that biological changes occur at levels lower than the current FCC guidelines (24)."
The Health Effects Of Microwave Radiation Spelled Out
On 14 July 2016 the FCC (Federal Communications Commission) of the USA made space available in the radio spectrum for consumer devices to operate within the 25 GHz to 100 GHz of the electromagnetic spectrum. It went on to say:
"The Commission has struck a balance between new wireless services, current and future fixed satellite service operations, and federal uses. The item adopts effective sharing schemes to ensure that diverse users – including federal and non-federal, satellite and terrestrial, and fixed and mobile – can co-exist and expand.”
Nowhere in its document is mention made of consumer safety or well-being. I guess that is fair of the FCC because historically, it is not interested in matters of microwave radiation and consequent thermal and non-thermal effects on the population. Let’s face it, and most people find this hard to believe, the FCC works purely on behalf of the telecoms industries in granting them access to the airwaves, no more and no less.
Industry was very happy to hear the FCC announcement on granting access of large portions of the radio spectrum for yet more of its toys and other consumer devices.
Qualcomm for example talks much about ‘the massive internet of things’, yet nowhere on its 5G musings is mention made of consumer safety or well-being.
That ‘pink elephant’ in the living room regarding safety brings me to the point of this article. The FCC and the telecomms industry rub their hands with glee because lots of money is going to be made as 5G devices rollout yet no recent safety studies have been carried out on consumer safety.
No doubt both the FCC and industry will point regulators to the old, out-dated and one-dimensional so-called ‘safety studies’ (thermal effects) produced by the ICNIRP.
This private organisation is comprised of people and individuals who work in the telecommunications industries with no background in epidemiology, toxicology, radio frequency safety or medical practice.
The implications of 5G on consumer well-being and safety do not look good for one reason: devices that will operate within the 5G electromagnetic spectrum will use antennas that are physically small i.e. from a few millimetres to a centimetre in length.
This means that industry will produce a variety of different antenna systems to do different things.
The weird fact of operating within this very high frequency range is that signals are mostly line of sight or they are easily reflected, refracted or ‘lost’ within the differing build composition of urban environment structures.
In other words, without careful antenna design and recognition of many of the pitfalls trying to propagate microwave signals within urban environments, the signal can be easily degraded or completely lost.
In response to these challenges, the advantages in using very small physical size antennas in the millimetre wavelength is you can feed many antennas in various configuration arrays e.g. vertical or horizontal arays, waveguide, coned or highly directional beam type designs.
These types of antenna designs focus most of the transmitted power into specified directions.
This is bad news for consumers because these very small physical size antennas will pack a mighty punch to our biological systems if we step into them.
Getting back to consumer safety and well-being and all things microwave, it is clear that the latency period for adverse biological effects from devices using microwave frequencies from say 1 GHz to 5 Ghz is approximately 10 – 20 years.
In 2016 there are now many thousands of peer-reviewed medical and epidemiological studies that show, illustrate or correlate, adverse biological effects with use of mobile phone technology or WIFI.
Using frequencies even higher than 5 GHz (and up to 100 GHz) will compress the timeframe in which cancers and other biological effects show themselves within society.
It is anyone’s guess on what might happen in terms of biological safety yet it is clear to see that the pulsed nature of these high frequency, high signal intensity signals do not harbour good news for humanity, particularly in relation to the functioning of our DNA.
Nowadays, exposure to microwave radiation or frequencies used by WIFI, mobile phones, smart phones, smart meters, WIFI-enabled audio devices, WIFI-enabled fridges, most baby monitors and a whole host of other ‘esoteric’ electrical devices were recently classed as Class 2B carcinogens.
Point of sale literature excludes this fact on any advertising blurb and it is also fascinating that the small print embedded deep within mobile phone product literature say that you should not put these devices directly to your skin, body or face. If you do, you exceed the so-called ‘safe’ exposure thresholds put in place for these devices.
Getting back to the very small physical length of the antennas that will be used for 5G devices, it is very clear to surmise that if these devices talk to each other using highly efficient, directional antennas, the ERP (effective radiated power) will be huge.
If you happen to walk into this intensely focused beam of microwave radiation, what will this level of signal intensity do to your biology?
Yet again, time will tell unless we get our arses into gear and demand proper safety studies from industry and independent academia that focus on thermal and non-thermal effects on our biology.
Just like the advent of modern mobile phone technology, it is us, the consumers, who provide the guinea pig role in terms of safety.
Sufferers of EHS (electro-hyper-sensitivity) will need to be aware of any 5G device simply because the electron volt assault on their compromised bodies will be easily and instantly felt.
It is they who will suffer first and in time, everyone will be affected because one other fact the telecoms industries have not mentioned is that in order to develop an efficient network of signals within an urban environment, many thousands of new transmitter sites will need to be installed.
The physical small size of these antennas means they can be covertly installed into all sorts of urban structures which suggest that for urban dwellers at least, there will be no escape from exposure to these highly damaging microwave frequencies.
I also feel that when these antennas are in place, it will be relatively easy to alter and manipulate brain wave function of its users and others close by.
The amount of ancillary information that can be piped or attached to the main carrier frequency of such a telecommunications network system is potentially, huge. Police forces the world over use ‘Tetra’ as a systems of communication.
This system also includes a sub-carrier frequency of about 16 Hz which is very close to our natural brainwave patterns.
Could this 16 Hz ancillary pulsed ELF (extremely low-frequency) be responsible for instilling aggressive behaviours in our police force personnel?
The ‘zombie apocalypse’ might just be around the corner unless of course, we refuse to comply. That is our choice.
Establishment Media Declares War On Their Competition As “Fake News” November 18 2016 | From: ActivistPost / Various
The establishment media is dying. This is not a biased view coming from “alternative media,” it is a fact borne out by metrics and opinion polls from within the establishment itself.
It was true before the recent election, and is guaranteed to accelerate after their shameless defense of non-reality which refused to accept any discontent among the American population with standard politics.
Now, with egg on their face after the botched election coverage, and a wobbling uncertainty about how they can maintain multiple threads of a narrative so fundamentally disproven, they appear to be resorting to their nuclear option: a full shut down of dissent.
Voices within independent media have been chronicling the signposts toward full-on censorship as sites have encountered everything from excessive copyright infringement accusations, to de-monetization, to the open admission by advertising giants that certain images would not be tolerated.
However, until now these efforts have appeared random, haphazard, and rife with retractions and restorations of targeted sites and content. A massive backlash of reader outrage toward these restrictive measures has confirmed that most consumers don’t like the idea of being given boundaries to their intellectual freedom.
That said, there has been a notable increase of hoax websites beginning to populate the information stream. We can attest that this has been an incredible annoyance as we are bombarded daily with new outrageous claims and rabbit holes that readers expect us to sift through.
Most times, a cursory glance at the “About” page or any disclaimers quickly shows where this information is coming from.
Other times, a bit of common sense and discernment about why a site that has just appeared on the scene (check Alexa for this info) would have “EXCLUSIVE” “BREAKING” content under the banner of an apparent local news channel or a name that is the twisted version of a legitimate news outlet.
But even with those caveats, we’ve all been taken in at one time or another and have had to retract or update articles as necessary, or apologize to our e-mail list for sending out a given link. This does jam up the works, but it is the tax we all must pay if we believe in the free-market of ideas and information.
We’re not perfect, but at least we have never been deliberately misleading like CNN and others often have been.
The government recently legalized using propaganda against US citizens. They wielded all of their establishment media force to sell their lies. And now they’re frustrated that people still prefer the truth as they see it naturally.
As The Verge highlighted in a recent article, "Two-thirds of the world’s internet users live under government censorship." Although this is roundly decried by establishment media as evidence of “declining freedom,” this is exactly the path we are heading toward at the behest of that same media within those areas that have managed to thwart such a reality.
The voices of the corporate media are making a show of calling Facebook to task for evidently not having stringent enough algorithms to discern legitimate news from deliberate hoax. We are being told that this very likely led to the election of Trump, and that this has become a major problem in need of a major solution.
The first shots are being fired as we speak. Yesterday we learned that Facebook and Google would take swift action against “fake news” by de-monetizing or banning them outright.
"Moving forward, we will restrict ad serving on pages that misrepresent, misstate, or conceal information about the publisher, the publisher’s content, or the primary purpose of the web property,” a Google spokesperson said in a statement given to Reuters.
This policy includes fake news sites, the spokesperson confirmed. Google already prevents its AdSense program from being used by sites that promote violent videos and imagery, pornography, and hate speech.
This is problematic on a number of levels, not least of which is the vague notion of what constitutes violent imagery and hate speech. War, of course, is what should first come to mind when thinking of violence. Police shootings and other clashes might qualify as well, but routinely populate the most mainstream of sources. And one person’s hate speech is another person’s dissent.
The second component is that of transparency, where we see claims about any effort to “conceal information about the publisher.” Again, very vague, but as any journalist worth their salt knows, it is anonymity which leads to the truth more often than not, especially when threats against journalists and whistleblowers are demonstrably on the rise.
Today, the mainstream media named us as one of the top “fake news” sites to avoid. It’s quite an honor.
US News (linked above) has published a list of websites that it deems unworthy of support, and is essentially urging to be de-monitized or banned based on the previous calls to action.
"Here are several fake news sites that have become popular on Facebook, and which should be avoided if you’re looking for the facts:"
Firstly, the grouping of satire, hoax, and propaganda is troubling, as the definitions of each aren’t even remotely related to one another.
Satire is literature and has a tradition dating back thousands of years; it has been recognized as an essential component of intellectual and political freedom. A deliberate hoax, we can all agree, is lacking integrity, purposely deceptive, and can be legitimately harmful or dangerous.
Propaganda, though, is aligned with the State; and most commonly is directed and funded by the State. That is a serious accusation and one that is entirely without merit for this website. It is also an especially ironic and dubious accusation coming from an outlet called US News.
Yet we’re proud to be biased for peace, love, and liberty. Anyone against those principles is serving fake news as far as we’re concerned.
All of this is to say that we are entering dangerous new territory, as the Internet itself is under a new regime with the transfer to ICANN, an international body. If 2/3 of the globe is under digital dictatorship, what else is the likely outcome from such international control over information?
However, it is also an exhilarating time to be a part of such mammoth upheaval, where the entrenched apparatus of the State itself has declared information to be its enemy and to acknowledge that it must do everything in its power to maintain its tenuous monopoly on the truth.
The unfortunate reality for them is that the truth will always be more efficient and, therefore, simpler to disseminate than the complexities of lies and true propaganda.
Fomenting A National Crisis And Color Revolution: Soros-Funded Anti-Trump Protesters Riot In Cities Across United States November 18 2016 | From: Sott / Various
Globalist investor in murder and mayhem George Soros is at it again, funding his MoveOn.org to organize post-election "sour grapes" protests around the country in response to underdog Trump's surprising President-elect victory.
Complicit crime partner mainstream media is having a field day deceitfully spinning these top down, billionaire driven demonstrations as a spontaneous, grassroots populist uprising against racist dictator Donald. From a press release from MoveOn.org:
"The gatherings - organized by MoveOn.org and allies - will affirm a continued rejection of Donald Trump's bigotry, xenophobia, Islamophobia, and misogyny and demonstrate our resolve to fight together for the America we still believe is possible."
"Within two hours of the call-to-action, MoveOn members had created more than 200 gatherings nationwide, with the number continuing to grow on Wednesday afternoon.
The Washington oligarchy's propaganda ministry wants the world to believe a groundswell of concerned, mindful citizens have taken to the streets in a surge of moralistic patriotic fervor determined to derail the spread of Trump's legitimacy as the so called leader of the "free world," that is if you still believe living in a fascist totalitarian police state called Amerika is still "the free world."
Thanks to the likes of the Clintons, Obama and the Bushes who've for decades conspired to strip away all our constitutional rights and freedoms in the name of New World Order deep state tyranny, "the free world" no longer exists on this planet.
But the self-righteous, follow-the-leader sheep of befuddled malcontents rioting in the streets across America haven't a clue with propaganda lies now owning them.
In every large city in America that voted heavily for Hillary, a Soros organized and financed mercenary army has been unleashed engaging in violent destructive behavior.
We're all supposed to accept MSM reporting that tens of thousands of fellow Americans who in good conscience just can't accept a Trump-led United States are joining forces in righteous solidarity, defiantly marching now in large numbers crying foul that that a "xenophobic racist" is soon to be our president.
They're violently hitting the streets in robotic, monkey see, monkey do support for a former serial rapist president and his thug wife who intimidated and silenced all his victims and who also lost Tuesday's election.
And as far as their track record, the Clintons have been consistently supporting and implementing the globalist agenda that exploits racial tensions promoting racial and religious division and war against dark skinned people.
Though the Clintons have always paid lip service pretending to support minorities in order to secure their votes, they have never done anything beneficial for people of color.
Take a look at how they raked in millions from their Haiti post-earthquake scam, leaving the Western Hemisphere's poorest nation's people abandoned, still suffering and thoroughly ripped off. If you want to get real with racism and sexual perversion, than look no further than the Clintons.
But in a truth-starved, deep state world, the automatons now running violently in America's streets have systematically been conditioned to be oblivious to the truth.
In Hillary and Bill's belated concession speech, each conspicuously wore purple in a symbolic covert message giving the greenlight to the latest Soros' funded "color revolution" taking place in America.
As Paul Craig Roberts incisively observes, the anti-Trump protesters are mere tools of the oligarchy to "de-legitimize" the Trump presidency the same way Soros funded while Hillary's US State Department NGO's were used to disfavor the democratically elected Ukraine president three years ago that led to his overthrow in February 2014.
Soros-Hillary's blood-soaked hands in past color revolutions sponsored by the CIA destabilized the Middle East and North Africa during 2011's Arab Spring Uprising that included Syria, Tunisia, Egypt, Libya among others.
The subversive objective is regime change by inciting domestic tensions and upheaval designed to destabilize wherever Empire encounters resistance to its brutal rape and pillaging.
Lingering effects from these abominable, highly illicit Soros-Clinton operations interfering with the internal affairs of targeted sovereign nations around the world are still lethally raging as wars in Ukraine, Syria, Libya and Yemen, chaotic disaster in Venezuela, simmering violent tensions periodically boiling over in Armenia's Nagorno-Karabakh, South Sudan and now the Philippines as well among many more.
Any nation state that refuses to be chewed up and spit out by US Empire/World Bank/IMF economic hit job becomes a CIA/NGO target for violent coups and insurrections, and now it's USA's turn using the Trump presidency as its next victim.
As if the bloodshed and violence that George Soros' filthy money has caused around the globe isn't enough, as of late he's been especially active in America trying to create race wars on US soil.
Spending millions to send busloads of his mercenary army of agitators to foment riots and violence in inner cities right after another white cop kills another unarmed black man in Ferguson and Baltimore, Soros as a huge $25 million Clinton campaign donor also deployed mentally handicapped individuals to disrupt and incite brawls at Trump rallies this year blaming it on opponents Sanders and Trump.
The bloodsucking Soros thrives on stirring up trouble and hostilities around the globe, pitting various people and groups against each other as part of his elitist strategy to divide and rule over the world.
Since the late 1980's the double trouble kingpin has conspired insurgence and regime change revolts in Eastern European nations like Poland and the Czech Republic and ran the show dictating at will with his money and unbridled power what Secretary of State puppet Hillary needed to do in Ukraine, Albania and elsewhere in order to continue receiving both his financial support and "guidance."
This week the Soros and Clinton paid minions are out in full force deployed onto the streets of Washington, New York, Boston, Baltimore, Philadelphia, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Oakland, Portland, Seattle and Austin, totaling over a couple dozen cities.
As a matter of fact, photographic evidence proving the protests are nothing more than artificially staged "civil disturbances" inflicted on America by Soros, a fleet of chartered buses showed up in Austin, Texas.
But of course the loyal Clinton presstitutes are creating the false narrative that an authentic citizen uprising is organically growing out of moral indignation for Trump, and they're milking it for all its worth with headlines like "Anti-Trump Protests Spread Around Nation."
Ironically it was supposed to be all the disgruntled Trump diehards who would angrily rise up in arms after the rigged election triggers a violent national citizen revolt from Trump supporters. But instead it's the violent rabblerousing Hillary camp starting fires and spreading anarchy in America's streets.
With purple Hillary and MSM's subtly hidden blessings, mainstream coverage of the ensuing violence and property damage continuing to erupt for a third straight day in a row is predictably being downplayed. Reuters reports:
"The protests were for the most part peaceful and orderly, although there were scattered acts of civil disobedience and damage to property."
Reuters goes on to explain only "a handful of protesters" were arrested in Portland, Oregon.
That said, in stark contrast, this is what "peaceful" pro-Hillary demonstrations actually look like. Enraged Trump haters went out seeking revenge against the Donald's supporters celebrating early Wednesday morning at Times Square, promptly crashing Trump's party with violent clashes. Pro-Hillary supporters resorted to widespread violence in at least two dozen US cities.
Reports that American flags have been burned in multiple cities is actually right in synch with Hillary and her globalists' masterplan to erase all sovereign borders in favor of their one world government.
So will the globalists' trade agreements like TPP and TTIP that Hillary secretly supports put the final nail in the coffin of America as a sovereign independent nation.
The so called peaceful demonstrators turned into violent rioters in a number of locations like Oakland and Portland, setting fire to garbage and tires and breaking windows.
An unruly mob of 7,000 Oakland protesters quickly grew out of control, engaging in acts of arson starting about 40 different fires, throwing rocks, bottles, M-80's and Molotov cocktails at police injuring three officers who then fired tear gas to break up the crowd as thick plumes of smoke filled the embattled city skies.
An Oakland police patrol car was also torched. One entire Oakland block was seriously vandalized. Protesters spray painted graffiti messages "kill Trump" and "fuck Trump" as they set fires. At least 30 were arrested during the Oakland rampage.
The more vocal pro-Hillary outbursts began surfacing on America's college campuses. At the University of Oregon and California universities like UCLA and UC Berkeley the anti-Trump forces converged... a far cry from the 60's and early 70's when these same colleges were the bastions of the antiwar peace movement.
Now the same schools are spawning violence in support of their nasty crime boss who vowed to bomb Russia and Iran. Meanwhile, the object of their violent hatred is a noninterventionist vowing to help Putin kill the very same terrorists that their favored losing candidate helped create and continues supporting.
Sadly, times have vastly changed not for the better. Too many university students today are media brainwash victims.
Across America hundreds of protesters have been arrested. In Los Angeles about 3,000 demonstrators gathered in two places, disrupting traffic commandeering the 101 freeway that passes through the downtown area. Another contingent of angry anti-Trump protestors assembled outside of Los Angeles city hall.
A bloody head of Trump was burned in effigy. In all, 29 people were reported to be arrested in LA. A confrontation between police and protesters in Orange County's Santa Ana witnessed a brick thrown into a police cruiser, two other cars damaged and two businesses vandalized with 10 arrests.
4,000 protesters in Portland disrupted downtown traffic and forced train delays, shattered windows, lit a fire in a dumpster and vandalized 19 vehicles at a car dealership. A group of violent anarchists led the crowd inciting property destruction although a number of demonstrators chanted "peaceful protest."
But likely the Soros paid agitators succeeded in turning the protest into a riot, resulting in at least 26 arrests. Denver protesters walked onto Interstate 25 shutting down both sides of the freeway for a half hour. 500 demonstrators assembled in Louisville.
In New York City over 30 were arrested gathering in two locations, one outside the Trump Tower and another at Columbus Circle. Clinton loyalists Lady Gaga, Madonna and Cher joined the Trump Tower protesters on Wednesday night where American flags were burned as well as in Philadelphia and Washington. 15 arrests were made at the Trump Towers in New York for disorderly conduct.
Speaking of has-been celebrities, in dire desperation the last week of her campaign, Hillary paraded her A-list of star power onto the stage playing the pied piping idolatry card as a last gasp cheap ploy to condescendingly buy votes from the younger generations.
Beyoncé, husband Jay Z, Katy Perry, Miley Cyrus, LeBron James and Bruce Springsteen all payed homage to their favorite crime boss. Meanwhile, Cher, Lena Dunham, Samuel L. Jackson, Barbra Streisand, Amy Schumer, Jon Stewart, George Lopez, Al Sharpton, and Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsberg have all gone on public record stating that they plan to move out of the country if the rigged election still fails to get their murdering crime boss queen elected. Good riddance!
On Friday evening protests were organized in Miami and West Palm Beach as well. 1000 demonstrators each marched in Milwaukee and Minneapolis, slightly less in Columbus, Ohio. Up to 2,000 marchers in Chicago gathered at Trump Tower while others attempted to obstruct traffic.
USA Today counted over 50 protests since Tuesday night and over a dozen more known already planned. The MoveOn.org supplying the centralized organizers of these nationwide protests in reaction to a Trump presidency is intended to spread and grow over time into a political movement throughout the country.
Soros is prepared to fuel the protests with deep pockets and paid professional anarchists designed to incite widespread violence, vandalism and civil unrest throughout the US.
The treasonous aging billionaire is seeking regime change right here in America in plain sight, clearly a direct assault on our nation's democratic principles, against both the democratically elected leader as well as against the will of the American people who specifically voted for the outsider as a rejection of the very corrupt dirty power politics game represented by Soros, Hillary and her Democratic Party.
The hypocritical hubris of these diehard Clinton supporters is projected on full display when they resort to lawbreaking anarchy violence at the same time that misguided, flowery language flows out of their mouths. In the words of one New York protester:
"There's a man who's the human embodiment of hate who's going to become our next president, so the best thing we can do is try to connect with people who are representing love and connection...
Hmm, like the most dangerous, warmongering presidential candidate in US history who promised the world that America would go to war against both Russia and Iran... or the vicious, demonic mastermind who buys violence, death and destruction like they're commodities on a monopoly board, or like the "loving" protesters spreading violence across America right now, all in the name of love and connection.
Meanwhile, anti-Trump death threats showed up on Twitter calling for Trump and his Vice President-elect Mike Pence to be assassinated. That's how some who object to Trump show their love.
If it were angry Trump supporters on a wild rampage like this, mainstream media would be calling protesters committing this exact same behavior as hateful, anti-American racists bent on causing race wars in cities across America, forcing the government to take measures to quell such out of control, Trump-inspired violent anarchy and hate.
In the same way that Soros and the media giants both engage in race baiting that foments further violence and unrest in places like Ferguson and Baltimore as part of a sinister globalist agenda, the same diabolical dynamic is currently underway with the media inciting American citizens to hit the streets in protest and a meta-message to spread violence and bloodshed that will invariably be blamed on Donald Trump, who is being demonized just like Putin and Assad.
The disturbing truth here is there's a hidden Soros-Clinton-MSM agenda purposely adding fuel to the fire so that paid Soros-Hillary shills violently act out in efforts to lead another color revolution coup staged as an "out of control crisis" and "national rebellion."
Remember the operative word here is perception where MSM covertly creates and stages a false narrative that a national emergency will warrant President Obama to opportunistically call out the National Guard in order to stabilize the nation "bordering on civil war," thus handing him the excuse to declare martial law prior to Trump's inauguration in January.
Or if that particular endgame scenario fails to materialize, as long as the civil unrest and widespread violence continues to grow nationally, the ruling elite may engineer some other form of false flag crisis like a cyberattack on the US banking infrastructure, then subversively blame the Trump-Putin duo for the conspiracy.
Or if Trump does manage to outlast his January inauguration date and become president, you can bet that the globalists will soon thereafter unleash a full blown financial crisis where their house of cards global economy collapses like dominos into a worse depression than the one that followed the 1929 stock market crash that they also initiated.
President Trump of course would be accused of causing that catastrophe as well.
That's why this election was rigged by preprogrammed voting machines to deliver the outcome that has shocked so many. Once the elite deemed Hillary to be damaged goods and a liability with all her nonstop scandals and criminality, suddenly a decision was made to fix the election so a narrow margin of victory could be claimed by Donald Trump.
Comment: The narrative that Trump is controlled opposition is yet another desperate attempt to derail positive developments in the battle against the Cabal.
When just before the election Hillary and Bill were both accused of being pedophiles by honest members of the New York Police Department and the FBI after discovering evidence on Anthony Weiner's laptop, directly connecting the Clintons to their billionaire buddy, registered sex offender and fellow pedophile Jeffrey Epstein's international child sex slavery trafficking ring, the elite conceded defeat and threw Hillary under the bus.
With this worldwide child sex ring threatening to expose not only the Clintons but the likes of the Bushes, Prince Andrew, other members of European royalty, multiple high court judges in both North America and Europe, prominent politicians in both US Congress as well as European parliaments, high ranking military officers and world famous entertainers as part of a Satanic worshipping cabal that rules the world,
But it's too late for that now as the cat's already been let out of the bag.
Courageous whistleblowers in both law enforcement and journalism are pushing for the ugly truth to be fully exposed as the best opportunity to remove this criminal cabal from power once and for all, seeking justice by placing the perpetrators on trial for their unlimited high crimes that include treason, war atrocities, pedophilia, human genocide and crimes against humanity.
An international truth and reconciliation commission will need to be organized to facilitate those from lower levels of this international cabal to come forth providing evidence and testimony to hold those guilty at the top fully accountable. This tall order is what "draining the swamp" will really be all about.
Getting rid of the subhuman scum that have controlled virtually all human affairs over the past few centuries will pave the way for a new beginning where such advanced technologies as free energy and a resource-based global infrastructure can be developed and built to sustain a population of 11 billion people.
By purging the crime cabal leaders and their puppet masters, the ruling elite's plan to commit human genocide by drastically reducing the world population from its current 7.4 billion to just over a half billion people will be circumvented. Once we "drain the swamp" of these Satanic mass murderers, a social, economic and spiritual transformation will then finally be freely in place to promote humans into living in harmony and peace on this earth the way that God originally intended.
Are Microwave Transmission Weapons Of Mass Destruction Being Used To Trigger Catastrophic Earthquakes? + New Zealand Earthquake: The World’s Biggest Offshore Seismic Blasting Ship The Amazon Warrior November 17 2016 | From: GeoEngineeringWatch / TheContrail
Are unimaginably powerful microwave transmissions actively and aggressively being used as weapons of mass destruction? If all available evidence is examined, the logical conclusions are chilling.
When immensely powerful microwave transmissions are bounced off the atmosphere (facilitated by the atmospheric aerosol saturation) and directed back into the Earth's strata (in a seismically sensitive location), the triggering of seismic activity becomes scientifically possible.
There is a long list of shocking facts surrounding a number of recent catastrophic earthquakes. It is imperative to examine these facts without preconceptions or programmed denial.
“Spacecraft Saw ULF Radio Emissions over Haiti before January Quake
A French satellite observed a dramatic increase in ultra low frequency radio waves over Haiti in the month before the M7.0 earthquake earlier this year.
DEMETER’s is an unusual mission. Its job is to monitor low frequency radio waves generated by earthquakes.
Today, a group of geoscientists release the data associated with the M 7.0 earthquake that struck Haiti in January. They say that DEMETER saw a clear increase in ultralow frequency radio waves being emitted from the Earth’s the crust in that region in the build up to the quake.
The anecdotal evidence of electromagnetic effects associated with earthquakes is legion. Various accounts link earthquakes with mysterious light and heating effects."
The following year a deadly earthquake struck Christchurch, New Zealand. Many circumstances surrounding this disaster were also troubling. Did US officials know the earthquake was coming? Some excerpts from a report on the disaster are below.
"Was the Christchurch earthquake a terrible natural disaster, or was it a terrible MAN MADE disaster?
9 members of US Congress were in Christchurch for a summit meeting on Feb 21 & 22 but left Christchurch 2.5 hours before the earthquake hit and relocated to Wellington even though the meeting was not due to finish until the evening of Feb 22nd.
The US Secretary of Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, was supposed to be visiting Christchurch and speaking at the summit meeting on Feb 22, but on Feb 18 announced she was cancelling her visit 3.
The Deputy Administrator of FEMA (US Federal Emergency Management Agency), Timothy Manning, just happened to be in Christchurch at the time with a US delegation.
All of the rest of the delegation left Christchurch shortly before the quake hit except for Mr Manning who stayed behind, and then after the quake hit he assisted with directing the emergency response.
Exactly the same thing happened with FEMA delegates with the Haiti earthquake. In Haiti , the FEMA delegates just happened to be there at the time conducting training exercises for responding to major earthquakes."
Recent releases from Wikileaks resulted in the headline below:
"Atmosphere Above Japan Heated Rapidly Before M9 Earthquake
Infrared emissions above the epicenter increased dramatically in the days before the devastating earthquake in Japan, say scientists.
They say that before the M9 earthquake, the total electron content of the ionosphere increased dramatically over the epicentre, reaching a maximum three days before the quake struck.
At the same time, satellite observations showed a big increase in infrared emissions from above the epicentre, which peaked in the hours before the quake. In other words, the atmosphere was heating up."
Though the science community is desperately trying to link pre-quake atmospheric heating to some unknown phenomenon of an atmospheric coupling with the pressure buildup in the strata, is this a rational conclusion?
The much more logical and straightforward conclusion is this, the atmospheric heating is being intentionally created by the global network of ionosphere heaters as immense microwave signals are bounced off of the atmosphere and back down into the planet.
Unfortunately, the science community is not allowed to even consider this possibility, let alone talk about it. In the period preceding the decimating Japanese earthquake, US Japanese relations were very strained.
The post-quake scenario of US/Japanese relations seemed to suddenly be unquestionable, was there a connection? Was the catastrophic quake just a natural event? Or an engineered warning to Japan?
The list of troubling questions surrounding this earthquake is long and growing. Below are some quotes from seismologist Anna Kaiser (who is investigating the latest New Zealand earthquake activity):
"We don't know what we are dealing with right now but it may be… it involves potentially more than one fault… we need to figure out what was going on before and after the 7.5 magnitude quake… "
Kaiser went on to say this:
"We're working very hard… this is looking quite complex. The epicenter was possibly just south of the Hope fault, but it did look like "something else was going on.
The seismologist statements are only the beginning, there are many more concerning factors surrounding the latest New Zealand Earthquake that should be considered.
"US Secretary of State John Kerry is scheduled to head back to New Zealand after checking out summer in Antarctica.
He's been criticized for heading to such a remote place while the US election riveted the world
He tweeted a photograph of himself boarding C-17 cargo plane in Christchurch saying "headed to Antarctica to see firsthand some of the drastic effects of climate change".
In Antarctica he was scheduled to meet with scientists and researchers at McMurdo Station, the largest research station of the US Antarctic programme, as well as visit surrounding areas on Ross Island, and the US Government's Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station.
He is the first secretary of state and the most senior US government official to ever travel to Antarctica.
He is hosted by the US National Science Foundation, which manages the US Antarctic program me."
Noctilucent clouds in the skies above Antarctica are an ominous harbinger of the atmospheric damage that is occurring there
"Many are under the belief that HAARP, now labeled IRI, no longer exists Operationally due to the Gakona, AK spin. One must understand that these Frequency Generators are Globally Ubiquitous. There are so many that are of dissimilar designs, and go by different acronyms, it is not seen as functionally one and the same.
In the case of McMurdo’s Radome and all of the Radar equipment there; Raytheon has had the contracts beginning to end. The National Science Foundation and Raytheon Polar Services Company are housed in the same building. For years the station has grown. It can house 1258 personnel and an average of 200 winter over."
Raytheon is one of the largest private "defense contractors" on the planet, this corporation is also the holder of numerous climate engineering patents including some that relate directly to ionosphere heaters. The power structure is likely microwaving the skies for a multitude of reasons, none of those reasons are in the interest of the common good.
Shocking atmospheric flashing lights were filmed in the skies above New Zealand as the massive Earthquake was occurring.
Microwave transmission signals/rings near Antarctica are clearly visible in the satellite composite image shown below.
The regions of New Zealand near the epicenter have been constantly assaulted with aerosols spraying and microwave transmissions.
The uniform ribbing of aerosolized cloud cover is a clear indication of microwave transmission exposure.
Though some "official" sources try to explain this type of cloud pattern as being a result of the underlying land topography, this explanation is patently false.
The same patterns are now regularly seen over oceans as well as land as is shown in the satellite photo below that was taken of New Zealand directly over the quake region.
The image below bears testimony to what the global power structure does to those that try to get in the way of their agendas and operations.
This photo is of the bridge of the Greenpeace ship "The Rainbow Warrior". It was bombed and sunk by the French Secret Service in order to prevent the ship and its crew from witnessing ongoing illegal and unimaginably destructive nuclear detonations.
Over 2 decades ago I dove alone on the wreck of the Rainbow Warrior, as it laid on the seafloor off the coast of New Zealand. I swam through the area shown above, around the ship, and examined the gapping bomb blast hole in the hull of the once noble vessel. I hovered over the wreck and contemplated the tyranny of those who rule the world.
We are all at a crossroads, and the horizon is darkening rapidly. The power structure wields weapons of unimaginable destruction, they can only do so because of the order-followers that carry out their insanity. As the saying goes, "we have seen the enemy, and they are us".
It is up to us, the people, all of us, to refuse any further participation in the insanity. It is up to us to fully investigate and fully face the whole truth. It is up to us to prioritize the fight for the greater good because we owe that debt to our children, to the planet, and to the whole.
New Zealand Earthquake: The World’s Biggest Offshore Seismic Blasting Ship The Amazon Warrior
Dots: Super-supermoon, Climate change huckster American Politician, Amazon Warrior, Oil Exploration and Mapping for drilling, Earthquake M7.5 and plates shifting generating many aftershocks the entire length of the fault line through NZ.
The 11/13/16 quake, with a magnitude of 7.8, was much stronger than the magnitude-6.3 quake in 2011. But it also was much deeper - striking 23 kilometers (14 miles) below the earth's surface. The 2011 quake had a depth of just 5 kilometers (3 miles). The shallower a quake is, the more destruction it tends to cause.
The evil empire are after New Zealand's unobtainium. First shake up the locals, destroy infrastructure, weaken the economy and then extort deals to rape the resources of the country.
If you were planning to do seismic blasting off the coast of a Country, the best time to do it would be with the super full moon wouldn’t it? So that people only discuss that as the possible reason.
Kaikoura was clearly the target – now destroyed, and that basin is full of the precious oil for the foreign bankers and the only thing stopping them was the people of Kaikoura - now homeless and to be relocated by NZ Navy ship. Kaikoura is also known for its whale populations, the area should be protected from ALL sonic oil exploration and Naval activity!
The World’s Biggest Seismic Testing Ship - The US "Amazon Warrior" - Parked On Top Of New Zealand Fault Line during the November 13, 2016 Earthquake!
The World’s biggest seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior was photographed off Rarangi Beach in Cloudy Bay last night. Right on top of a major fault line. The ship was met with protests when it arrived on the 13th! It was seen off the Coast of Kaikoura on Nov. 13th, but its ETA from Panama was 10 am on Nov 14th in Wellington.
The Amazon Warrior came from Panama, was seen off of Kaikoura on the 13th and then went to anchor off of Cloudy Bay at the top of the South Island, across the channel from Wellington. If you are steaming to NZ from Panama, and your destination is Wellington, then there is no need to go an extra 95 miles south before arriving at your charted destination; after a long sea journey of 7,353 miles.
This fact alone shows that there was something very fishy going on in the state of Aotearoa.
If their scheduled arrival was for 10am on the 14th in Wellington, then their trip to Kaikoura was already calculated into their original ETA. The AW's estimated project-to-project transit speed is 17 knots or 19.5633 mph. Thus traveling the 7353 miles to NZ will take around 16 days, and the last report in Vessel Finder was Oct 25, 2016 17:52 UTC which was probably the departure time from Panama.
Roughly Oct 26 to Oct 13 is 19 days, so they left plenty of leeway to ensure they could make it to Kaikoura before heading to Wellington…however rather than 3 days leeway, it is only 2 days because NZ is one day ahead of Panama.
On a ship like the Amazon Warrior... to travel 95 miles distance from Kaikoura to Wellington it takes around 5 hours, so they have 1.75 days to engage in their seismic mayhem. The ship only pulled into Cloudy Bay to avoid the protesters at Wellington. Yea, rather obvious isn't it. By their deeds shall they shall be known.
Further information on the Amazon Warrior is available here and here.
The Amazon Warrior is owned by WesternGeco which is a geophysical services company. It is headquartered in the Schlumberger House on the property of London Gatwick Airport in Crawley, West Sussex, and also has an office in Denver CO. The company provides reservoir imaging, monitoring, and development services.
The company, a business segment of Schlumberger, offers 3D and time-lapse seismic surveys, electromagnetic surveys, and multicomponent surveys for delineating prospects and reservoir management.
The giant defense contractor Raytheon, now holds all 12 HAARP patents. HAARP devises can be made mobile on ships, such as the HAARP Sea-Based X-Band Radar (SBX) platform.
A HAARP phased array antenna system was transmitting the 2.5Hz ULF frequency and it triggered the 9.0 magnitude earthquake off of Japan and ensuing tsunami.
The earthquake inducing 2.5 Hz ULF frequency was being broadcasted for two days prior to March 11, 2011…during which time the sky over Tokyo turned red as the ionosphere was pulled down into the oxygen rich atmosphere. DARPA is also developing an airborne version of HAARP.
Any country that is in the way of an oil pipeline, has valuable and strategic resources, or threatens to drop the $US dollar standard – is in danger of being chemtrailed, HAARP zapped and attacked with earthquakes and extreme weather events.
The earthquake frequency can be focused on an area during a solar flare event or full moon and once the earthquake is triggered, a seismic research vessel like the Amazon Warrior can take readings of the shockwaves moving through the earth’s crust and get an excellent picture of oil deposits even at very deep levels.
Ray Tomes:
“America and NZ tested a system of using bombs to cause seismic activity and make tsunamis as a weapon in 1944 off the coat of NZ (yes, 72 years ago). "Preliminary modelling suggests that the earthquake was caused by a rupture of a northeast-striking fault that projects to the surface offshore"
The Amazon Warrior is due to commence imminent seismic testing for oil on behalf of Norwegian Oil giant Statoil. Seismic testing involves the dragging of a seismic airgun along the seabed, emitting seismic blasts every 10 seconds, 24 hours a day, from now until next May.
Statoil acquired their permit from American multinational oil corporation Chevron, and the permit extends along the eastern seaboard and to depths that are unprecedented for New Zealand.
Seismic blasting has been proven to be disruptive and harmful to sea life, including marine mammals, and is opposed by coastal fishing interests and eco-tourism operators including Ngāi Tahu’s Whale Watch ventures.
Chevron Corporation (NYSE: CVX) is an American multinational energy corporation. One of the successor companies of Standard Oil, it is headquartered in San Ramon, California, and active in more than 180 countries.
Standard Oil Co. Inc. was an American oil producing, transporting, refining, and marketing company. Established in 1870 by John D. Rockefeller as a corporation in Ohio, it was the largest oil refiner in the world of its time.
Tesla-HAARP-Earthquakes
Tesla quaked Manhattan around Houston St. with a small resonant device attached to a beam in his workshop/lab, and smashed it with a hammer when it started to shake things to a dangerous level, which stopped the quake instantly.
One of his basic working principles was resonance, mechanical and electromagnetic. It's how the Tesla coil drives up huge voltage on a low current.
HAARP is an adaptation of Tesla technology used for nefarious purposes. The microwave array broils the Upper Atmosphere to 100°F with a focused and steerable electromagnetic beam, that lifts areas of the ionosphere by heating those areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything - living and dead.
Along with chemtrails and this heating of the atmosphere with HAARP dries up precipitation thus producing drought. I learnt somewhere they
HAARP uses sunspot cycles, sunspots, solar flares, hurricanes, fault tension build ups etc... for a EMF assisted corporate-political warfare. HAARP is boost assist and director of natural energies. They can even reflect of the moon to generate massive explosions.
On the HAARP web site in 2001 discussed successful moon bounce experiments (done since the 1960's by HAM radio operators) see: HAARP array may use Moon as a reflector to reach distant targets on Earth to create Nuclear-Sized Explosions Without Radiation!. In order to target the moon you need a steerable array and three arrays minimum are required.
HAARP is capable of creating weather like hurricanes and tornadoes and tsunamis and earthquakes. It is also capable of altering people’s moods.
NASA tomographic image of the subducted Farallon Plate in the mantle beneath eastern North America
Earth tomography is used by the oil and gas industry to find deposits. Tomography refers to imaging by sections or sectioning, through the use of any kind of penetrating wave or mechanical method. ELF waves or extremely low frequency waves can trigger an earthquake on faults that have built up tension.
Thus a ship like Amazon Warrior with even weak exploratory ELF waves can trigger fault lines into concussive domino effect earthquakes of “any” magnitude depending on how much tension is held in the tectonic ridges.
HAARP Weapon How to Make an Earthquake
Conclusion
It appears that the earthquake was accidentally triggered by the Amazon Warrior's exploratory ELF waves...then they quickly pulled out of the area to avoid being held responsible, but didn't go to Wellington due to the protest, and possible fear of reprisal from the New Zealand Navy.
However it is illegal to travel through New Zealand waters and conduct personal "business" PRIOR to checking in officially at one's port of entry first.
I conclude that the 11/13 quakes were accidentally triggered by an oil exploratory vessel working for Chevron. So Chevron should be made responsible for picking up the tab for repairing the damage to the country’s infrastructure and the lives of the people by this little chiropractic adjustment to the backbone of New Zealand.
The ship went about their business conducting their "research" in New Zealand territorial waters PRIOR to officially checking in with customs.
Plus this sortie was premeditated due to the original ETA, and so their actions were criminal and secretive... by going for the gold (oil) first before being invited into the country.
However reading the shenanigans of US officials in Christchurch before and after the 2011 quake....it appears that the 11/13/16 quake swarm was likely deliberate, and appears to be an act of economic war.
Goldman Sachs appears to be undertaking economic warfare on areas to drive up the prices of its commodities and stocks, and to lay claim to resources.
Canadian wildfires, pipeline attacks in Nigeria and the Gulf Oil Spill are likely sabotage undertaken by Goldman Sachs to drive up prices for its own benefit.
In New Zealand now, the Christchurch and Kaikoura quakes and the Rena shipwreck toxic spill event are acts of war against a sovereign nation for economic gain and to intimidate and demoralize Kiwis into submission to the poisoning and sacking of their country.
On 5 October 2011 the Rena ran aground near Tauranga, New Zealand, resulting in an oil spill. The spill has been described as New Zealand's worst maritime environmental disaster.
The ship was carrying 1,368 containers, eight of which contained hazardous materials, as well as 1,700 tonnes of heavy fuel oil and 200 tonnes of marine diesel oil.
Goldman Sachs Now Sees Chevron Better Off Than Exxon Mobil. Goldman Sachs is now buying and selling enough natural gas to make it one of the key players on the market - even reportedly overtaking oil major Exxon Mobil and Chevron.
According to a recent regulatory filing, Goldman Sachs bought and sold 1.2 trillion cubic feet of physical gas in the U.S. in 2015, which equates to 25 percent of the country’s residential consumption and more than double its 2013 volumes.
These figures turn Goldman Sachs and its J Aron commodities division into the seventh largest gas marketer in North America.
Goldman Sachs, Chevron, the owners of the Amazon Warrior and the American Military Industrial Machine should be charged with war crimes, deliberate environmental sabotage and held accountable to damages.
John Kerry is in Bed with Goldman Sachs as is Evidenced by their Joint white Washing Projects
Secretary of State John Kerry and Lloyd C. Blankfein, chairman and CEO of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (NYSE: GS), in partnership with Harvard Kennedy School have announced the first-ever cross-border exchange and leadership program to support emerging women leaders across the private and non-profit sectors in the Middle East and Northern Africa.
Senator John Kerry appears to be Goldman Sachs running man, or rather flying man…but appears to be innocent of their crimes of international disaster capitalism.
John Kerry is the most Carbon Intensive Politician on the Planet - I guess we now know why John Kerry was making a short notice / unexplained trip to NZ right in the middle of a fierce US ‘elitecon’.
He went to Antarctica, which has a HAARP at the US base. Kerry is said to be on a climate saving mission. Speaking Sunday in Wellington, New Zealand before flying to Oman via Singapore…after NZ he flew to Oman, and another Arab Gulf states and then Morocco before winging to Peru and then back home.
John Kerry’s current trip could be said to be responsible for 853.4 metric tons of CO2 – as many as 52 average Americans produce in a year. The average CO2 emission for aircraft at 53.3 pounds per air mile. [ CarbonFootprint.com ]
The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness November 17 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / Sott
The mind, body and consciousness exist as a cybernetic loop in which the 3 systems are highly interlinked and dependent on each other.
Quantum theory of Mind body connection is a simple platform which helps a person to easily comprehend the inseparable connection between the mind and body.
Here are a few biochemical ways which can explain the interaction of mind body and consciousness with each other.
1. Mind Affecting Body
When we are at stress, Adrenaline is released at the end of neurons within a nano second in the sympathetic nervous system which further activates adrenaline gland to produce epinephrine and non epinephrine. This released hormones increase heart rate, blood pressure, gastric acidity and dampens immune system.
2. Body Affecting Mind
In a PTSD patient, who suffered from grievous physical injury develops uncontrollable stress.
The injury which the person gets build up inflammation and releases chemokines like Interleukin - 1 beta, interleukin - 6, Tumor necrosis factor and C - reactive protein to stimuilate hypathalamus to activate hypothalamo pituatory adrenal axis to activate release cortisols producing PTSD symptoms on one hand and increases adrenergic stimulation in the locus ceruleus nucleus of the brain there by impairing the synchronized activity of prefrontal cortex, amygdala and hippocampus leading to mental states ranging from stress to depression.
3. Body and Mind Affecting Consciousness.
Patients with hypoglycemia, hyponatremia and uraemia suffers from impaired consciousness, due to impaired biomoelular functioning of neurons in the brain.
For instance, if glucose goes down, neurons in the brain cannot generate ATP (Adenosine tri phosphate) from Krebs cycle for the functioning of voltage gated sodium and potassium channels in neurons that are vital for the functioning of consciousness.
This is a simple example to explain how bio molecular changes in the body can affect consciousness. When a person is suffering from psychosis, schizophrenia or extreme states of depression or stress, there is obviously a high unbalanced activity of cortical neurons due to exaggerated release of dopamine, decreased GABA release and other neurotransmitter imbalances.
4. So How Does the Consciousness Affect the Mind and Body?
To find out how, let us go to the quantum world residing in the human body. The human body is in real a cohesive existence of mind, body and consciousness. A tiny alternation in any one of the system can affect the other two systems regardless of time and space.
So what is quantum theory of mind body connection? It is simply 5 postulations made on various bio-molecular observation, evidence based research and metaphysical strategies.
To begin with, the quantum theory of mind-body connection put forth 5 simple laws that can help a pupil to discover and research to understand and comprehend the working of Mind body continuum.
The First Law
The mind body and consciousness are interlinked each other independent of time and space. This ideology forms the vital base of this theory. This fundamental law is the only bold and brave argument which is enough to explain the most puzzling questions about the mind body continuum that have passed throughout the centuries.
To enforce this idea, In 1933 researchers conducted a study in a US military base. They collected leucocytes from a donor and extracted the DNA. Thereafter, the donor was kept in a room at the military base and was subjected to emotional stimulation by showing him various video clips. These clips were capable of generating different emotions in the donor.
The result was amazing. It was noted that the donor’s extracted DNA exhibited the same electrical response as that of the donor himself and that too simultaneously without any time lag. In the follow-up to this experiment, the researchers dispatched the DNA sample approx. 350 miles away from the military base camp housing the donor.
The experiment was repeated. There was no change in the DNA’s response. The results were the same. It continued to be affected by the donor’s changing moods and feelings. It was then strongly established that the DNA has a wireless connect with its owner and his/her emotions.
This connection is independent of time and space. Living cells and human emotions communicate through a form of energy that exists everywhere and at all times. From this experiment it is evident that our emotions can influence thevery own living cells of our body independent of time and space.
The question lies in how this miracle happens? In my book “The Science of Emotions” I have put forth the new inevitable theory of quantum mechanics that is majestic enough to explain this mind body connection that works independent of time and space.
The Second Law
I call that theory of reality as “THE FAHADS MIND BODY QUANTUM EFFECT”. An effect that takes place independent of time and space.
When we integrate the quantum mechanics into the mind body system it can explain every single mind boggling problems in the mind body continuum. Quantum Entanglement is an excellent mechanics which can rejuvenate life in explaining the mind-body connection.
To illustrate, when the wave function of one atom A coalesces with the wave function of another atom B, both the atoms are in a state of entanglement. When we place atom A at one corner of the earth and atom B elsewhere and then bring about changes in atom A, atom B is affected.
It too exhibits the same changes and that too at the same time independent of time and place. This phenomenon is known as ‘quantum entanglement.’ In experiments conducted, laser beams were fired through a certain type of crystal thereby causing individual photons to split into pairs of entangled photons.
These split photons were then separated and placed miles away. It was seen that photon A takes an up-spin state. The entangled photon B though several miles away, took up a state relative to that of photon A (in this case a down-spin state).
Any change induced in photon A was reflected in photon B at the very moment it was induced in A.
This happened independent of time and space. Hence in quantum entanglement multiple particles are linked together such that the measurement of one particle’s quantum state determines the possible quantum state of the others.
This unique and extraordinary phenomenon in the quantum mechanics is just the same that happens in the mind body continuum. So how does the quantum entanglement can explain the mind-body connection?
According to the The Fahads mind-body quantum effect, it states that: “When the wave function of atoms of the human mind is coalesced with the wave function of the atoms of the human body, any change brought about in the atoms of the human mind (in the form of thoughts or emotions) affects the atoms (carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen etc) of human body independent of time and space”.
The Third Law
After the reckless efforts to localize mind in brain, some neuroscients had to rewrite that mind can never be localized to a certain area of the complex brain.
So what is the nature of human mind and where is the mind in human body? The human mind is an electromagnetic energy field that exists throughout body that can never be localized in the brain. This field carries information that decides the nature and functioning of the living cells. How is the human mind controlling the living cells of our body? Before establishing how the mind control the living cells let us see this experiment.
In a study it was found that adrenaline produced in the body acts specifically on the receptors that it had to, while the adrenaline that was injected from outside (which was not produced in the body) acted randomly at all the receptors.
Which clearly proves that the adrenaline produced in the body carried ‘information’ that the exogenous adrenaline did not have.
Whereas the Vector Equilibrium represents the ultimate stillness of energy, the Torus shows us how energy moves in its most balanced dynamic flow process. The important thing to understand about the torus is that it represents a process, not just a particular form
This information is the matrix that decides the functioning of the cells. This matrix is a natural rhythm in the human body similar to the circardian rhythm and pacemaker cells of our body which maintains a natural harmony of physiological function of the cells in our body .
However this matrix is influenced by the electromagnetic field of mind that comprises of information in the forms of emotions or thoughts.
As a parable, It happens when the two ripples of waves meet each other which is produced in the same pond, by dropping two stones at short distance from each other. To recapitulate we can say that the information in the human mind influences the matrix that governs the functioning of living cells in the form of energy.
The Fourth Law
The question is “Is this possible?” Does this postulation really happen in the real biology of life? The information carried in the human mind is none other than our emotions and thoughts.
Our emotions exist in our body in the form of electromagnetic waves that can be detected and mapped with the modern technologies like emotograph. It has been found from a research that the positive emotions like love had high frequency and lower wave length while the negative emotions like fear had lower frequency and higher wavelength.
Due to their respective wave nature of emotions, Positive emotions like Love due to its high frequency it was able to act at multiple focal points on the DNAs antenna causing DNA to relax and express its codons to translate the respective proteins whereas the negative emotions like Fear was able to act at few focal points causing less expression of the DNAs codons.
In addition, quantum physics no longer consider the atoms are as a matter rather as a vibrating energy fields. 99.99999% of the atoms space is energy that keeps on vibrating non locally!
So when the wave form of emotions hit with the waves of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen atoms of the very DNA, it is actually tunneling protons and electrons with each others altering genes in the DNA in diverse probabilities and non locally.
The Fifth Law
From this same experiment, it is evident that depending on the information in the emotions, the activity and functioning of the DNA of the cell is influenced and regulated. From this ground breaking research it can be said that:
“Depending upon the information in the human mind the activity and functioning of the living cells changes accordingly”.
In other words if the information in the mind is positive, the living cells exhibit positive results and positive outcomes and if the information in the mind in negative, the living cells exhibit negative results and negative outcomes.
From this research I further extend the postulation as:
“If the information in the human mind is positive the functioning of the cells will be in a positive state and if the information in the human mind is negative the functioning of the living cells will be in a negative state”
This can be used as a scale to measure the probability of the physical manifestations of human mind in the body.
The positive biochemical process like anti aging, tissue regeneration and balanced metabolism can be compared with positive emotions and Autoimmune disorders, decreased functioning of immune cells and other metabolic disorders can be compared with negative emotions.
Today there are even evidences and comprehensive research on the epigenetic modulation of human emotions over the functioning of our DNA at biomolecular levels like neuropeptides and even electromagnetic waves aiding DNA methylation, histone acteylation and other process over DNA to drastically change its performance.
In sum, consciousness is a supreme field of the human body that can alter the mind and the body through invisible and detectable electromagnetic influence.
So by Summating the Quantum Theory on the Mind Body Connection:
1. The mind body and consciousness are interlinked each other independent of time and space.
2. When the wave function of atoms of the human mind is coalesced with the wave function of the atoms of the human body, any change brought about in the atoms of the human mind (in the form of thoughts or emotions) affects the atoms (carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen etc) of human body independent of time and space. This is known as The Fahads Mind Body Quantum Effect.
3. The information in the human mind influences the matrix that governs the functioning of living cells in the form of energy.
4. Depending upon the information in the human mind the activity and functioning of the living cells changes accordingly
5. If the information in the human mind is positive the functioning of the cells will be in a positive state and if the information in the human mind is negative the functioning of the living cells will be in a negative state.
Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness
British scientist Rupert Sheldrake has been speaking about the cutting edge of the new cell biology since 1981, when he published his groundbreaking book, A New Science of Life: The Hypothesis of Formative Causation.
Despite hostile, ad hominem attacks of his ideas that cell growth is directed by more than mere genetic coding, Sheldrake's critics have produced neither valid arguments nor evidence that counters his laboratory observations and theories.
Morphic Fields
Sheldrake proposes that "memory" is inherent in cells, and that life exhibits "evolutionary habits," a quality that Darwin also noted. "Cells come from other cells and inherit fields of organization" and that morphogenesis innately depends on organizing those fields, which he refers to as morphic fields.
For instance, since the genetic basis of cell reproduction is so similar, it is the morphogenetic field of a specific organism that causes the development of a specific shape - a pink flower with five petals as opposed to an Orca Killer Whale or a Colorado Spruce. The fundamental materialistic views still held by the majority of biologists resist the implications of such a hypothesis, despite experimental evidence.
But his credentials are impeccable: He is a former Research Fellow of the Royal Society, obtained degrees from both Cambridge and Harvard, and held research directorships and fellowships with prestigious organizations around the world, including California's Institute of Noetic Sciences. Additionally, he has published over eighty scientific papers, ten books, appears on television shows internationally, and writes for newspapers and magazines regularly.
An Interview with Rupert Sheldrake
SuperConsciousness had the great honor of speaking with Dr Sheldrake about his work as well as the challenges of addressing personal attacks by pseudo-skeptics.
SC: Please explain morphic resonance for our readers.
RUPERT SHELDRAKE: Morphic resonance is the way that things tune into each other. It works on the basis of similarity, the same principle as ordinary resonance.
For instance, if you push down the loud pedal of a piano and while holding it down you chant "ooh" into the piano strings, when you stop singing, the piano will go, "ooh," back. If you sing a specific pitch, let's say an "E," into the strings they will vibrate back that same "E." That's resonance.
Many modern technologies work on resonance; radio and television are both resonant technologies. For instance, radio works because we tune into the specific frequency of a particular radio station, say 99.8 on your FM receiver.
However, the room that you are currently standing in is filled with countless frequencies, including radio, television, and mobile phone transmissions. The reason we do not become overwhelmed is because we are not specifically tuned into their specific frequencies.
Morphic field
SC: You've extended the concept of morphic resonance into the biological science of plant and animal development.
SHELDRAKE: Yes. For example, a chrysanthemum plant, as it develops, it tunes in to past chrysanthemums, and a giraffe, as it develops, tunes in to past giraffes.
The DNA or the genetic material enables each living form to manufacture the correct proteins which are a part of their specific tuning system, just like each radio or television station transmits on their specific frequency.
For these electronics to be effective, they require both the correct electronic components as well as the specific tuning between them. This resonance is also true for the inheritance of form and the instincts in animals.
SC: If plants and animals develop in accordance with an invisible, interconnected, and underlying environmental system of information and frequency, that would mean that their growth is not exclusive to genetic information.
SHELDRAKE: Exactly. The conventional view tries to cram all the inherited information into the genes, but DNA is grossly overrated.
They simply don't do most of the things attributed to them. What we know they do for sure is to code for the structure of protein molecules.
SC: Is this a living field of information?
SHELDRAKE: It's a kind of collective memory. Every member of a species draws upon the collective memory of that species, and in turn contributes to it.
You could say it's like a collective consciousness, but actually it's more like the collective unconscious. We're always tuning into it and contributing to it, so it's a bit like the idea of the collective unconscious put forward by the psychologist C.G. Jung.
I'm suggesting that, for example, if somebody learns a new skill, say windsurfing, then the more people that learn it, the easier it becomes for everyone else because of morphic resonance.
However, if you train rats to learn a new trick in one place, like Los Angeles, then rats all over the world should be able to learn the trick more quickly because the first group of rats learned it.
That's what I'm saying morphic resonance does. It's the kind of interconnection between all similar organisms across space and time. It works from the past and connects like a kind of collective memory, and it interconnects all the members of a species.
SC: For the past thirty years, you have received quite of bit of resistance from the general scientific community. How significantly would the field of science change if your ideas about morphic resonance were to become fully accepted by the scientific as well as general audiences?
SHELDRAKE:First of all, at the scientific level, the main reason for the resistance is that most scientists are still locked into the materialist paradigm, the doctrine that the only reality is matter.
What my observations indicate is that there's more to nature than matter. There are also fields, resonant fields within the material systems, and that the so-called laws of nature are not fixed, they're more like habits.
These ideas would require a tremendous shift in thinking within science. Perhaps those ideas would not affect most people that much because they probably don't spend much time thinking about the laws of nature. But it would be a big shift at the foundations of science and that's why it's so controversial.
SC: Once the shift in fundamental perception occurs, wouldn't it impact the morphic field of most people in addition to scientists?
SHELDRAKE: Oh yes. It would affect our entire culture and the way we think of nature. We would begin to think of nature as alive and organic rather than mechanical. Science's present view of nature is based on the perception that nature is a machine and acts mechanically, whereas I'm saying nature is an organism, alive, and possesses a kind of memory.
SC: Once science evolves to accept the evidence of the morphic field, will it become easier for science to integrate a more comprehensive understanding of biological matter as energy, and that fluctuations in energy affect the materiality of life? SHELDRAKE: What we now understand in science is that activity in nature depends on energy, but energy can take any form. It's a bit like what the Hindus call Shakti; it's a kind of undifferentiated push that makes things happen. The same energy can power a computer, a TV, a hair dryer, or an electric toaster. It has no form of its own.
I suggest that the form the energy takes is determined, bound with, and organized by the fields. For instance, we know in modern physics that quantum fields organize quantum particles. We also know there are gravitational fields, electromagnetic fields, and in addition to those fields, there are also morphic fields — fields that organize the form and the behavior of animals and plants.
SC: So you are suggesting then that morphic fields are separate?
SHELDRAKE: Yes, it's a separate field. The gravitational field is separate from the electromagnetic field. It does different things, and quantum fields are different from gravitational fields and electromagnetic fields. We've already got quite a few fields in physics and one of the great challenges since the time of Einstein has been to find a unified field theory that would show how they're all related to each other.
However, physics is primarily concerned with electrons and stars and galaxies, and there's not a lot of attention put into the fields that govern living organisms, plants, ecosystems, etc.
SC: Is that because science perceives that it already understands biological processes?
SHELDRAKE: Yes, they think they do, but the point is they don't. Biologists think that they can reduce living processes to physics.
Physicists, on the other hand, do not claim that they understand the human mind, for example. Even within biology no one understands how minds work. And consciousness continues to be one of the greatest unsolved problems in science. It's not as if there is a perfectly good theory of consciousness that's not being accepted. There isn't a good theory at all within physics.
I'm pushing forward a view that the mind is a system of fields. The fields are in the brain but they extend beyond the brain, just like the field of a magnet is inside the magnet and extends around it. And the field of your cell phone is inside your cell phone, but it extends far beyond its circuits, invisibly. I suggest that the mind is totally detached from matter and time and space.
Morphic resonance fields
SC: And you see mind as a field as well?
SHELDRAKE: Yes, it's a field. Our minds extend into space and interconnect us with the environment around us. One important aspect of it is that we're interconnected with other members of social groups. Social groups also have morphic fields, for example a flock of birds, or a school of fish, or an ant colony. The individuals within the larger social groups and the larger social groups themselves have their own morphic fields, their own organizing patterns. The same is true of humans.
People form all sorts of social groups within modern society, such as a football team, for example. Each player in the team is working as part of a larger whole - the team - and the team works together to score goals.
The connections between members of social groups link them together through the morphic field. They're interconnected through this field and the field is an invisible interconnection that links them. It continues to do so even when they're far away.
The next time you are far away from somebody you know well, think about them and form the intention to telephone them. They may just pick up on that thought and start thinking about you.
Then all of a sudden the phone rings and it's that person. I call that telephone telepathy, and it is the most common kind of telepathy in the modern world. It's just another way in which we are all interconnected.
Natural Health: The Silver Bullet To Medical Vampires + Australia To Search Out And Prosecute Anti-Vax Nurses And Midwives; Calls For Public To Turn Them In November 16 2016 | From: Sott / NaturalBlaze / Various
It turns out that unvaccinated children aren't little time bombs walking around ready to blow and spread devastating disease in their wake. That's a myth. It's told by the medical cartel, for their own obvious reasons.
And it turns out that children raised in a healthy way are strong, and have strong immune systems. This was once viscerally known and understood and accepted as a truism. Related: CDC Blocks Whistleblower From Vaccine Injury Testimony
Those who insist on 50 or 60 shots of germs and toxic chemicals for every child, like it or not, are participating in an ongoing criminal enterprise.
Their vision is unnatural and perverse.
It turns out that stimulating the production of antibodies - which is the purpose of vaccines - is not the be-all and end-all of existence. It isn't the road to health. It isn't an automatic lease on life.
Every aspect of a child's life contributes to, or detracts from, his immune-system health and strength. This is traditional knowledge. This basic tree of knowledge has been shaken and hacked at by decades of remorseless propaganda from official medical/government/corporate mob bosses.
The vaccine establishment has become a protection racket. Take your shots or pay the social and political consequences.
Natural health is a reality. It isn't a stunt.
When smallpox ravaged England, it wasn't the lone work of a virus. It was sewage in the city streets, horrendous overcrowding, lack of basic nutrition, grinding poverty. It was also the smallpox vaccine:
"Smallpox, like typhus, has been dying out (in England) since 1780. Vaccination in this country has largely fallen into disuse since people began to realize how its value was discredited by the great smallpox epidemic of 1871-2 (which occurred after extensive vaccination)." (W. Scott Webb, A Century of Vaccination, Swan Sonnenschein, 1898.)
And then there is this:
“The combined death rate from scarlet fever, diphtheria, whooping cough and measles among children up to fifteen shows that nearly 90 percent of the total decline in mortality between 1860 and 1965 had occurred before the introduction of antibiotics and widespread immunization.
In part, this recession may be attributed to improved housing and to a decrease in the virulence of micro-organisms, but by far the most important factor was a higher host-resistance due to better nutrition."
-
Ivan Illich, Medical Nemesis, Bantam Books, 1977
Improve environmental conditions and the standard of living, and you pave the way for natural health. It's not a mystery. It never was.
The basic purpose of promoting these dud "epidemics" that come down the pipeline every few years is: to convince the population that they can't live in a state of natural health; there is no such thing as natural health; everyone must live their lives under the constant supervision of doctors.
This is becoming the central myth of our times. It is becoming the primary form of surrender. Natural health is a silver bullet to medical vampires.
How many studies can you find that investigate the factors of health in children who do quite well without overriding medical attention? How many studies in peer reviewed journals examine large groups of healthy unvaccinated children? None.
Health is basically a non-medical condition. The primary medical psyop is the effort to erase that understanding.
Every healthy unvaccinated child is a refutation of the medical cartel.
If your business is sickness, and you're unscrupulous, it stands to reason you'll try to find more and more sickness, even, and especially, where it doesn't exist.
You'll never study health, because it would put you out of business.
Australia To Search Out And Prosecute Anti-Vax Nurses And Midwives; Calls For Public To Turn Them In
While Australia whines about the lack of democracy and freedom in places like Syria, it is doing everything in its power to ensure that nothing resembling either of those things is allowed within its own borders.
Apparently having found itself in a race with France, Germany, the UK and the United States, for which country can eliminate personal liberties, freedom of speech - or even thought - while launching wars all across the world on the basis of protecting those things, Australia is proving itself to be a capable competitor.
The examples of Australia’s thought control policies are legion, but the most recent is surrounding the vaccination hysteria in the ability of free adults to choose whether or not they accept toxic chemicals (or life-saving medicines with no side effects) into their bodies.
According to a report by the Guardian, the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia has announced a fatwa of jihad against nurses and midwives who discourage vaccination or are critical of vaccines.
After releasing “vaccination standards” the board’s statement reads:
“The board is taking this opportunity to make its expectations about providing advice on vaccinations clear to registered nurses, enrolled nurses and midwives. The board expects all registered nurses, enrolled nurses and midwives to use the best available evidence in making practice decisions."
Of course, when the board says “best available evidence” it means vaccine fanaticism and unquestioning adherence to faith-based science.
Under Australian law, promoting false, misleading or deceptive information will be prosecuted by the Australian health practitioner regulation agency. The NMBA is specifically targeting nurses and midwives who question the safety or effectiveness of vaccination via social media.
The statement goes even further by urging members of the public to report nurses or midwives who are doing so – even on social media.
Obviously, Australia must consider one of its founding documents to be George Orwell’s 1984 although we are afraid Australian leadership may have missed the point of the book.
Professor of Midwifery at the University of Western Sydney, Dr. Hannah Dahlan supports the new policy. She says;
“I agree that they have a very serious obligation to provide the best available evidence, and it is of course concerning that some are taking to social media in order to express a position not backed by science.”
But Dahlan also says that she is worried that the policy may have some unintended effects.
“The worry,” she says, “is the confirmation bias that can occur, because people might say: ‘there you go, this is proof that you can’t even have an alternative opinion.’ It might in fact just give people more fuel for their belief systems.”
Actually, this is undeniably proof that you can’t even have an alternative opinion. In case Mrs. Dahlan’s degree did not require an understanding of logic, banning someone from expressing an alternative opinion does indeed serve as proof to them that they are not allowed to have an alternative opinion.
In all fairness, neither Dahlan nor the NMBA are saying you cannot have an alternative belief that contradicts the Borg. They are merely saying that if you express that belief even on social media, you will lose your job, have your license to practice taken away and possibly be sent to jail.
If anyone ever proved Voltaire’s statement that in order to learn who rules over you – simply find out who you are not allowed to criticize – the NMBA has closed the case.
Remember, when Dahlan worries about positions that are not backed by “science,” she does not mean science, but Big Pharma, the NMBA that Big Pharma owns and the Australian government. Coming from a government that only 40 years ago did not even consider its indigenous people to be humans, we definitely say there is room for error.
Predictably, the Australia Medical Association is getting in on the act too. The AMA President, Dr. Michael Gannon stated, “Immunization saves lives. That is an undeniable fact."
Notwithstanding the redundancy of the latter part of the brilliant Dr. Gannon’s statement, that immunization saves lives is very deniable and is in no way a fact.
Gannon also touted the government’s no jab, no pay policy as having improved public health because 6,000 children whose parents who had previously registered as conscientious objectors were effectively threatened with the possibility of not being able to feed those children, losing them, or losing their homes – into vaccinating.
Of course, Gannon’s statement proves nothing, except that 6,000 children were vaccinated, not that public health was improved.
Indeed, according to Gannon’s logic, we could disembowel 795 million people and claim that we eliminated world hunger. Thankfully, no one is arguing to do that, but let’s hope that Dr. Gannon is never made president of the World Food Program.
In all seriousness, however, the new initiative by the NMBA is just yet another example of the downward spiral of Australia and most of the Western world into authoritarianism and into a scientific dictatorship.
While Westerners shiver in fear over Vladimir Putin defending his borders, they are none the wiser as their own countries march directly down the same path as Russia in the early 20th century.
Eight Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us November 16 2016 | From: TheDailySheeple
It’s no secret that the US government continues to grow larger, more oppressive, and more authoritarian with each passing year. Comment: This is an American article but the principles are global.
If one were to attempt to write down all of the ways the government impedes liberty and stomps all over the people it is supposed to serve, it would take days… perhaps weeks… to accomplish. Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government
“The truth is that any form of authoritarian control - any type of “government,” whether constitutional, democratic, socialist, fascist, or anything else - will result in a set of masters forcibly oppressing a group of slaves.
That is what “authority” is - all it ever has been, and all it ever could be, no matter how many layers of euphemisms and pleasant rhetoric are used in an attempt to hide it."
-
Larken Rose
So, this list is by no means exhaustive, but here are 8 ways the control-freak US government is sabotaging freedom and making life more difficult for citizens.
1. The War on Drugs
Cannabis has been illegal at the federal level since 1970, when Congress placed it under Schedule I. It was supposed to be a provisional classification. Back then, not much was known about the plant.
In 1972, the National Commission on Marijuana and Drug Abuse released a report favoring decriminalization of cannabis. The Commission’s chairman, Raymond P. Shafer, presented a report to Congress and the public entitled “Marihuana, A Signal of Misunderstanding,” which favored ending marijuana prohibition and adopting other methods to discourage use.
The Commission’s report said that while public sentiment tended to view marijuana users as dangerous, they actually found users to be more timid, sleepy, and passive. It concluded that cannabis did not cause widespread danger to society. It recommended using social measures other than criminalization to discourage use, and compared its use to that of alcohol.
But the Nixon administration took no action to implement the recommendation, and the reasons are pretty damn nefarious:
President Richard Nixon saw pot prohibition as a way to destroy the antiwar left, according to clandestine recordings made by Nixon in the White House as well as statements from his staff to the press.
Nixon convened The National Commission on Marihuana and Drug Abuse (what became known as the Shafer Commission) to engineer scientific support for cannabis’s Schedule I placement.
“I want a goddamn strong statement on marijuana,” Nixon said in tapes from 1971. “Can I get that out of this sonofabitching, uh, domestic council? … I mean one on marijuana that just tears the ass out of them.”
Nixon aid John Ehrlichman told journalist Dan Baum in 1994, according to an article published in Harper’s Magazine in 2016, the truth about the origins of the War on Drugs:
"You want to know what this was really all about? The Nixon campaign in 1968, and the Nixon White House after that, had two enemies: the antiwar left and black people. You understand what I’m saying?
We knew we couldn’t make it illegal to be either against the war or black, but by getting the public to associate the hippies with marijuana and blacks with heroin, and then criminalizing both heavily, we could disrupt those communities.
We could arrest their leaders, raid their homes, break up their meetings and vilify them night after night on the evening news.
Did we know we were lying about the drugs? Of course we did."
The War on the People is a more apt title for Nixon’s sinister plan. Unfortunately, the consequences did not end with his reign: the long-term effects have been devastating to society. The US has the highest incarceration rate in the world (land of the free, indeed), and about half of those imprisoned are locked up on drug charges. Who pays for the drug war and the associated mass incarceration? Taxpayers. Each year, the war on drugs costs us $51,000,000,000.
And there’s no end in sight.
On August 11, 2016, the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) announced – for the 4th time – that it would not reclassify marijuana. The plant will remain a Schedule I drug. Despite a substantial and growing body of evidence that cannabis NOT a danger to society and even offers incredible health benefits, the agency has opted to keep it illegal at the federal level.
In 2014, via this program, 4,300,833 cannabis plants were seized, 6,310 arrests were made, and the value of assets seized from “cultivators” totaled $27,342,950.59.
Even states that have legalized marijuana for recreational use are not immune from the DEA’s eradication programs:
"Last year, they continued in Washington and Oregon. Full state breakdowns have not been provided, but a DEA spokesman said that just under 36,000 marijuana plants were destroyed in Washington last year at a cost to federal taxpayers of about $950,000, or roughly $26 per plant.
In many states, the eradication program money is used to fund aerial operations involving helicopters searching for marijuana plants. Sometimes, overzealous or untrained officers seize perfectly legal plants, like okra, mistaking them for marijuana."
On August 31, the DEA announced that it was going to wage war on another medicinal plant – kratom. The agency plans to list it under Schedule I, like cannabis.
A group of kratom vendors filed a lawsuit against the government to block the move, angry advocates took to social media in protest, and scientists expressed concern over whether they would be able to continue kratom research.
After widespread and VERY vocal outrage, the DEA announced it would postpone the scheduling…to allow time for the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to “expedite research” on the plant.
Translation: The DEA is going to get the FDA to pretend to investigate kratom. The FDA will not actually conduct any research, but will claim that it did, and will say it found that kratom is dangerous. The FDA will tell the DEA that listing the medicinal plant under Schedule I is justified.
The DEA will do that very thing, and the War on Drugs will shift its focus from cannabis (which is expected to become legal in at least five more states this year) to kratom.
You see, we can’t have kratom being legal and available, because it poses a serious threat to Big Pharma, and pharmaceutical companies and the FDA have a cozy relationship.
The FDA has a lot to lose by allowing medicinal plants to be fully legal: the agency has collected $7.67 billion in user fees since pharmaceutical manufacturers began paying the fees in 1992.
It costs big bucks to get the FDA to put its seal of approval on a drug. Both cannabis and kratom show a great deal of promise in treating and managing a wide range of serious and chronic health problems.
Kratom can be used in place of prescription opiates in the management of pain – and also can treat opiate addiction.
And because both cannabis and kratom are plants that are easily grown, we don’t need Big Pharma to provide them for us.
Meanwhile, one of the most dangerous and widely abused drugs remains legal and commonly prescribed: opiate painkillers. Since 1999, prescription opioids have killed over 190,000 people.
It used to be that police departments focused on solving real crimes – ones with an actual victim. But there’s no money to be made there. While the number of rapes that occur in the US is said to be steadily declining, the country still frequently finds itself among nations with the highest number of confirmed rapes in the world.
Obtaining physical evidence of rape is crucial to convicting offenders, and that evidence is collected via the use of rape kits.
But it seems that police departments don’t really care about nabbing rapists. After all, what’s in it for them?
"Last year, Harold Medlock, Chief of Police for the Fayettville Police Department in North Carolina, admitted that between 1995 and 2008, 333 of their rape kits were destroyed to make more space in their evidence room, of which, 167 were for unsolved crimes."
Even when these kits aren’t destroyed, many of them sit around for years without being tested. It’s been estimated that there is a massive backlog of about 400,000 rape kits in this country, though the actual number may be even higher since many police departments don’t keep track of this statistic.
Rapists are free, roaming the streets…while non-violent drug users are locked in cages.
“Law enforcement” departments and the government are using sophisticated surveillance and tracking technology to watch us and catch us breaking the smallest of laws (license plate readers can now inform police if you have not gotten car inspections or complied with emissions test requirements, for example).
You would think that all of this technology would mean more actual, violent crimes are being solved. Not so – in fact, despite the ever-growing police state, cops are solving LESS murders:
"In criminal justice, clearance rates are used as a measure of crimes solved by the police. The clearance rate is calculated by dividing the number of crimes that are “cleared” (a charge being laid) by the total number of crimes recorded.
In the United States, the murder clearance rate in 1965 was more than 90 percent. Since the inception of the war on drugs, the murder clearance rate has plummeted to an average of less than 65 percent per year.
This decline is in spite of there being far fewer murders. It is also in spite of new technological developments to help police solve crimes, like DNA testing, advanced forensic labs, and unethical spying devices like the stingray."
Solving rapes and murders are not profitable endeavors for police departments.
Speaking of that, there’s something else government thugs like to do…
2. Civil Asset Forfeiture
This racket allows armed government thugs cops to seize your property – cash, jewelry, cars – and even your home – without charging or convicting you with a crime. The Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments are supposed to prohibit the governmental takings of life, liberty, or property without due process of law, but the thugs have found a way around that.
In civil asset forfeiture cases the government proceeds directly against your property. YOU don’t need to be convicted of a crime, so criminal procedure does not apply. And because the forfeiture is against your property, you are a third party claimant in related court proceedings.
This practice is, in essence, legalized theft.
Asset forfeiture creates huge incentives for law enforcement officers to “police for profit.” The money can be used for salaries and to purchase advanced equipment and all kinds of fun stuff for police departments.
In 2014 alone, federal authorities seized over $5 billion in assets. That’s more than the $3.9 billion stolen by everyday criminals in the same year.
That’s right: Law enforcement agencies are stealing more from us than the criminals cops are supposed to protect us from. Wrap your head around that.
3. Expanding Police State
George Orwell’s classic novel was not meant to be an instruction manual, but here we are.
"Americans may not be able to admit it to themselves but the military soldiers parading on the streets as police officers, police-operated tanks, and horrifying number of imprisoned citizens have spoken for them. The number of Americans brutalized physically and mentally by those who are sworn to “serve and protect” are speaking clearly enough.
The relatively recent concept of “pain compliance,” “rough interrogation,” and “rough rides” coupled with the long held tradition but fast increasing commonality of direct beatings, shootings, murders, and “on-site executions” by police in America have had the final say."
And we, the taxpayers, are being forced to pay for this.
The amount spent on domestic counter-terrorism since 9/11 is a shocking $1 trillion. This is only for “homeland security measures,” not the overseas so-called War on Terrorism. Yet, we are more likely to be killed by a police officer than by a terrorist. Go figure.
4.
For-Profit Prisons
Yes, there are industries that profit from people being locked up. Police unions, private prison corporations, and prison guard unions are three of them.
Continuing the War on Drugs, which leads to nearly half of all imprisonments, benefits the alcohol and beer industries, and of course – Big Pharma (those industries hate competition!). All of these groups have powerful lobbies that influence policy.
5. Destruction of the Healthcare System
The Obama administration promised Americans that the Affordable Care Act (ACA) would allow us to keep our plans and our doctors, that our premiums would be lower, that families making less than $250,000 per year would not see any form of tax increase, that we would have more choices and lower costs, and that every American would be insured.
Not a single one of those promises has been kept. In fact, the opposite of every one of those claims is now true, and the middle class is suffering the most.
Prior to the birth of the ACA, government meddling in healthcare made it more expensive, as the Mises Institute explains:
"The U.S. “health care cost crisis” didn’t start until 1965. The government increased demand with the passage of Medicare and Medicaid while restricting the supply of doctors and hospitals. Health care prices responded at twice the rate of inflation.
…
The history of medical cost inflation and government interference in health care markets appears to support the hypothesis that prices were set by the laws of supply and demand before 1980 and perhaps 1990.
Even the degree of monopolization and nationalization promoted by politicians before 1965 was not enough to cause significant cost inflation and spending increases until demands created by Medicare and Medicaid outstripped the restricted supply of physicians and hospitals."
This should have been a cautionary tale, but government is not one to learn from history (nor does it care, as long as there is a chance to extort money from the people). Instead of butting out of the healthcare market, the government doubled down.
"...Americans also spend large amounts of private funds on health care. And, thanks to continued increases in health care regulation brought on by Obamacare, health care premiums will continue to increase.
In June the Associated Press reported: “Premiums for popular low-cost medical plans under the federal health care law are expected to go up an average of 11 percent next year…’Premiums are going up faster in 2017 than they have in past years,’ said Cynthia Cox, lead author of the analysis.”
Essentially, Americans pay twice for health care. They pay once through taxation and regulation which increases subsidies. The subsidies in turn raise prices, just as subsidies always do (ceteris paribus). And then, Americans pay a second time when the time comes to pay those subsidy-inflated prices out of pocket."
Expect this to get worse. As Obamacare collapses, single payer will be ushered in.
If the government wants your private property for their purposes, they may take it or regulate it through the power of eminent domain. Government officials can legally force you to sell them your property if they want the land for redevelopment plans, for instance.
In 2005, the U.S. Supreme Court decided (Kelo v. London) that held government officials could use eminent domain to take private property based on nothing more than a promise to generate more tax revenue.
A large eminent domain case is currently being argued in Connecticut, and it is particularly disturbing. Instead of the government contacting a private developer to advance a redevelopment plan (as in Kelo), the reverse is happening.
That is, the government of West Haven didn’t come up with the idea to tear down private properties to build a shopping mall – a private developer did, and it is using the force of government to get what it wants. This is not only wrong, but is unconstitutional.
Speaking of government taking property…
7. Property Taxes
You don’t truly own much in the US these days. Even if your home or car is paid for in full, the government will expect you to pay taxes on those pieces of property for eternity. And if you fail to pay, guess what? They’ll come and take it…no matter how little you “owe.”
In one particularly heinous example of this, a woman lost her home over an unpaid interest charge of a whopping $6.30.
"All you have to do is miss a tax payment for the harsh reality of home “ownership” to slap you in the face.
Eileen Battisti of Aliquippa, PA, found that out the hard way. When Anthony, her husband, died in 2004, she paid off the mortgage with proceeds from his life insurance.
In September 2011, she lost her home, valued at around $280,000, over an unpaid interest charge of $6.30.
Xui Lui of Georgia purchased a condo in 2011. She paid for the unit in cash, but didn’t pay a $95 tax bill for the property that year.
In 2014, Lui received notice that her home was sold at auction over the unpaid bill, despite her having paid all city and county taxes every year except for the first year she bought the condo!
Certified letters warning Lui of the outstanding tax bill were returned to the city because a clerical error didn’t include her full address.
City officials themselves never picked up on the problem either, despite the fact that the notices sent to Lui kept being returned to sender. The problem? The warnings were mailed without Lui’s name or address posted on the letters.
An October 2014 update on this case states that Lui was offered the option to keep her condo…if she paid $300 in late fees – for something that wasn’t even her fault.
Charles Hugh Smith says, “If we understand property taxes as a ‘lease from the local government for the right to gamble on another housing bubble arising,’ we see ‘ownership’ in a different light.”:
"If the homeowner owes local government $13,000 a year in property taxes, what does the homeowner “own” once they pay $260,000 in property taxes over 20 years?"
"The American income tax is perhaps the most dramatic example of how government grows at the expense of liberty. Slowly. Constantly. Inexorably."
A chart created by ATR shows just how much the income tax alone has grown since its inception:
In 2015, Americans handed over more than five trillion dollars to federal, state, and local governments – about 30 percent of what they earn.
If you worked during all 52 weeks of 2015, more than 16 weeks of your labor went to the IRS. That’s almost $1 trillion more than we spend on food, clothing, and housing put together.
Of course, the income tax is far from being the only tax we are forced to pay, as Michael Snyder explains:
"...there are dozens of other taxes that Americans pay every year. Of course not everyone pays all of these taxes, but without a doubt we are all being taxed into oblivion. It is like death by a thousand paper cuts.
Our politicians have become extremely creative in finding ways to extract money from all of us, and most Americans don’t even realize what is being done to them. By the time it is all said and done, a significant portion of the population ends up paying more than half of what they earn to the government."
Snyder then goes on to list 97 other taxes Americans pay. NINETY-SEVEN.
I believe Ron Paul and Judge Andrew Napolitano said it best…
This concludes Part 1 of our exploration of the ways government stomps all over us. Stay tuned for Part 2.
World’s Biggest Seismic Testing Ship - Amazon Warrior - Parked On Top Of New Zealand Fault Line & 6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2 November 15 2016 | From: MediaWhores / RT / Various
If you were planning to do seismic blasting off the coast of a Country, the best time to do it would be with the full moon wouldn’t it? So that people only discuss that as the possible reason.
The World’s biggest seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior was photographed off Rarangi Beach in Cloudy Bay last night. Right on top of a major fault line.
It has now been well reported (in the real / social media) that the US State department had advanced knowledge of the Christchurch Quakes – with John Key saying they were “man made” earthquakes.
Surely the oil company banker would know? Plus the usual dose of foreign spies with extra passports on scene – as there always is with most of these events.
Kaikoura was clearly the target – now destroyed, and that basin is full of the precious oil for the foreign bankers and the only thing stopping them was the people of Kaikoura - now homeless and to be relocated by NZ Navy ship.
US disaster relief ‘FEMA’ was in Christchurch the week before the Christchurch earthquake also. Strange how they seem to know when the quakes will strike isn’t it.
Surely John Key, Simon Bridges and their fellow foreign banker mafia should now be rounded up for questioning. People have died.
Or perhaps Kiwis should just be thankful they haven’t been carpet bombed, like the same “club” has done to Iraq, Libya and Syria for their resources. And Afghanistan for its opium of course.
The USGS website showed that the entire "Ring of Fire" volcanic area was triggered, with over 30 local aftershocks at the time of writing
The semi-retarded Government sponsored “experts” are all over the media today explaining that there is no way such ships have the technology to trigger such a large quake.
As if they would have access to accurate info on the latest military technology.
6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2
A new earthquake measuring 6.2 has struck 39km west of Kaikoura, New Zealand. This is one of the most powerful in a series of tremors that followed a 7.8 magnitude quake which struck the town, located some 180km northeast of Christchurch, on Sunday.
Local residents Chris and Viv Young look at damage caused by an earthquake along State Highway One near the town of Ward, south of Blenheim on New Zealand's South Island, November 14, 2016
The quake took place at around 12:30am GMT at a depth of 8.3 kilometers, and was initially measured at 6.8, but was later downgraded to 6.2 by USGS.
Meanwhile GeoNet, the official source of geological hazard information for New Zealand, measured the latest quake at 6.3 and said its depth was around 35 kilometers.
At least two people were killed following the initial quake which struck New Zealand just after 11:00am GMT on Sunday (12:02am Monday local time).
The ministry of civil defense immediately issued a warning saying that a “destructive tsunami” with waves of up to five meters (16 feet) was possible. The ministry treated the possibility of a tsunami as “an event of life-threatening or national significance.”
Tsunami warning sirens notified residents in coastal areas of New Zealand to leave for higher ground. Police and emergency workers mobilized in the wake of the quake to help with evacuations. Authorities eventually downgraded tsunami warnings around the country after people fled and the waves arrived two hours later.
“We've canceled the tsunami warning in place for Wellington to Banks Peninsula. Based on all available data, the tsunami threat has now passed,” Civil Defense said in their latest bulletin, stressing that coastal areas could still “experience unusual, strong currents and sea level fluctuations.”
New Zealand Prime Minister John Key confirmed that at least two people were killed. Police said one person died in Kaikoura and another died in Mt. Lyford, a nearby ski resort, AP reported. Police also say that several people had suffered minor injuries in Kaikoura.
A local state of emergency was declared in Kaikoura and Hurunui. Roads in Canterbury and Marlborough have been severely damaged. Trains and ferries between North and South Islands were also affected by the quake. Authorities are now assessing the extent of the damage from the quake.
After the initial 7.8 disaster, all trains on South Island were initially stopped but KiwiRail later resumed services between Christchurch and Invercargill, local media reported.
Power and phone lines outages were also reported in addition to the structural damage to homes.
“It was the most significant shock I can remember in Wellington,” PM Key told reporters. “There will be quite major costs around roads and infrastructure.”
This Was Not A Vote, It Was An Uprising November 15 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Dear Readers: The article below has come to me. I am unable to ascertain if it is a published statement or one of those items sent around the Internet. Nevertheless, I do believe that it captures the attitude of those Americans who in the vast majority of the states gave their vote to Donald Trump.
The optimism expessed in the article might be unrealistic. In order to prevail over the Oligarchy, President Trump will need a government as strong as he appears to be. He cannot find the strength he needs for his government among the usual Washington, Wall Street, and corporate sources. If he selects from these people, he will be impotent. Related: ‘Relaxed & full of good ideas’: Farage first UK politician to meet US President-elect Trump
The question is: who is his transition team? Are they focused on making nice with the Oligachs? If so, there will be no change.
The Democratic Party failed America for the eight years of the Clinton Regime, which committed war crimes and overthrew a sovereign government on the basis of lies. The George W. Bush Regime originated the Middle East wars entirely on the basis of lies.
These wars have resulted in the deaths, maiming, and dislocation of millions of peoples who have sought refuge from America’s aggression in Europe.
The corrupt Obama Regime has continued and expanded Bush’s illegal wars and stupidly brought the US into conflict with Russia and China, either one of which can destroy the United States of America.
Now we have the psychopath George Soros funding hired protesters, who are bussed from protest to protest, in an effort to delegitimize the Trump presidency.
This is an act of treason, but oligarchs such as Soros are above the law. They are never held accounable. Trump should arrest Soros and put him on trial.
Trump says that he wants to bring the oligarchs under the law. If he fails, America fails with him.
This wasn’t an election. It was a revolution.
It was midnight in America. The day of the election millions Americans got up and stood in front of the Machine, the great iron wheel that had been grinding them down. They stood there even though the media told them it was useless.
They took their stand even while all the chattering classes laughed and taunted them as white trash racists.
They were fathers who couldn’t feed their families anymore. They were mothers who couldn’t afford health care. They were workers whose jobs had been given to foreigners in foreign countries so that the incomes of oligarchs could rise.
They were sons who didn’t see a future for themselves. They were daughters afraid of the undocumented illegals flooding into their towns. They took a deep breath and they stood.
They held up their hands and the great iron wheel stopped.
Blue America crumbled. The Blue States fell one by one. Ohio. Wisconsin. Pennsylvania. Iowa. The white working class that had been overlooked and trampled on for so long got to its feet. It rose up against its oppressors. The rest of the nation, between the West coast and the North East coast - the fly-over zone - rose up with it.
They fought back against their jobs being shipped overseas while their towns filled with migrants that got everything while they got nothing. They fought back against a system in which they could go to jail for a trifle while the elites could violate the law and still stroll through a presidential election.
They fought back against being told that they had to watch what they say.
They fought back against being held in contempt because they wanted to work for a living, take care of their families, and protect the sanctity of marriage.
And they won.
This wasn’t a vote. It was an uprising.
Like the ordinary men chipping away at the Berlin Wall, they tore down an unnatural thing that had towered over them. And as they watched it fall, they marveled at how weak and fragile it had always been. And how much stronger they were than they had ever known.
Who were these people? They were the neglected in the fly-over country that is the heart of America. They didn’t have univeristy degrees, and they had never set foot in a Starbucks to pay $5 for a cup of coffee.
They were the white working class. They didn’t talk right or think right. They had the wrong ideas, the wrong clothes and the ridiculous idea that they still mattered.
They were told they were wrong about everything. Illegal immigration. Black Lives Matter, but not jobs for the oppressed middle class. Manufacturing is unnecessary for an economy in which financial profits are all important. Transgendered bathrooms. Same gender marriages. Americans were supposed to bow down and surrender to a handful of perverts.
60 Minutes Preview: Donald Trump
Told that the future belongs to the metrosexual dot com transgendered globalist, and not to the guy who once had a good job before the globalist corporations with Washington’s blessings sent it to China or Mexico, real Americans revolted.
White trash American couldn’t change anything, declared the pundits. But instead of adapting to the inevitable future of America’s demise, they got in their pickup trucks and drove out to vote.
And they changed everything.
Barack Hussein Obama boasted that he had changed America. And he did for the worse. A billion regulations, millions of immigrants, a hundred thousand lies and it was no longer our America.
White Trash America voted and sent Obama to Hell. They walked through him and through the Democratic Party like the wet paper bag that they are.
Voters abandoned the party that had sold out the American people. More black Americans voted for Trump than voted for Romney.
The election repudiated the Obamas, the Clintons, the celebrities, and the media. Americans turned the One Percent’s world upside down.
CNN is weeping. MSNBC is wailing. ABC calls it a tantrum. NBC damns it. It wasn’t supposed to happen. The same machine that crushed the American people for six straight terms, the mass of neoconned government, globalist corporations and oligarch-financed non-profits that ran the country, was set to win. Or so they thought.
Instead the people stood in front of the Machine. They blocked it with their votes even though the media told them Hillary was the certain winner.
They mailed in their absentee ballots even while Hillary Clinton was planning her fireworks victory celebration. They looked at the empty factories and barren farms. They drove through the early cold. They waited in line. They came home to their children to tell them that they had done their best for their future. They bet on America. And they won.
They are tired of the absence of affordable health care and recognize the fraud of Obamacare.
They are tired of unemployment and of being lied to.
They are tired of watching their sons come back in coffins so that the military/security complex could continue to loot America with their wars.
They are tired of being called names and watching the theft of their country.
They understood that Trump was right. The election was their last hope, their last chance to save themselves and their country. And they did.
This election was not about who gets to use the female toilet. It wasn’t about whether it is racist to enforce the immigration laws. It wasn’t about how men, however uncouthly, express their sexual interest in women.
It was about suffering Americans, whose names no one except a server and the NSA will ever know, fighting back against their oppression.
It was about the homeless woman guarding Trump’s star.
It was about the betrayed Democrats searching for someone to represent them in Ohio and Pennsylvania. It was about the union men who refused to sell out their futures and vote for a Democrat who is an agent of the One Percent.
The media will never interview those men and women. We will never see their faces. But they are us and we are them. They came to the aid of a nation in peril.
They did what real Americans have always done. They did the impossible.
10 Monumentally False Claims Made By Conventional Medicine About Health + How Far Has The Medical Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath? November 14 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / PreventDisease / Various
The grossly deceptive world we live in couldn’t be better exemplified than by conventional medicine. More and more people are expressing their distrust.
It starts with a deliberately narrow corporate-sponsored curriculum in medical schools. This essentially mechanistic, pharmaceutical drug-based approach to health takes the focus of attention away from other alternative health practices to reduce competition.
In research institutions, ulterior motives find their way into corporate-sponsored bad science to favour desired experimental outcomes related to profit. Crooked approval bodies then turn a blind eye to a new product’s potential harm while there are agendized political self-interests from corrupt politicians having their hand in allowing the product to get into the market.
Then there’s the paid-off mainstream media to repetitively spread the related lies, deception and cover-ups. In short, money is stronger than truth.
The health care system is a dismal failure because of these greed-driven corporations, governments and related crooked institutions. Indeed, they don’t have our best interest at heart and are capable of doing far more harm than good.
In light of this, here are 10 monumentally false claims made by conventional medicine about health:
False Claim #1 – The Zika Virus Causes Birth Defects
Because of a lack of scientific evidence, particularly from Brazil in recent months, the claim that the Zika virus causes microcephaly (severe birth defects resulting in an abnormally small head circumference) has received some major challenges. The CDC claimed that Zika was mainly transmitted via the mosquito Aedes Aegypti.
They stated that the transmitted virus finds its way into the pregnant mother and then infects her foetus causing microcephaly.
However, the Brazilian health authorities admitted that there was some other cause-and-effect relationship because of the lack of evidence supporting the mosquito claim. This was backed up by a recent study from the New England Journal of Medicine. Having examined 12,000 Zika-infected women no microcephaly was found. So it was concluded that Zika does not cause microcephaly.
Consider the media-hyped hysteria prior to this conclusion. What about the unnecessary toxic chemical spraying to kill off the disease-carrying mosquitoes, forced abortions, vaccines and drugs used as countermeasures based on a false pretext? Then there are the biotech companies who greatly benefited from manufacturing their GM mosquitoes.
The Zika claim was a deliberately created scam for profit and the advancement of hidden agendas, such as a depopulation agenda (Agenda 21 aka 2030), typical of a false flag disease. Whether it’s Zika or any other claim more people need to wake up and recognise the patterns that make up a false flag disease to then take the necessary opposing action…
False Claim #2 - EMFs (Electromagnetic Fields) Don’t Cause Harm
The harmful effects of invisible EMFs are only perceived when ill-health manifests as a consequence of usage: Used in conjunction with the various wireless apps, cell phones, laptops, tablets… then there are smart meters, microwave ovens and other radiations sources, these EMF sources interfere with our own natural bio-electromagnetic energy fields.
False Claim #3 - Only Conventional Medicine Can Effectively Treat The Life-Threatening Illnesses Such As cancer, Heart Disease And Diabetes
As already mentioned with medical schools, when it comes to the treatment of disease, anything outside of conventional medicine’s mechanistic, pharmaceutical drug-based approach is basically ignored.
Very little, or not enough time (if any time at all), is devoted to the highly effective roles played by the mind-body-spirit connection, nutrition, water and the environment in health and healing.
In relationship to health and healing, how can anyone not give these factors serious attention when they address the very fabric of our being?
This wilful ignorance has made conventional medicine blind to the facts that there are cheaper, non-toxic, natural, alternative approaches that have produced highly effective results though addressing the above factors and are capable of curing life-threatening disease.
False Claim #4 - Diet / Nutrition Does Not Play A Major Role In The Prevention / Reversal Of Cancer
Following on from 2, using cancer as an example and the role nutrition plays in the prevention/reversal of the life-threatening illnesses. Conventional medicine’s wing, the Cancer Research establishment, has basically ignored the life-saving, healing capabilities of diet/nutrition. Take, for instance, the acid and alkaline diets:
It has been established that the body’s blood pH lies somewhere between 7.3 – 7.45. If your blood pH is outside this range then you’d be dead. If someone eats toxic acid foods (essentially junk food) frequent and long-term, lowering the blood’s pH, then this could lead to a serious illness such as cancer.
The healthier option is to eat alkaline foods (e.g. pineapple juice, greens such as broccoli, spinach, watercress and the anti-cancer B17 rich foods like apricots or almonds…etc) that alkalize the body, give rise to a higher blood pH.
Further, conventional medicine has invalidated, suppressed or even ridiculed a number of brilliant and humane innovators with their cancer cures related to diet/nutrition.
There are, for examples, the highly effective Gerson Therapy pioneered by Max Gerson, Harry Hoxey’s herbal remedies and Dr Tullio Simoncini’s ‘Cancer is a Fungus’ using sodium bicarbonate injections. All these innovations deal with a metabolic dietary deficiency related to a frequent and long-term bad acid diet.
Not true. All the cancer establishment can say for sure is that mammograms detect cancer. For breast cancer, the early detection claim is a myth because at this stage it cannot be known whether the cancer will turn out to be benign or harmful.
Although there is no proof, the cancer establishment is more likely to say that the cancer will be harmful: There’s a lot of money to be made from their offered treatment so biasing; erroneously concluding ‘test positive’ results regularly occurs.
For instance, from a recent Swedish study involving some 60,000 women it was found that 70% of the cancer detected mamographically were not tumours as claimed. They were in fact benign.
Incidentally, mammograms increase the chances of cancer because of the radiation effects. The safer, alternative option for breast cancer screening is infra-red thermography.
False Claim #6 - GMOs Are Safe While Feeding The World With Higher Yields
Tainting ecosystems; chemical toxicity, destroying species, wreaking havoc on farmlands, creating superweeds giving rise to superbugs and introducing unnatural factors into our food supplies… the harmful effects of GM foods are beyond dispute.
For well over 50 years, the biotech industry has had one major misunderstanding: It’s the idea that 1 gene codes for 1 protein. After completion of the ‘Human Genome Project’ in the early part of this millennium it was shown that the 1 gene codes for 1 protein theory had not been correct and was oversimplified.
Inserting one gene into a plant’s DNA has not just given rise to 1 protein but a number of other toxic rogue proteins landing to illnesses for consumers of GM foods.
Not ‘feeding the world’ and unnecessary GM foods have produced lower than anticipated yields.
False Claim #7 - Vaccines Are Safe And Effective
Officials of sorts making the blanket statement that ‘vaccines are safe’ should be held morally and criminally responsible. Consider the toxic overload children receive before the age of 6 years from some 30 plus different vaccinations (and ri$ing), assaulting their developing immune systems, resulting in a number of illnesses or deaths.
Often associated with vaccination is the term ‘immunization.’ This in fact is a misnomer. Vaccination is NOT immunization and this needs to be legally and scientifically challenged.
Toxic, poisonous vaccines with their aluminium, mercury-based compounds, carboxylic acids, formaldehyde, protein foreign bodies and the many other nasty little critters have counterproductive synergistic effects when injected into the body: Thus,vaccines do the opposite to immunize, as immunity is not allowed to naturally develop.
False Claim #8 - Fluoride In The water Stops Tooth Decay
The claim that fluoride stops tooth decay is highly questionable with many contradictory findings. For example, tooth decay in fluoridated countries is no different to non-fluoridated countries.
There have also been a number of studies to show that it is a nasty poison detrimental to health. Health institutions such as the American Medical Association have allowed these shocking revelations go by unheeded.
Essentially fluoride - at a concentration a little as 1ppm disrupts our enzymes responsible for DNA repair by half causing premature ageing and:
Affects our nervous and hormonal systems by denaturing (putting out of shape) our enzymes.
Lowers IQ
Is a carcinogen.
Affects thyroid function
May cause infertility
Causes fractured bones
Calcifies the pineal gland
Don’t drink fluoridated tap water. Drink filtered water (e.g. reverse osmosis) instead.
False Claim #9 - High Cholesterol Means You’ll Have A Heart Attack Imminently
Conventional medicine with the help of the mainstream media’s fanfare and fear mongering has managed to pull the wool over so many people’s eyes on this one.
The claim that high cholesterol means a heart attack is on its way is a myth that has made billions for Big Pharma from statins drug sales as unnecessary treatment.
Contrary to popular belief:
Atherosclerotic plaque formations (narrowing or clogging of arteries) indicative of heart disease can manifest regardless of blood cholesterol levels.
The body produces around 3 times more cholesterol than that from your diet. So a steady diet of low cholesterol foods is highly unlikely to reduce your blood cholesterol.
Stains used to lower cholesterol have failed to reduce heart mortality and totally mortality rates.
False Claim #10 - The Symptoms Are The Cause Of Illness
No! The symptoms are just indicators or the knock-on effects of some underlying root cause.
Treat the symptoms and not address the root-cause then the illness will forever return.
More and more people are becoming aware that this is how conventional medicine’s Big Pharma drug treatment works and why it is failing us while they make tons of money on returning customers who will never be cured…
Sadly, indeed, many people are still clueless to this deception while getting even sicker due to the drugs’ side effects.
Don’t take for granted what health authorities are telling you or don’t blindly go into agreement with the sheep-like masses when it comes to health matters. Save yourself the unnecessary suffering or even death. Know that by doing your own vigilant and careful research your health is in YOUR hands.
You can read more from Paul A. Philips at his site NewParadigm
How Far Has The Medical Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath?
The Hippocratic Oath is one of the oldest binding documents in history. While the classical oath calls for "the opposite" of pleasure and fame for those who transgress the oath, fewer than half of oaths taken today insist the taker be held accountable for keeping the pledge.
Some doctors see oath-taking as little more than a pro-forma ritual with little value beyond that of upholding tradition, but how far have modern Physicians come from the Hippocratic Oath as it was intended to protect patients in doing no harm?
CTV recently reported that 1 in 18 experienced a potentially preventable injury while hospitalized. Of those, 1 in 5 experienced multiple harmful events during their stay. Kelly Kliewer was one of those affected. In 2004, she went in for carpal tunnel surgery.
Once in surgery, though, the anesthesiologist gave her a paralytic instead of an anesthetic. According to Kliewer;
“I stopped breathing, it paralyzed all my organs, went into respiratory distress and had to get put on a ventilator."
She is still seeing a psychologist for PTSD from the ordeal.
Intensive Care Medicine published a study on medical errors in 2001. Five American intensive care units hosting a total of 851 adult patients were reviewed. The study concluded, "Of 5,744 observations in 851 patients, 187 (3.3%) medication administration errors were detected. the therapeutic classes most commonly associated with errors were vasoactive drugs 61 (32.6%) and sedative/analgesics 48 (25.7%)."
In 1999, the Institute of Medicine released a report called To Err Is Human: Building a Safer Health System. In the report, it was estimated that as many as 98,000 hospital deaths per year were a result of hospital errors.
While regulatory authorities sprang to action, putting reporting systems in place and trying to enforce accountability, some recognized that the additional structures would not be enough. Physicians need to be aware of themselves so that errors could be turned around quickly and patients would not suffer consequences.
This is the modern version of the Hippocratic Oath:
“I swear to fulfill, to the best of my ability and judgment, this covenant:
I will respect the hard-won scientific gains of those physicians in whose steps I walk, and gladly share such knowledge as is mine with those who are to follow.
I will apply, for the benefit of the sick, all measures which are required, avoiding those twin traps of overtreatment and therapeutic nihilism.
I will remember that there is art to medicine as well as science, and that warmth, sympathy, and understanding may outweigh the surgeon's knife or the chemist's drug.
I will not be ashamed to say "I know not," nor will I fail to call in my colleagues when the skills of another are needed for a patient's recovery.
I will respect the privacy of my patients, for their problems are not disclosed to me that the world may know. Most especially must I tread with care in matters of life and death. If it is given me to save a life, all thanks. But it may also be within my power to take a life; this awesome responsibility must be faced with great humbleness and awareness of my own frailty. Above all, I must not play at God.
I will remember that I do not treat a fever chart, a cancerous growth, but a sick human being, whose illness may affect the person's family and economic stability. My responsibility includes these related problems, if I am to care adequately for the sick.
I will prevent disease whenever I can, for prevention is preferable to cure.
I will remember that I remain a member of society, with special obligations to all my fellow human beings, those sound of mind and body as well as the infirm.
If I do not violate this oath, may I enjoy life and art, respected while I live and remembered with affection thereafter. May I always act so as to preserve the finest traditions of my calling and may I long experience the joy of healing those who seek my help.
Sadly, the rise of the profit-driven pharmaceutical industry proves that this oath often falls by the wayside.
We must take responsibility for our own health.
Natural treatments that bring the body into balance are the best way to avoid damaging hospital visits.
Paul Has Been Dead For 50 Years [?] November 14 2016 | From: Inverse / Various
Fifty years later, the mystery of Paul's fake death still haunts us. Comment: Now, this is a fascinating one. Here we have a detailed "Mockumentary" with a staggering number of data points that actually make the whole premise seem completely plausible - not to mention the television interview with 'McCartney's' ex-wife alluding to a horrific truth hidden from the public for a long time...
On November 9, 1966, Paul McCartney was prematurely killed, the victim of a bizarre conspiracy theory. In many ways, the hoax was also the original crazy fan theory.
Fifty years later, we know Paul is definitely alive - and still making music! - but in all the strange lore and mythology surrounding the Beatles, this theory is probably the most confounding. Here’s a brief guide to understanding why Paul was thought to be dead, why we know he isn’t, and why people still care.
The basics are as follows: Some fans thought that the Beatles actively put clues in their albums designed to fuel a conspiracy theory that McCartney had died in 1966 and was replaced by lookalike actor named William Campbell.
While the conspiracy theory puts Paul’s death in 1966, the theory first surfaced on October 12, 1969, one month after the official (and legally-binding) break-up of the band.
Patient zero of the “Paul Is Dead” Theory was an American DJ named Russ Gibb of radio station WKNR-FM. Gibb claimed he got an anonymous phone call saying that Paul McCartney was dead, and actually had been dead for just under three years.
In a series of very lengthy 1970 interviews for Rolling Stone - later republished as the 1971 book Lennon Remembers - journalist Jann Wenner asked John Lennon what he thought about the whole conspiracy theory, and John Lennon was unequivocal:
“That’s bullshit. I don’t know where that started. It’s balmy … the whole thing was made up. We wouldn’t do anything like that.”
Maybe the fans didn’t know the band as well as they thought they did, because they had plenty of “evidence.” The first piece was the suggestion that the end of the song “Strawberry Fields Forever” features John Lennon chanting “I buried Paul.”
The comprehensive Beatles biography - The Love You Make, written by former Apple Corp. manager Peter Brown and Steven Gaines - puts it like this: “As much as it might have been John’s sentiments at the time, it was hardly true.”
And yet, the search for retroactive pieces of evidence backing the theory didn’t stop. When fully formed, the theory looked like this: Paul was killed in a car crash on November 9, 1966. This car crash is referenced in “A Day in the Life” and more vaguely in “I Am the Walrus.”
After this point, Beatles replaced Paul with Campbell, who had won a Paul McCartney lookalike contest. This “explains” why the Beatles introduce “Billy Shears” in the first on track of Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band. And if you play the song “Revolution No. 9” from The White Album backwards someone says “Turn Me on Dead Man.”
Most famously, the cover of Abbey Road presents a funeral procession: John as a priest, Ringo as a pallbearer, George as a gravedigger, and Paul, of course, as a corpse.
Various photographs were analyzed and retroactively filled with more bits of evidence: A White Album photograph gives us a scar on Paul’s lip that he wasn’t supposed to have, and the Sgt. Pepper’s photos have him looking more ghost-like than the other Beatles.
As Brown and Gaines explain in The Love You Make:
“It seemed as if a Paul-is-dead mini-industry developed overnight. One of the more ghoulish entrepreneurs published a magazine devoted to the subject.”
In 1969, these kinds of fanzines certainly helped to propagate the notion that Paul was dead, something which seems pretty impossible (at least long-term) with the way information travels on Facebook. Brown specifically asked Paul to tell the press that he was alive, but Paul declined, wanting to simply let it go and hang out in his farm in Scotland.
“I finally called Paul on his private line at the farm and told him that work at Apple was being disrupted by thousands of queries about his health,” Brown writes.
It was in an interview with Life Magazine in which Paul McCartney cleared up once and for all the idea that he was indeed and in fact alive.
“The rumors of my death have been greatly exaggerated,” he said. “However, if I was dead, I’m sure I’d be the last to know…”
Call it a “hoax” or a “fan theory” - the notion that Paul was dead was obviously false - but it was pervasive for one specific reason: At least one of the clues did seem straight-up weird. In the White Album song “Glass Onion,” John Lennon sings:
“Here’s another clue for you all. The Walrus was Paul.”
Now, despite containing a great “oh yeah” (which was sampled by Danger Mouse for the mashup album “The Grey Album) no one would claim “Glass Onion” as their favorite Beatles song, mostly because it’s so self-referential and, basically, silly.
And yet, why does John say, “Here’s another clue” if he wasn’t at the very least trying to stir up some kind of trouble? Obviously, Paul wasn’t (and still isn’t) dead, but Lennon denying that he or any of the the other Beatles didn’t know or understand where this came from in the first place is the part that still seems strange.
Obviously, claiming that Paul was really alive make sense. But denying any involvement in the prank to begin with? Seems fishy.
So, on this day, celebrate the fact that Paul McCartney is in fact alive. But, consider this: Everyone knows John Lennon was a witty and surreal humorist. Would he have had the foresight to plant a few “Paul Is Dead” clues on a few albums, and then, a few years later phone a radio DJ with the news?
John was in a pretty earnest phase at that point, but, he did hate Paul McCartney in 1969. He even referenced the theory in his anti-Paul song “How Do You Sleep” when he sang, “Those freaks were right when they said you were dead.”
Still, even if Lennon didn’t call the radio station (which really, he probably didn’t), and we accept it to be true that Gibb did receive a phone call, who made that phone call and why? In the annuls of weird pop culture mysteries, that question, the identity of the person who started the rumor, is bizarrely, still haunting.
Paul McCartney / Faul McCartney
This Video addresses the latest hoax revelation, supposedly, from Ringo Starr, that James Paul McCartney really did die on 9/11/1966, and was replaced by William Shears Campbell.
There may have been some truth to this story but did James Paul McCartney really die?
Paul McCartney Really Is Dead: The Last Testament of George Harrison
In this mockumentary spoof of "Paul-Is-Dead" theories, a mysterious voice on the tape reveals a secret Beatles history, chronicling McCartney's fatal accident, the cover up, and dozens of unknown clues, exposing "Paul McCartney" as an impostor!
Highway 61 Entertainment has produced this unauthorized documentary that includes newly unearthed evidence.
The Anti-Trump Protesters Are Tools Of The Oligarchy + Media Attempts To Discredit Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins November 13 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / TheSiriusReport / Various
“Reform always provokes rage on the part of those who profit by the old order.” Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., The Crisis of the Old Order
Who are the anti-Trump protesters besmirching the name of progressives by pretending to be progressives and by refusing to accept the outcome of the presidential election? They look like, and are acting worse than, the “white trash” that they are denouncing. Related: Anti-Trump Protesters Admit Answering Craigslist Ad and Getting Paid to Protest Trump
I think I know who they are. They are thugs for hire and are paid by the Oligarchy to delegitimize Trump’s presidency in the way that Washington and the German Marshall Fund paid students in Kiev to protest the democratically elected Ukrainian government in order to prepare the way for a coup.
The organization, change.org, which claims to be a progressive group, but might be a front, along with other progressive groups, for the Oligarchy, is destroying the reputation of all progressives by circulating a petition that directs the electors of the Electoral Collage to annul the election by casting their votes for Hillary.
Remember how upset progressives were when Trump said he might not accept the election result if there was evidence that the vote was rigged? Now progressives are doing what they damned Trump for saying he might do under certain conditions.
The Western presstitutes used the protests in Kiev to delegitimize a democratically elected government and to set it up for a coup. The protest pay was good enough that non-Ukrainians came from nearby countries to participate in the protest in order to collect the money.
At the time I posted the amounts paid daily to protesters. Reports came in to me from Eastern and Western Europe from people who were not Ukrainian but were paid to protest as if they were Ukrainians.
The same thing is going on with the Trump protests. CNN reports that “for many Americans across the country, Donald Trump’s victory is an outcome they simply refuse to accept. Tens of thousands filled the streets in at least 25 US cities overnight.” This is the exact reporting that the Oligarchy desired from its presstitutes and got.
I hope no one thinks that simultaneous protests in 25 cities were a spontaneous event.
How did 25 independent protests manage to come up with the same slogans and the same signs on the same night following the election?
What is the point of the protests, and what interest is served by them? As the Romans always asked, “who benefits?”
There is only one answer: The Oligarchy and only the Oligarchy benefits.
Trump is a threat to the Oligarchy, because he intends to stop the giveaway of American jobs to foreigners. The jobs giveaway, sanctified by the neoliberal junk economists as “free trade,” is one of the main reasons for the 21st century worsening of the US income distribution.
Money that was formerly paid in middle class wages and salaries to American manufacturing employees and college graduates has been re-routed to the pockets of the One Percent.
When US corporations move their production of goods and services sold to Americans offshore to Asian countries, such as China and India, their wage bill falls. The money formerly paid in middle class incomes goes instead into executive bonuses and dividends and capital gains to shareholders.
The ladders of upward mobility that had made America the land of opportunity were dismantled for the sole purpose of making a handful of people multi-billionaires.
Trump is a threat to the Oligarchy, because he intends peaceful relations with Russia. In order to replace the profitable Soviet Threat, the Oligarchy and their neoconservative agents worked overtime to recreate the “Russian Threat” by demonizing Russia.
Accustomed to many decades of excess profits from the profitable Cold War, the military/security complex was angry when President Reagan brought the Cold War to an end. Before these leaches on American taxpayers could get the Cold War going again, the Soviet Union collapsed as a result of a right-wing coup against Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev.
The military/security complex and their zionist neoconservative agents cooked up “the war on terror” to keep the money flowing to the One Percent.
But as hard as the presstitute media worked to create fear of “the Muslim threat,” even insouciant Americans knew that the Muslims did not have thousands of ICBMs carrying powerful thermo-nuclear weapons capable of destroying the entirety of the United States in a few minutes.
Neither did the Muslims have the Red Army capable of overrunning all of Europe in a couple of days. Indeed, the Muslims haven’t needed an army. Refugees from Washington’s wars enabled by Europeans are overrunning Europe.
The excuse for the annual trillion dollar ($1,000 billion ) military/security budget was missing. So the Oligarchy created “the New Hitler” in Russia. Hillary was the Oligarchy’s principle agent for heating up the new Cold War.
Hillary is the tool, enriched by the Oligarchy, whose job as President was to protect and to increase the trillion dollar budget of the military/security complex. With Hillary in the White House, the looting of the American taxpayers in behalf of the wealth of the One Percent could go forward unimpeded. But if Trump resolves “the Russian threat,” the Oligarchy takes an income hit.
Hillary’s job as President was also to privatize Social Security in order that her Wall Street benefactors can rip off Americans the way that Americans have been ripped off by the insurance companies under Obamacare.
Those Americans who do not pay attention think, mistakenly, that the FBI cleared Hillary of violating National Security protocols with her email practices. The FBI said that Hillary did violate National Security, but that it was a result of carelessness or ignorance. She got off from indictment, because the FBI concluded that she did not intentionally violate National Security protocols.
The investigation of the Clinton Foundation continues.
In other words, in order to protect Hillary the FBI fell back on the ancient common law rule that “there can be no crime without intent.” (See PCR and Lawrence Stratton, The Tyranny of Good Intentions.)
One would think that protesters, if they were legitimate, would be celebrating Trump’s victory. He, unlike Hillary, promises to reduce tensions with powerful Russia, and we hope also with China. Unlike Hillary, Trump says he is concerned with the absence of careers for those very people protesting in the streets of 25 cities against him.
In other words, the protests against the American people for electing Trump as their president are pointless. The protests are happening for one reason only. The Oligarchy intends to delegitimize the Trump Presidency. Once President Trump is delegitimized, it will be easier for the Oligarchy to assassinate him. Unless the Oligarchy can appoint and control Trump’s government, Trump is a prime candidate for assassination.
The protests against Trump are suspicious for another reason. Unlike Hillary, Obama, and George W. Bush, Donald Trump has not slaughtered and dislocated millions of peoples in seven countries, sending millions of refugees from the Oligarchy’s wars to overrun Europe.
Trump earned his fortune, and if by hook or crook, not by selling US government influence to foreign agents as Bill and Hillary did.
So what are the protesters protesting?
There is no answer except that they are hired to protest. Just as the Maidan protesters in Kiev were hired to protest by US and German financed NGOs.
The protests in Kiev were equally pointless, because presidential elections were only months away. If Ukrainians really believed that their president was conspiring with Russia to keep Ukraine from becoming a Western puppet state and wished to become a puppet state regardless of the costs, the opportunity to vote the government out was at hand.
The only reason for the protests was to orchestrate a coup. The US did succeed in putting their agent in control of the new Ukrainian government as Victoria Nuland and the US ambassador in Kiev confirmed in their telephone conversation that is available on the Internet.
The Maidan protests were pointless except for making a coup possible. The protests were without any doubt arranged by Washington through Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland, a neoconservative brought into the State Department by Hillary Clinton for the purpose of creating conflict with Russia.
Trump is being protested in order to make him vulnerable in the event he proves to be the threat to the Oligarchy that he is thought to be.
Trump won the presidency, but the Oligarchy is still in power, which makes any real reforms difficult to achieve. Symbolic reforms can be the product of the contest between President Trump and the oligarchs.
Karl Marx learned from historical experience, and Lenin, Stalin, and Pol Pot learned from Karl Marx, that change cannot occur if the displaced ruling class is left intact after a revolution against them.
We have proof of this throughout South America. Every revolution by the indigenous people has left unmolested the Spanish ruling class, and every revolution has been overthrown by collusion between the ruling class and Washington.
Washington has conspired with traditional elites to remove the elected presidents of Honduras on a number of occasions. Recently, Washington helped elites evict the female presidents of Argentina and Brazil. The presidents of Venezuela, Ecuador, and Bolivia are in the crosshairs and are unlikely to survive.
Washington is determined to get its hands on Julian Assange. To achieve this Washington intends to overthrow the Ecuadoran government that, in defiance of Washington, gave Julian Assange political asylum.
Hugo Chavez
Hugo Chavez had the power to exile or to exterminate the Spanish ruling class in Venezuela when the ruling class participated in a CIA coup against Chavez. But before the CIA could kill Chavez, the people and the military forced his release. Instead of punishing the criminals who would have murdered him, Chavez let them go.
According to Marx, Lenin, and Stalin, this is the classic mistake of the revolutionary. To rely on good will from the overthrown ruling class is the certain road to the defeat of the revolution.
Latin American has proved itself unable to learn this lesson: Revolutions cannot be conciliatory.
Trump is a dealmaker. The Oligarchy can permit him the sheen of success in exchange for no real change. Trump is not perfect. He might fail on his own. But we should back him on the two most important elements in his program: to reduce tensions between the major nuclear powers, and to halt Washington’s policy of permitting globalism to destroy Americans’ economic prospects.
Comment:
While Paul Craig Roberts may have his doubts he should know one thing: Trump knows what is really going on and he understands that he is up against the Illuminati cabal - and he is very clear on what the stakes are.
If tensions between nuclear powers worsen, we won’t be here to worry about other problems. The combination of the economy hollowed out by globalism and immigration is an economic nightmare. That Trump understands this is reason to support him.
Note: Some believe that Trump is a ruse conducted by the Oligarchy. However, as Hillary is the bought-and-paid-for representative of the Oligarchy, such an elaborate ruse is unnecessary.
It is preferable for the Oligarchy to win on its own platform than to install a president on the opposite platform and then change him around. Another sellout increases the anger of the people. If Hillary had won, the Oligarchy would have had the voters’ mandate for their platform.
Watch Donald Trump And President Obama Describe Their First Meeting
In a moment that most thought would never happen, Donald Trump and President Obama met for the first time at The White House on Thursday. The two men described what was apparently a productive meeting.
Media Attempts To Discredit Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins
After Donald Trump was elected president of the United States on November 8th, we started to see a flood of both mainstream and alternative media sources making all sorts of claims regarding Trump allegedly, according to ‘advisors’ or other such sources, eyeing certain people to work for his administration.
These claims are false and are merely another attempt to discredit Trump and make it seem like he is already acting in contradiction to things he said during his presidential campaign. This has been confirmed to us through certain channels.
Admittedly that sounds equally as vague as what these media sources are claiming, but we would urge to you to just wait and see what unfolds over the next few months, especially after Trump’s inauguration in January 2017.
We have seen mainstream media trying to portray Trump as a racist, a bigot and a sexist and you will see more of this as they are trying to incite fear and anger in Trump’s opponents.
You will also see some alternative media sources trying to convince people that Trump is just another cabal stooge and that nothing is ever going to change because of this.
Nothing could be further from the truth and in our opinion, the only reason they are doing this is because, quite simply, they want to keep their jobs. And the only way to do that is to make people fear the ‘almighty’ cabal, because that is the sort of rhetoric these sources have been thriving on for years.
They do not like the fact that things are truly changing.
Again, we would urge you to just sit back and wait until Trump officially takes office and we can deal with the facts, instead of investing your time and energy in rumours about who supposedly did what and why. The truth will become apparent for all to see in due course.
We have been saying for well over a year now that Donald Trump would become the next US president, provided they didn’t kill him. Now that he has been officially elected, we are fully confident that Mr. Trump will do what is right. That doesn’t mean that he is a saint and certainly not a saviour, but he is the right man for the job.
However, it is not going to be an easy ride and it is going to take time before he can truly ‘make America great again’, so don’t expect miracles. It is likely to get worse before it gets better, specifically in Western nations.
That said, we are certainly on the right path and people around the world are waking up more and more to what is going on around them and next year we will start to see a lot of political shifts with upcoming elections in European countries.
So let us try and stay grounded and look objectively at the reality that is unfolding. That is the only way to discern fact from fiction. As the saying goes, “cooler heads will prevail”!
Max Keiser: ‘Trump's presidency will be an acid test for US constitution’
Donald Trump’s presidency will be a fantastic test to see whether the US constitution actually works and a “reasonably intelligent guy with good intentions” can appear from the private sector to take the role, said RT host and financial analyst Max Keiser.
This New Map Of Earth Is Unlike Anything You've Ever Seen November 13 2016 | From: Stuff / Authagraph / Various
This may just be the most accurate map of Earth that you've ever seen. It won't look familiar, though.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
Japanese architect Hajime Narukawa has divided the world into nearly 100 triangles to form this unique view, and believes it overcomes a 447-year-old problem which you've probably never heard of, yet has plagued every map you'll have ever seen.
The traditional world map, known as the Mercator map, is considered highly inaccurate due to huge distortions in the size of Antarctica and Greenland - caused by trying to flatten a spherical globe.
Narukawa's "AuthaGraph World Map" divides the globe into 96 triangles which are then flattened and transferred to a tetrahedron. That allows the world map to be "unfolded" into a rectangle while still maintaining the proportions of countries.
Japanese architect Hajime Narukawa claims to have tackled a centuries-old problem - how to draw an oblate spheroid Earth on a flat plane
He claims the above map, called the AuthaGraph World Map, achieves this task.
The projection, first created in 1999, frames the world's physical components in a 2D rectangle, attempting to represent their relative sizes as accurately as possible.
It does so by dividing the world into 96 triangles, making it a tetrahedron, then unfolding it to become a rectangle.
The map was made by dividing the globe into 96 regions and transferring the dimensions to a tetrahedron
Unlike the traditional Mercator map, made in the 16th century, which overstates the size of northern areas like Greenland and minimizes that of central areas like Africa, the AuthaGraph World Map retains parity of area to a 3D projection.
The projection recently won the 2016 good design grand award in Japan, an awards evening founded in 1957 by the Japanese ministry of international trade and industry.
Narukawa also gave a Ted talk on his projection in 2011:
You can buy a globe version of the map, which you can dismantle, from Alexcious, though they will set you back roughly £40.
Why is Antarctica Off South America, But Not Below NZ?
Narukawa's map does have one obvious limitation: as Popular Mechanics puts it, his map "doesn't align to the cardinal directions" - that's north, east, south and west to the rest of us.
As a result, one version of Narukawa's AuthaGraph World Map shows Antarctica underneath South America, and far to the right of New Zealand.
That could be remedied, at least partly, by choosing a different frame of the map, which would show Antarctica to south of Aotearoa.
What the AuthaGraph map does do, according to the company's website is: "Represent(s) all oceans, continents including Antarctica which has been neglected in many existing maps in substantially proper sizes. These fit in a rectangular frame without interruptions and overlaps."
The Mercator map, drawn up by Gerardus Mercator almost 450 years ago, was a tool for navigation. While it fulfils that job well - it allowed navigators to plot a straight-line course across the sea - it was not meant for anything else.
To help sailors navigate the oceans, Mercator turned the meridians - lines of longitude - into parallel lines, rather than the converging lines of the globe.
That means his map shows the world getting wider than it really is the further a place is from the equator.
That's not all Mercator did. To enable a course plotted on his map to stay true on the water, he also increased proportionally the distance between the lines of latitude around the world.
Distortions of the Mercartor Map:
In a Mercator projection, area sizes become increasingly distorted the further they are from the equator
Greenland appears larger than Africa, when in reality Africa is 14 times larger and Greenland is really only about the size of Brazil,
Alaska takes up as much area as Brazil, which is nearly five times bigger,
Scandinavia appears to be larger than India, although India is three times the size of all Scandinavian countries put together,
And while Russia is big, it's nowhere as extensive as the Mercator projection would suggest.
New Zealand Cartographic Society president Igor Drecki said the AuthaGraph map was "stunning and innovative, visually engaging and probably deserving of recognition".
All map projections introduced error, some smaller and some greater. The trick was to use the right projection for the purpose involved, Drecki said.
“The novelty of the AuthaGraph map is, in addition to a stunning design, an introduction of 96 triangles for which map projection was applied individually. Resulting 'flat' maps were then 'stitched' together into a seamless map.
It is unclear to me, without an in-depth study, which characteristics (area, distance, angle) have been retained for these individual tiles, but I suspect none. The shape of Australia, India or Brazil suggests that these individual projections were probably compromises applied to retain the 'right appearance' of the world."
An Award-Winning Map:
The judges of Japan's prestigious Good Design Award were impressed, choosing the AuthaGraph map for its 2016 grand award.
The outline of the AuthaGraph entry on the award website said the mapping method could transfer a spherical surface to a rectangular surface, while maintaining correct proportions in areas.
“AuthaGraph faithfully represents all oceans, continents including the neglected Antarctica," the website said.
It did have one qualification. The map needed a further step, increasing the number of subdivisions, to improve its accuracy to be officially called an "area-equal map".
As described by Popular Mechanics, the key to creating the new map was dividing the globe into 96 equal regions and then transferring the dimensions from a sphere to a tetrahedron before generating the rectangular map.
“By using multiple steps to change the globe from a rounded sphere to an angular pyramid and finally to a flat map, the area ratios of land and water can be preserved."
The proportions are so accurate the map can be folded up into a three-dimensional globe. Also, different world maps can be put together from the AuthaGraph images, making it possible to make maps with anywhere in the world at the centre.
Not a New Issue:
The Mercator map was also in the firing line on season two of US political drama, The West Wing. In the episode, White House press secretary CJ Cregg meets with the Organization of Cartographers for Social Equality - a group pushing for the president to ditch the Mercator map and adopt the inverted Peters Projection map.
Cregg probably channelled the audience's thoughts when she asked "what the hell is that", upon seeing the "real" map.
"Why it's where you've been living this whole time," she's told.
Cartographers for Social Equality - The West Wing
$340 Billion Per Year In US Healthcare Costs Linked To Chemicals Found In Plastic, Detergents, Cosmetics And Toys November 12 2016 | From: NaturalNews
A newly released report, published in the The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology has revealed that exposure to hormone-disrupting chemicals is attributed to $340 billion in health costs each year in the United States.
These endocrine-disrupting chemicals, or EDCs for short, are found in many everyday items that are used in homes across the country. Plastic food containers, detergents, flame retardants, cosmetics and even toys for children can be host to these damaging substances. Related: Who knew? Many wines are contaminated with cancer-causing herbicide glyphosate
Some of the problems related to exposure to EDCs include neurological damage and behavioral problems such as attention deficit/hyperactivty disorder (ADHD), autism and loss of IQ. The report suggests that these issues make up about 80 percent of the problems caused by EDC exposure.
Of course, these are not the only health issues that are caused by EDCs. These chemicals, which are basically toxins, have also been attributed to obesity, diabetes, cancer, male infertility, and endometriosis – a painful condition characterized by abnormal tissue growth outside of the uterus.
The economic impact of the harm caused by EDCs is also quite important. These costs add up to about two percent of the United States' gross domestic product (GDP) each year – a huge financial wound.
The study's lead investigator Leonardo Trasande, an associate professor at NYU Langone Medical Center in New York City, said;
“Our research adds to the growing evidence on the tremendous economic as well as human health costs of endocrine-disrupting chemicals."
Trasande also commented that this issue has the potential to become a much more prominent health and economic problem if no policy action is taken.
Endocrine tissue is essential to many of the body's functions. It produces many of the body's hormones that regulate energy levels, reproduction, growth and development. The endocrine system also modulates our response to stress and injury; like every other part of the body, it's clearly important.
What EDCs do is mimic natural hormones produced by the body, such as estrogen and androgen, and then lock onto the receptors for those hormones within cells. This prevents the body's own hormones from binding to reception sites, and in turn, creates a number of different potential health problems.
Even the Environmental Protection Agency has recently come forward to admit that recent research has been raising a few red flags about environmental contaminants, such as their potential to "disrupt the endocrine system leading to adverse-health consequences."
Some of the most dangerous chemicals prevailing in the US are PBDEs, which are found in flame retardants. This class of man-made substances is suspected of being one of the largest culprits behind human hormone interference. Flame retardants and pesticides have both been associated with a loss in IQ points and are known to affect developing brains.
Bisphenol A, or BPA, which is found in plastic bottles, can linings and other products, has been subject to a lot of public scrutiny – and for good reason. Countless studies have linked it to a myriad of health problems, including changes in metabolism and disruption of the reproductive and nervous systems.
Phthalates are another ingredient of concern; these are often seen in plastics and other consumer goods, like cosmetics. They make plastic more flexible and can also be used as suspension or stabilizing agent in solutions (like your lip gloss). These are also attributed to a number of health problems, including reproductive issues.
Together, BPA and phthalates have racked up about $50 billion in health damages. Estimates suggest that the amount of these chemicals circulating in the blood of an average American would be among the top 5 percent in Europeans.
These chemicals are not safe, and should be avoided – even if our government won't do anything about them.
Commentary: The Unbearable Smugness Of The Press November 12 2016 | From: CBSNews
The mood in the Washington press corps is bleak, and deservedly so. [Comment: Whilst this article comes from the heart of the controlled mainstream media, at least they are becoming aware of the errors of their ways...]
It shouldn’t come as a surprise to anyone that, with a few exceptions, we were all tacitly or explicitly #WithHer, which has led to a certain anguish in the face of Donald Trump’s victory. Related: The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force
More than that and more importantly, we also missed the story, after having spent months mocking the people who had a better sense of what was going on.
This is all symptomatic of modern journalism’s great moral and intellectual failing: its unbearable smugness. Had Hillary Clinton won, there’s be a winking “we did it” feeling in the press, a sense that we were brave and called Trump a liar and saved the republic.
So much for that. The audience for our glib analysis and contempt for much of the electorate, it turned out, was rather limited. This was particularly true when it came to voters, the ones who turned out by the millions to deliver not only a rebuke to the political system but also the people who cover it.
Trump knew what he was doing when he invited his crowds to jeer and hiss the reporters covering him. They hate us, and have for some time.
And can you blame them? Journalists love mocking Trump supporters. We insult their appearances. We dismiss them as racists and sexists. We emote on Twitter about how this or that comment or policy makes us feel one way or the other, and yet we reject their feelings as invalid.
It’s a profound failure of empathy in the service of endless posturing. There’s been some sympathy from the press, sure: the dispatches from “heroin country” that read like reports from colonial administrators checking in on the natives.
But much of that starts from the assumption that Trump voters are backward, and that it’s our duty to catalogue and ultimately reverse that backwardness. What can we do to get these people to stop worshiping their false god and accept our gospel?
We diagnose them as racists in the way Dark Age clerics confused medical problems with demonic possession. Journalists, at our worst, see ourselves as a priestly caste. We believe we not only have access to the indisputable facts, but also a greater truth, a system of beliefs divined from an advanced understanding of justice.
You’d think that Trump’s victory – the one we all discounted too far in advance – would lead to a certain newfound humility in the political press. But of course that’s not how it works. To us, speaking broadly, our diagnosis was still basically correct. The demons were just stronger than we realized.
This is all a “whitelash,” you see. Trump voters are racist and sexist, so there must be more racists and sexists than we realized. Tuesday night’s outcome was not a logic-driven rejection of a deeply flawed candidate named Clinton; no, it was a primal scream against fairness, equality, and progress. Let the new tantrums commence!
[Comment: Boy oh boy, do these media whores have a rude awakening coming...]
That’s the fantasy, the idea that if we mock them enough, call them racist enough, they’ll eventually shut up and get in line. It’s similar to how media Twitter works, a system where people who dissent from the proper framing of a story are attacked by mobs of smugly incredulous pundits.
Journalists exist primarily in a world where people can get shouted down and disappear, which informs our attitudes toward all disagreement.
Journalists increasingly don’t even believe in the possibility of reasoned disagreement, and as such ascribe cynical motives to those who think about things a different way. We see this in the ongoing veneration of “facts,” the ones peddled by explainer websites and data journalists who believe themselves to be curiously post-ideological.
That the explainers and data journalists so frequently get things hilariously wrong never invites the soul-searching you’d think it would. Instead, it all just somehow leads us to more smugness, more meanness, more certainty from the reporters and pundits. Faced with defeat, we retreat further into our bubble, assumptions left unchecked. No, it’s the voters who are wrong.
As a direct result, we get it wrong with greater frequency. Out on the road, we forget to ask the right questions. We can’t even imagine the right question. We go into assignments too certain that what we find will serve to justify our biases.
The public’s estimation of the press declines even further -- fewer than one-in-three Americans trust the press, per Gallup - which starts the cycle anew.
There’s a place for opinionated journalism; in fact, it’s vital. But our causal, profession-wide smugness and protestations of superiority are making us unable to do it well.
Our theme now should be humility. We must become more impartial, not less so. We have to abandon our easy culture of tantrums and recrimination. We have to stop writing these know-it-all, 140-character sermons on social media and admit that, as a class, journalists have a shamefully limited understanding of the country we cover.
What’s worse, we don’t make much of an effort to really understand, and with too few exceptions, treat the economic grievances of Middle America like they’re some sort of punchline.
Sometimes quite literally so, such as when reporters tweet out a photo of racist-looking Trump supporters and jokingly suggest that they must be upset about free trade or low wages.
We have to fix this, and the broken reasoning behind it. There’s a fleeting fun to gang-ups and groupthink. But it’s not worth what we are losing in the process.
SC: Please explain morphic resonance for our readers. 
RUPERT SHELDRAKE: Morphic resonance is the way that things tune into each other. It works on the basis of similarity, the same principle as ordinary resonance. 
2. Civil Asset Forfeiture
CURRENT AFFAIRS
What Science Is Telling Us About The Heart’s Intuitive Intelligence
1. reduce their levels of abuse or dishonesty or 
For more detail see this PDF document
1. Eliminate Added Sugars 
Myth # 1:
How to Deprogram Yourself
Here are Ten Signs that the Elite are Losing Control Over the People:
The First Law
